Field Techniques for Estimating Water Fluxes Between Surface Water and Ground Water

USGS Publications Warehouse

Rosenberry, Donald O.; LaBaugh, James W.

2008-01-01

This report focuses on measuring the flow of water across the interface between surface water and ground water, rather than the hydrogeological or geochemical processes that occur at or near this interface. The methods, however, that use hydrogeological and geochemical evidence to quantify water fluxes are described herein. This material is presented as a guide for those who have to examine the interaction of surface water and ground water. The intent here is that both the overview of the many available methods and the in-depth presentation of specific methods will enable the reader to choose those study approaches that will best meet the requirements of the environments and processes they are investigating, as well as to recognize the merits of using more than one approach. This report is designed to make the reader aware of the breadth of approaches available for the study of the exchange between surface and ground water. To accomplish this, the report is divided into four chapters. Chapter 1 describes many well-documented approaches for defining the flow between surface and ground waters. Subsequent chapters provide an in-depth presentation of particular methods. Chapter 2 focuses on three of the most commonly used methods to either calculate or directly measure flow of water between surface-water bodies and the ground-water domain: (1) measurement of water levels in well networks in combination with measurement of water level in nearby surface water to determine water-level gradients and flow; (2) use of portable piezometers (wells) or hydraulic potentiomanometers to measure hydraulic gradients; and (3) use of seepage meters to measure flow directly. Chapter 3 focuses on describing the techniques involved in conducting water-tracer tests using fluorescent dyes, a method commonly used in the hydrogeologic investigation and characterization of karst aquifers, and in the study of water fluxes in karst terranes. Chapter 4 focuses on heat as a tracer in hydrological investigations of the near-surface environment.

Reactivity of lignin and lignans: Correlation with molecular orbital calculations

Treesearch

Thomas Elder

2010-01-01

To date, and as can be seen from the other chapters of this text, the structure and chemistry of lignin have been described in terms of results from a wide range of chemical or spectroscopic methods to construct a mosaic picture of the polymer. The current chapter continues this process by describing past, present and potential applications of electronic structure...

Living Together in Space: The Design and Operation of the Life Support Systems on the International Space Station. Volume 1

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Wieland, P. O.

1998-01-01

The International Space Station (ISS) incorporates elements designed and developed by an international consortium led by the United States (U.S.), and by Russia. For this cooperative effort to succeed, it is crucial that the designs and methods of design of the other partners are understood sufficiently to ensure compatibility. Environmental Control and Life Support (ECLS) is one system in which functions are performed independently on the Russian Segment (RS) and on the U.S./international segments. This document describes, in two volumes, the design and operation of the ECLS Systems (ECLSS) on board the ISS. This current volume, Volume 1, is divided into three chapters. Chapter 1 is a general overview of the ISS, describing the configuration, general requirements, and distribution of systems as related to the ECLSS, and includes discussion of the design philosophies of the partners and methods of verification of equipment. Chapter 2 describes the U.S. ECLSS and technologies in greater detail. Chapter 3 describes the ECLSS in the European Attached Pressurized Module (APM), Japanese Experiment Module (JEM), and Italian Mini-Pressurized Logistics Module (MPLM). Volume II describes the Russian ECLSS and technologies in greater detail. These documents present thorough, yet concise, descriptions of the ISS ECLSS.

Methods of Improving the Cognitive and Verbal Development of Children with Cerebral Palsy. Monograph 23.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Danilova, L. A.

This four-chapter monograph, translated from a 1977 Russian book written originally in Russian for Russians, describes methodology and results of the study of cognitive activity in children with cerebral palsy. An initial chapter reviews research on impairments in cognitive activity and speech defects in such children and on methods of…

Methods for Tumor Targeting with Salmonella typhimurium A1-R.

PubMed

Hoffman, Robert M; Zhao, Ming

2016-01-01

Salmonella typhimurium A1-R (S. typhimurium A1-R) has shown great preclinical promise as a broad-based anti-cancer therapeutic (please see Chapter 1 ). The present chapter describes materials and methods for the preclinical study of S. typhimurium A1-R in clinically-relevant mouse models. Establishment of orthotopic metastatic mouse models of the major cancer types is described, as well as other useful models, for efficacy studies of S. typhimurium A1-R or other tumor-targeting bacteria, as well. Imaging methods are described to visualize GFP-labeled S. typhimurium A1-R, as well as GFP- and/or RFP-labeled cancer cells in vitro and in vivo, which S. typhimurium A1-R targets. The mouse models include metastasis to major organs that are life-threatening to cancer patients including the liver, lung, bone, and brain and how to target these metastases with S. typhimurium A1-R. Various routes of administration of S. typhimurium A1-R are described with the advantages and disadvantages of each. Basic experiments to determine toxic effects of S. typhimurium A1-R are also described. Also described are methodologies for combining S. typhimurium A1-R and chemotherapy. The testing of S. typhimurium A1-R on patient tumors in patient-derived orthotopic xenograft (PDOX) mouse models is also described. The major methodologies described in this chapter should be translatable for clinical studies.

Geology and undiscovered resource assessment of the potash-bearing Central Asia Salt Basin, Turkmenistan, Uzbekistan, Tajikistan, and Afghanistan: Chapter AA in Global mineral resource assessment

USGS Publications Warehouse

Wynn, Jeff; Orris, Greta J.; Dunlap, Pamela; Cocker, Mark D.; Bliss, James D.

2016-03-23

Chapter 1 of this report provides an overview of the history of the CASB and summarizes evaporite potash deposition, halokinesis, and dissolution processes that have affected the current distribution of potash-bearing salt in the CASB. Chapter 2 describes the Gissar tract, an uplifted region that contains a mix of stratabound and halokinetic potash deposits and all of the discovered and exploited potash deposits of the CASB. Chapter 3 describes the Amu Darya tract, where evaporite deposits remain flat-lying and undeformed since their original deposition. Chapter 4 describes the highly deformed and compressed Afghan-Tajik tract and what is known of the deeply-buried Jurassic salt. Chapter 5 describes the spatial databases included with this report, which contain a collection of CASB potash information. Appendixes A and B summarize descriptive models for stratabound and halokinetic potash-bearing salt deposits, respectively. Appendix C summarizes the AGE method used to evaluate the Gissar and Amu Darya tracts. Appendixes D and E contain grade and thickness data for the Gissar and Amu Darya tracts. Appendix F provides the SYSTAT script used to estimate undiscovered K2 O in a CASB tract. Appendix G provides a potash glossary, and appendix H provides biographies of assessment participants.

Evaluation Methods Sourcebook.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Love, Arnold J., Ed.

The chapters commissioned for this book describe key aspects of evaluation methodology as they are practiced in a Canadian context, providing representative illustrations of recent developments in evaluation methodology as it is currently applied. The following chapters are included: (1) "Program Evaluation with Limited Fiscal and Human…

Study of Orbitally Excited $$B_{(s)}$$ Mesons and Evidence for a New $$B\\pi$$ Resonance with the CDF II Detector

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Kambeitz, Manuel

This thesis presents an analysis of excited states of B0, B+ and B0 s mesons, decaying to B mesons while emitting a pion or kaon. They are reconstructed from their decay products and a selection is performed to discard wrongly reconstructed B(s) mesons with the multivariate analysis software NeuroBayes, as described in chapter 5. In the training process, the sPlot method and measured and simulated data are used. Chapter 6 describes how the properties of excited B(s) are determined by an unbinned maximum likelihood t to their mass spectra. The systematic uncertainties determined in this analysis are described in chaptermore » 7. The results of this thesis are presented in chapter 8 and a conclusion is given in chapter 9. The results shown in this thesis have been published before in [1].« less

Chapter 6: quantifying greenhouse gas sources and sinks in managed forest systems

Treesearch

Coeli Hoover; Richard Birdsey; Bruce Goines; Peter Lahm; Yongming Fan; David Nowak; Stephen Prisley; Elizabeth Reinhardt; Ken Skog; David Skole; James Smith; Carl Trettin; Christopher Woodall

2014-01-01

This chapter provides guidance for reporting greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions associated with entity-level fluxes from the forestry sector. In particular, it focuses on methods for estimating carbon stocks and stock change from managed forest systems. Section 6.1 provides an overview of the sector. Section 6.2 describes the methods for forest carbon stock accounting....

Crescent Evaluation : appendix A : on-site analysis of HELP technologies and operations evaluation report

DOT National Transportation Integrated Search

1994-02-01

This report describes the data collection procedures, the data analysis methods, and the results gained from the on-site evaluations. The content of the report is as follows: Chapter 2 - State Profiles. This chapter includes descriptions of the organ...

U 3Si 2 Fabrication and Testing for Implementation into the BISON Fuel Performance Code

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Knight, Travis W.

A creep test stand was designed and constructed for compressive creep testing of U 3Si 2 pellets. This is described in Chapter 3. Creep testing of U 3Si 2 pellets was completed. In total, 13 compressive creep tests of U 3Si 2 pellets was successfully completed. This is reported in Chapter 3. Secondary creep model of U 3Si 2 was developed and implemented in BISON. This is described in Chapter 4. Properties of U 3Si 2 were implemented in BISON. This is described in Chapter 4. A resonant frequency and damping analyzer (RFDA) using impulse excitation technique (IET) was setup,more » tested, and used to analyze U 3Si 2 samples to measure Young’s and Shear Moduli which were then used to calculate the Poisson ratio for U 3Si 2. This is described in Chapter 5. Characterization of U 3Si 2 samples was completed. Samples were prepared and analyzed by XRD, SEM, and optical microscopy. Grain size analysis was conducted on images. SEM with EDS was used to analyze second phase precipitates. Impulse excitation technique was used to determine the Young’s and Shear Moduli of a tile specimen which allowed for the determination of the Poisson ratio. Helium pycnometry and mercury intrusion porosimetry was performed and used with image analysis to determine porosity size distribution. Vickers microindentation characterization method was used to evaluate the mechanical properties of U 3Si 2 including toughness, hardness, and Vickers hardness. Electrical resistivity measurement was done using the four-point probe method. This is reported in Chapter 5.« less

Chapter 11: Sample Design Cross-Cutting Protocol. The Uniform Methods Project: Methods for Determining Energy Efficiency Savings for Specific Measures

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Kurnik, Charles W; Khawaja, M. Sami; Rushton, Josh

Evaluating an energy efficiency program requires assessing the total energy and demand saved through all of the energy efficiency measures provided by the program. For large programs, the direct assessment of savings for each participant would be cost-prohibitive. Even if a program is small enough that a full census could be managed, such an undertaking would almost always be an inefficient use of evaluation resources. The bulk of this chapter describes methods for minimizing and quantifying sampling error. Measurement error and regression error are discussed in various contexts in other chapters.

Computational Elucidation of Selectivities and Mechanisms Performed by Organometallic and Bioinorganic Catalysts

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Grandner, Jessica Marie

Computational methods were used to determine the mechanisms and selectivities of organometallic-catalyzed reactions. The first half of the dissertation focuses on the study of metathesis catalysts in collaboration with the Grubbs group at CalTech. Chapter 1 describes the studies of the decomposition modes of several ruthenium-based metathesis catalysts. These studies were performed to better understand the decomposition of such catalysts in order to prevent decomposition (Chapter 1.2) or utilize decomposed catalysts for alternative reactions (Chapter 1.1). Chapter 2.1 describes the computational investigation of the origins of stereoretentive metathesis with ruthenium-based metathesis catalysts. These findings were then used to computationally design E-selective metathesis catalysts (Chapter 2.2). While the first half of the dissertation was centered around ruthenium catalysts, the second half of the dissertation pertains to iron-catalyzed reaction, in particular, iron-catalyzed reactions by P450 enzymes. The elements of Chapter 3 concentrate on the stereo- and chemo-selectivity of P450-catalyzed C-H hydroxylations. By combining multiple computational methods, the inherent activity of the iron-oxo catalyst and the influence of the active site on such reactions were illuminated. These discoveries allow for the engineering of new substrates and mutant enzymes for tailored C-H hydroxylation. While the mechanism of C-H hydroxylations catalyzed by P450 enzymes has been well studied, there are several P450-catalyzed transformations for which the mechanism is unknown. The components of Chapter 4 describe the use of computations to determine the mechanisms of complex, multi-step reactions catalyzed by P450s. The determination of these mechanisms elucidates how these enzymes react with various functional groups and substrate architectures and allows for a better understanding of how drug-like compounds may be broken down by human P450s.

Transition Literature Review: Educational, Employment, and Independent Living Outcomes. Volume 3.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Harnisch, Delwyn L.; Fisher, Adrian T.

This review focuses on both published and unpublished literature in the areas of education, employment, and independent living outcomes across 13 handicapping conditions. Preliminary chapters describe the database system used to manage the literature identified, and discuss research methods in transition literature. Subsequent chapters then review…

How Children Learn Mathematics, Teaching Implications of Piaget's Research.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Copeland, Richard W.

Included are the standard topics presented in the undergraduate and/or graduate course on methods of teaching mathematics in elementary education. Chapter 1 describes the historical development of learning theories, including Piaget's. Chapter 2 contains a biographical sketch of Piaget and an explanation of his theory of cognitive development.…

Conducting On-Farm Animal Research: Procedures & Economic Analysis.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Amir, Pervaiz; Knipscheer, Hendrik C.

This book is intended to give animal scientists elementary tools to perform on-farm livestock analysis and to provide crop-oriented farming systems researchers with methods for conducting animal research. Chapter 1 describes farming systems research as a systems approach to on-farm animal research. Chapter 2 outlines some important…

Step by Step: A Guide to Stepfamily Living.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Martin, Don; Martin, Maggie

This book describes the difficulties from past marriages that people bring into the stepfamily, and explores methods of preparing for remarriage, and for involving children effectively in these new relationships. The first chapter focuses on understanding the stepfamily. The second chapter provides information about coping with divorce, and the…

BOOK REVIEW: The Illustrated Wavelet Transform Handbook: Introductory Theory and Applications in Science, Engineering, Medicine and Finance

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Ng, J.; Kingsbury, N. G.

2004-02-01

This book provides an overview of the theory and practice of continuous and discrete wavelet transforms. Divided into seven chapters, the first three chapters of the book are introductory, describing the various forms of the wavelet transform and their computation, while the remaining chapters are devoted to applications in fluids, engineering, medicine and miscellaneous areas. Each chapter is well introduced, with suitable examples to demonstrate key concepts. Illustrations are included where appropriate, thus adding a visual dimension to the text. A noteworthy feature is the inclusion, at the end of each chapter, of a list of further resources from the academic literature which the interested reader can consult. The first chapter is purely an introduction to the text. The treatment of wavelet transforms begins in the second chapter, with the definition of what a wavelet is. The chapter continues by defining the continuous wavelet transform and its inverse and a description of how it may be used to interrogate signals. The continuous wavelet transform is then compared to the short-time Fourier transform. Energy and power spectra with respect to scale are also discussed and linked to their frequency counterparts. Towards the end of the chapter, the two-dimensional continuous wavelet transform is introduced. Examples of how the continuous wavelet transform is computed using the Mexican hat and Morlet wavelets are provided throughout. The third chapter introduces the discrete wavelet transform, with its distinction from the discretized continuous wavelet transform having been made clear at the end of the second chapter. In the first half of the chapter, the logarithmic discretization of the wavelet function is described, leading to a discussion of dyadic grid scaling, frames, orthogonal and orthonormal bases, scaling functions and multiresolution representation. The fast wavelet transform is introduced and its computation is illustrated with an example using the Haar wavelet. The second half of the chapter groups together miscellaneous points about the discrete wavelet transform, including coefficient manipulation for signal denoising and smoothing, a description of Daubechies’ wavelets, the properties of translation invariance and biorthogonality, the two-dimensional discrete wavelet transforms and wavelet packets. The fourth chapter is dedicated to wavelet transform methods in the author’s own specialty, fluid mechanics. Beginning with a definition of wavelet-based statistical measures for turbulence, the text proceeds to describe wavelet thresholding in the analysis of fluid flows. The remainder of the chapter describes wavelet analysis of engineering flows, in particular jets, wakes, turbulence and coherent structures, and geophysical flows, including atmospheric and oceanic processes. The fifth chapter describes the application of wavelet methods in various branches of engineering, including machining, materials, dynamics and information engineering. Unlike previous chapters, this (and subsequent) chapters are styled more as literature reviews that describe the findings of other authors. The areas addressed in this chapter include: the monitoring of machining processes, the monitoring of rotating machinery, dynamical systems, chaotic systems, non-destructive testing, surface characterization and data compression. The sixth chapter continues in this vein with the attention now turned to wavelets in the analysis of medical signals. Most of the chapter is devoted to the analysis of one-dimensional signals (electrocardiogram, neural waveforms, acoustic signals etc.), although there is a small section on the analysis of two-dimensional medical images. The seventh and final chapter of the book focuses on the application of wavelets in three seemingly unrelated application areas: fractals, finance and geophysics. The treatment on wavelet methods in fractals focuses on stochastic fractals with a short section on multifractals. The treatment on finance touches on the use of wavelets by other authors in studying stock prices, commodity behaviour, market dynamics and foreign exchange rates. The treatment on geophysics covers what was omitted from the fourth chapter, namely, seismology, well logging, topographic feature analysis and the analysis of climatic data. The text concludes with an assortment of other application areas which could only be mentioned in passing. Unlike most other publications in the subject, this book does not treat wavelet transforms in a mathematically rigorous manner but rather aims to explain the mechanics of the wavelet transform in a way that is easy to understand. Consequently, it serves as an excellent overview of the subject rather than as a reference text. Keeping the mathematics to a minimum and omitting cumbersome and detailed proofs from the text, the book is best-suited to those who are new to wavelets or who want an intuitive understanding of the subject. Such an audience may include graduate students in engineering and professionals and researchers in engineering and the applied sciences.

Thermodynamics fundamentals of energy conversion

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Dan, Nicolae

The work reported in the chapters 1-5 focuses on the fundamentals of heat transfer, fluid dynamics, thermodynamics and electrical phenomena related to the conversion of one form of energy to another. Chapter 6 is a re-examination of the fundamental heat transfer problem of how to connect a finite-size heat generating volume to a concentrated sink. Chapter 1 extends to electrical machines the combined thermodynamics and heat transfer optimization approach that has been developed for heat engines. The conversion efficiency at maximum power is 1/2. When, as in specific applications, the operating temperature of windings must not exceed a specified level, the power output is lower and efficiency higher. Chapter 2 addresses the fundamental problem of determining the optimal history (regime of operation) of a battery so that the work output is maximum. Chapters 3 and 4 report the energy conversion aspects of an expanding mixture of hot particles, steam and liquid water. At the elemental level, steam annuli develop around the spherical drops as time increases. At the mixture level, the density decreases while the pressure and velocity increases. Chapter 4 describes numerically, based on the finite element method, the time evolution of the expanding mixture of hot spherical particles, steam and water. The fluid particles are moved in time in a Lagrangian manner to simulate the change of the domain configuration. Chapter 5 describes the process of thermal interaction between the molten material and water. In the second part of the chapter the model accounts for the irreversibility due to the flow of the mixture through the cracks of the mixing vessel. The approach presented in this chapter is based on exergy analysis and represents a departure from the line of inquiry that was followed in chapters 3-4. Chapter 6 shows that the geometry of the heat flow path between a volume and one point can be optimized in two fundamentally different ways. In the "growth" method the structure is optimized starting from the smallest volume element of fixed size. In "design" method the overall volume is fixed, and the designer works "inward" by increasing the internal complexity of the paths for heat flow.

Unstructured High-Order Galerkin-Temporal- Boundary Methods for the Klein-Gordon Equation with Non-Reflecting Boundary Conditions

DTIC Science & Technology

2010-06-01

9 C. Conservation of Momentum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 1. Gravity Effects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 2...describe the high-order spectral element method used to discretize the problem in space (up to 16th order polynomials ) in Chapter IV. Chapter V discusses...inertial frame. Body forces are those acting on the fluid volume that are proportional to the mass. The body forces considered here are gravity and

Analytical chemistry at the interface between materials science and biology

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

O'Brien, Janese Christine

This work describes several research efforts that lie at the new interfaces between analytical chemistry and other disciplines, namely materials science and biology. In the materials science realm, the search for new materials that may have useful or unique chromatographic properties motivated the synthesis and characterization of electrically conductive sol-gels. In the biology realm, the search for new surface fabrication schemes that would permit or even improve the detection of specific biological reactions motivated the design of miniaturized biological arrays. Collectively, this work represents some of analytical chemistry's newest forays into these disciplines. This dissertation is divided into six chapters. Chapter 1 is an introductory chapter that provides background information pertinent to several key aspects of the work contained in this dissertation. Chapter 2 describes the synthesis and characterization of electrically conductive sol-gels derived from the acid-catalyzed hydrolysis of a vanadium alkoxide. Specifically, this chapter describes our attempts to increase the conductivity of vanadium sol-gels by optimizing the acidic and drying conditions used during synthesis. Chapter 3 reports the construction of novel antigenic immunosensing platforms of increased epitope density using Fab'-SH antibody fragments on gold. Here, X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS), thin-layer cell (TLC) and confocal fluorescence spectroscopies, and scanning force microscopy (SFM) are employed to characterize the fragment-substrate interaction, to quantify epitope density, and to demonstrate fragment viability and specificity. Chapter 4 presents a novel method for creating and interrogating double-stranded DNA (dsDNA) microarrays suitable for screening protein:dsDNA interactions. Using the restriction enzyme ECoR1, we demonstrate the ability of the atomic force microscope (AFM) to detect changes in topography that result from the enzymatic cleavage of dsDNA microarrays containing the correct recognition sequence. Chapter 5 explores more fully the microarray fabrication process described in Chapter 4. Specifically, experiments characterizing the effect of deposition conditions on oligonucleotide topography and as well as those that describe array density optimization are presented. Chapter 6 presents general conclusions from the work recorded in this dissertation and speculates on its extension.

Bacterial molecular networks: bridging the gap between functional genomics and dynamical modelling.

PubMed

van Helden, Jacques; Toussaint, Ariane; Thieffry, Denis

2012-01-01

This introductory review synthesizes the contents of the volume Bacterial Molecular Networks of the series Methods in Molecular Biology. This volume gathers 9 reviews and 16 method chapters describing computational protocols for the analysis of metabolic pathways, protein interaction networks, and regulatory networks. Each protocol is documented by concrete case studies dedicated to model bacteria or interacting populations. Altogether, the chapters provide a representative overview of state-of-the-art methods for data integration and retrieval, network visualization, graph analysis, and dynamical modelling.

Automatic Synthesis of Implementations for Abstract Data Types from Algebraic Specifications.

DTIC Science & Technology

1982-06-01

second is io expect the user to fumish more information about the desired prMpetin of the porum IQ to guide the synthesis procedure. ; - 10- A third...of the fourth and the fiflh chapters. The sixth chapter describes the second stage. The last chapter gives the concluding remarks. .13 - 2. An Overview... second section gives a summary of the synthesis procedure. It points out the nontrivial issues involvcd in the method employed by the procedure for

Developing Academic Skills through Multigenre Autobiography

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Bickens, Sarah; Bittman, Franny; Connor, David J.

2013-01-01

This article provides an overview of the Autobiography Project, listing the topics of the ten chapters and the targeted skills that accompany them. The authors discuss the purposes of each chapter and describe the methods incorporated to promote the four broad components of literacy. This unit also addresses almost all components of the Common…

Schools As Post-Disaster Shelters: Planning and Management Guidelines for Districts and Sites.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

California State Office of Emergency Services, Sacramento.

This guidebook outlines a method for preparing school facilities and personnel in the event that schools are needed for disaster shelters. It serves as a blueprint for planning and preparedness. Chapter 1 provides descriptions of actual incidents in which California schools served as emergency shelters. Chapter 2 describes schools' legal…

Sandia Simple Particle Tracking (Sandia SPT) v. 1.0

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Anthony, Stephen M.

2015-06-15

Sandia SPT is designed as software to accompany a book chapter being published a methods chapter which provides an introduction on how to label and track individual proteins. The Sandia Simple Particle Tracking code uses techniques common to the image processing community, where its value is that it facilitates implementing the methods described in the book chapter by providing the necessary open-source code. The code performs single particle spot detection (or segmentation and localization) followed by tracking (or connecting the detected particles into trajectories). The book chapter, which along with the headers in each file, constitutes the documentation for themore » code is: Anthony, S.M.; Carroll-Portillo, A.; Timlon, J.A., Dynamics and Interactions of Individual Proteins in the Membrane of Living Cells. In Anup K. Singh (Ed.) Single Cell Protein Analysis Methods in Molecular Biology. Springer« less

Case Study Teaching

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Herreid, Clyde Freeman

2011-01-01

This chapter describes the history of case study teaching, types of cases, and experimental data supporting their effectiveness. It also describes a model for comparing the efficacy of the various case study methods. (Contains 1 figure.)

Spatial Dimension as a Variable in Quantum Mechanics

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Doren, Douglas James

Several approximation methods potentially useful in electronic structure calculations are developed. These methods all treat the spatial dimension, D, as a variable. In an Introduction, the motivations for these methods are described, with special attention to the semiclassical 1/D expansion. Several terms in this expansion have been calculated for two-electron atoms. The results have qualitative appeal but poor convergence properties when D = 3. Chapter 1 shows that this convergence problem is due to singularities in the energy at D = 1 and a method of removing their effects is demonstrated. Chapter 2 treats several model problems, showing how to identify special dimensions at which the energy becomes singular or the Hamiltonian simplifies. Expansions are developed about these special finite values of D which are quite accurate at low order, regardless of the physical parameters of the Hamiltonian. In Chapter 3, expansions about singular points in the energy at finite values of D are used to resum the 1/D series in cases where its leading orders are not sufficient. This leads to a hybrid expansion which typically improves on both the 1/D and the finite D series. These methods are applied in Chapter 4 to two -electron atoms. The ground state energy of few-electron systems is dominated by the presence of a pole when D = 1. The residue of this pole is determined by the eigenvalue of a simple limiting Schrodinger equation. The limit and first order correction are determined for both unapproximated nonrelativistic two-electron atoms and the Hartree-Fock approximation to them. The hybrid expansion using only the first few terms in the 1/D series determines the energy at arbitrary D, providing estimates accurate to four or five figures when D = 3. Degeneracies between D = 3 states and those in nonphysical dimensions are developed in Chapter 5 which provide additional applications for this series. Chapter 6 illustrates these methods in an application to the H(' -) ion, an especially stringent test case. Proposals for future work in this field are described in the final chapter.

Gaia DR2 documentation Chapter 7: Variability

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Eyer, L.; Guy, L.; Distefano, E.; Clementini, G.; Mowlavi, N.; Rimoldini, L.; Roelens, M.; Audard, M.; Holl, B.; Lanzafame, A.; Lebzelter, T.; Lecoeur-Taïbi, I.; Molnár, L.; Ripepi, V.; Sarro, L.; Jevardat de Fombelle, G.; Nienartowicz, K.; De Ridder, J.; Juhász, Á.; Molinaro, R.; Plachy, E.; Regibo, S.

2018-04-01

This chapter of the Gaia DR2 documentation describes the models and methods used on the 22 months of data to produce the Gaia variable star results for Gaia DR2. The variability processing and analysis was based mostly on the calibrated G and integrated BP and RP photometry. The variability analysis approach to the Gaia data has been described in Eyer et al. (2017), and the Gaia DR2 results are presented in Holl et al. (2018). Detailed methods on specific topics will be published in a number of separate articles. Variability behaviour in the colour magnitude diagram is presented in Gaia Collaboration et al. (2018c).

Advances in Collaborative Filtering

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Koren, Yehuda; Bell, Robert

The collaborative filtering (CF) approach to recommenders has recently enjoyed much interest and progress. The fact that it played a central role within the recently completed Netflix competition has contributed to its popularity. This chapter surveys the recent progress in the field. Matrix factorization techniques, which became a first choice for implementing CF, are described together with recent innovations. We also describe several extensions that bring competitive accuracy into neighborhood methods, which used to dominate the field. The chapter demonstrates how to utilize temporal models and implicit feedback to extend models accuracy. In passing, we include detailed descriptions of some the central methods developed for tackling the challenge of the Netflix Prize competition.

Quasi-one dimensional (Q1D) nanostructures: Synthesis, integration and device application

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Chien, Chung-Jen

Quasi-one-dimensional (Q1D) nanostructures such as nanotubes and nanowires have been widely regarded as the potential building blocks for nanoscale electronic, optoelectronic and sensing devices. In this work, the content can be divided into three categories: Nano-material synthesis and characterizations, alignment and integration, physical properties and application. The dissertation consists of seven chapters as following. Chapter 1 will give an introduction to low dimensional nano-materials. Chapter 2 explains the mechanism how Q1D nanostructure grows. Chapter 3 describes the methods how we horizontally and vertically align the Q1D nanostructure. Chapter 4 and 5 are the electrical and optical device characterization respectively. Chapter 6 demonstrates the integration of Q1D nanostructures and the device application. The last chapter will discuss the future work and conclusion of the thesis.

Landslides and engineering geology of the Seattle, Washington, area

USGS Publications Warehouse

Baum, Rex L.; Godt, Jonathan W.; Highland, Lynn M.

2008-01-01

This volume brings together case studies and summary papers describing the application of state-of-the-art engineering geologic methods to landslide hazard analysis for the Seattle, Washington, area. An introductory chapter provides a thorough description of the Quaternary and bedrock geology of Seattle. Nine additional chapters review the history of landslide mapping in Seattle, present case studies of individual landslides, describe the results of spatial assessments of landslide hazard, discuss hydrologic controls on landsliding, and outline an early warning system for rainfall-induced landslides.

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Donnelly, H.; Fullwood, R.; Glancy, J.

This is the second volume of a two volume report on the VISA method for evaluating safeguards at fixed-site facilities. This volume contains appendices that support the description of the VISA concept and the initial working version of the method, VISA-1, presented in Volume I. The information is separated into four appendices, each describing details of one of the four analysis modules that comprise the analysis sections of the method. The first appendix discusses Path Analysis methodology, applies it to a Model Fuel Facility, and describes the computer codes that are being used. Introductory material on Path Analysis given inmore » Chapter 3.2.1 and Chapter 4.2.1 of Volume I. The second appendix deals with Detection Analysis, specifically the schemes used in VISA-1 for classifying adversaries and the methods proposed for evaluating individual detection mechanisms in order to build the data base required for detection analysis. Examples of evaluations on identity-access systems, SNM portal monitors, and intrusion devices are provided. The third appendix describes the Containment Analysis overt-segment path ranking, the Monte Carlo engagement model, the network simulation code, the delay mechanism data base, and the results of a sensitivity analysis. The last appendix presents general equations used in Interruption Analysis for combining covert-overt segments and compares them with equations given in Volume I, Chapter 3.« less

Experiences and Lessons of the School-to-Work/Youth Apprenticeship Demonstration. Research and Evaluation Report Series 97-E.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Employment and Training Administration (DOL), Washington, DC.

This report presents a final assessment of the early implementation of the School-to-Work (STW)/Youth Apprenticeship Demonstration programs and participants. Chapter I describes the evolution of STW policy. Chapter II discusses marketing methods, the student selection process and selection criteria, reasons for student participation, and number…

Chapter 2 - An overview of the LANDFIRE Prototype Project

Treesearch

Matthew G. Rollins; Robert E. Keane; Zhiliang Zhu; James P. Menakis

2006-01-01

This chapter describes the background and design of the Landscape Fire and Resource Management Planning Tools Prototype Project, or LANDFIRE Prototype Project, which was a sub-regional, proof-of-concept effort designed to develop methods and applications for providing the high-resolution data (30-m pixel) needed to support wildland fire management and to implement the...

Virtualization of Fuelbeds: Building the Next Generation of Fuels Data for Multiple-Scale Fire Modeling and Ecological Analysis

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Rowell, Eric Martin

The primary goal of this research is to advance methods for deriving fine-grained, scalable, wildland fuels attributes in 3-dimensions using terrestrial and airborne laser scanning technology. It is fundamentally a remote sensing research endeavor applied to the problem of fuels characterization. Advancements in laser scanning are beginning to have significant impacts on a range of modeling frameworks in fire research, especially those utilizing 3-dimensional data and benefiting from efficient data scaling. The pairing of laser scanning and fire modeling is enabling advances in understanding how fuels variability modulates fire behavior and effects. This dissertation details the development of methods and techniques to characterize and quantify surface fuelbeds using both terrestrial and airborne laser scanning. The primary study site is Eglin Airforce Base, Florida, USA, which provides a range of fuel types and conditions in a fire-adapted landscape along with the multi-disciplinary expertise, logistical support, and prescribed fire necessary for detailed characterization of fire as a physical process. Chapter 1 provides a research overview and discusses the state of fuels science and the related needs for highly resolved fuels data in the southeastern United States. Chapter 2, describes the use of terrestrial laser scanning for sampling fuels at multiple scales and provides analysis of the spatial accuracy of fuelbed models in 3-D. Chapter 3 describes the development of a voxel-based occupied volume method for predicting fuel mass. Results are used to inform prediction of landscape-scale fuel load using airborne laser scanning metrics as well as to predict post-fire fuel consumption. Chapter 4 introduces a novel fuel simulation approach which produces spatially explicit, statistically-defensible estimates of fuel properties and demonstrates a pathway for resampling observed data. This method also can be directly compared to terrestrial laser scanning data to assess how energy interception of the laser pulse affects characterization of the fuelbed. Chapter 5 discusses the contribution of this work to fire science and describes ongoing and future research derived from this work. Chapters 2 and 4 have been published in International Journal of Wildland Fire and Canadian Journal of Remote Sensing, respectively, and Chapter 3 is in preparation for publication.

Modeling and Design of GaN High Electron Mobility Transistors and Hot Electron Transistors through Monte Carlo Particle-based Device Simulations

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Soligo, Riccardo

In this work, the insight provided by our sophisticated Full Band Monte Carlo simulator is used to analyze the behavior of state-of-art devices like GaN High Electron Mobility Transistors and Hot Electron Transistors. Chapter 1 is dedicated to the description of the simulation tool used to obtain the results shown in this work. Moreover, a separate section is dedicated the set up of a procedure to validate to the tunneling algorithm recently implemented in the simulator. Chapter 2 introduces High Electron Mobility Transistors (HEMTs), state-of-art devices characterized by highly non linear transport phenomena that require the use of advanced simulation methods. The techniques for device modeling are described applied to a recent GaN-HEMT, and they are validated with experimental measurements. The main techniques characterization techniques are also described, including the original contribution provided by this work. Chapter 3 focuses on a popular technique to enhance HEMTs performance: the down-scaling of the device dimensions. In particular, this chapter is dedicated to lateral scaling and the calculation of a limiting cutoff frequency for a device of vanishing length. Finally, Chapter 4 and Chapter 5 describe the modeling of Hot Electron Transistors (HETs). The simulation approach is validated by matching the current characteristics with the experimental one before variations of the layouts are proposed to increase the current gain to values suitable for amplification. The frequency response of these layouts is calculated, and modeled by a small signal circuit. For this purpose, a method to directly calculate the capacitance is developed which provides a graphical picture of the capacitative phenomena that limit the frequency response in devices. In Chapter 5 the properties of the hot electrons are investigated for different injection energies, which are obtained by changing the layout of the emitter barrier. Moreover, the large signal characterization of the HET is shown for different layouts, where the collector barrier was scaled.

Substructures in Clusters of Galaxies

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Lehodey, Brigitte Tome

2000-01-01

This dissertation presents two methods for the detection of substructures in clusters of galaxies and the results of their application to a group of four clusters. In chapters 2 and 3, we remember the main properties of clusters of galaxies and give the definition of substructures. We also try to show why the study of substructures in clusters of galaxies is so important for Cosmology. Chapters 4 and 5 describe these two methods, the first one, the adaptive Kernel, is applied to the study of the spatial and kinematical distribution of the cluster galaxies. The second one, the MVM (Multiscale Vision Model), is applied to analyse the cluster diffuse X-ray emission, i.e., the intracluster gas distribution. At the end of these two chapters, we also present the results of the application of these methods to our sample of clusters. In chapter 6, we draw the conclusions from the comparison of the results we obtain with each method. In the last chapter, we present the main conclusions of this work trying to point out possible developments. We close with two appendices in which we detail some questions raised in this work not directly linked to the problem of substructures detection.

Analysis of heavy oils: Method development and application to Cerro Negro heavy petroleum

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

None

1989-12-01

On March 6, 1980, the US Department of Energy (DOE) and the Ministry of Energy and Mines of Venezuela (MEMV) entered into a joint agreement which included analysis of heavy crude oils from the Venezuelan Orinoco oil belt. The purpose of this report is to present compositional data and describe new analytical methods obtained from work on the Cerro Negro Orinoco belt crude oil since 1980. Most of the chapters focus on the methods rather than the resulting data on Cerro Negro oil, and results from other oils obtained during the verification of the method are included. In addition, publishedmore » work on analysis of heavy oils, tar sand bitumens, and like materials is reviewed, and the overall state of the art in analytical methodology for heavy fossil liquids is assessed. The various phases of the work included: distillation and determination of routine'' physical/chemical properties (Chapter 1); preliminary separation of >200{degrees} C distillates and the residue into acid, base, neutral, saturated hydrocarbon and neutral-aromatic concentrates (Chapter 2); further separation of acid, base, and neutral concentrates into subtypes (Chapters 3--5); and determination of the distribution of metal-containing compounds in all fractions (Chapter 6).« less

Determining if an mRNA is a Substrate of Nonsense-Mediated mRNA Decay in Saccharomyces cerevisiae.

PubMed

Johansson, Marcus J O

2017-01-01

Nonsense-mediated mRNA decay (NMD) is a conserved eukaryotic quality control mechanism which triggers decay of mRNAs harboring premature translation termination codons. In this chapter, I describe methods for monitoring the influence of NMD on mRNA abundance and decay rates in Saccharomyces cerevisiae. The descriptions include detailed methods for growing yeast cells, total RNA isolation, and Northern blotting. Although the chapter focuses on NMD, the methods can be easily adapted to assess the effect of other mRNA decay pathways.

SAMPLING VIRUSES FROM SOIL

EPA Science Inventory

This chapter describes in detail methods for detecting viruses of bacteria and humans in soil. Methods also are presented for the assay of these viruses. Reference sources are provided for information on viruses of plants.

Visualizing, Approximating, and Understanding Black-Hole Binaries

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Nichols, David A.

Numerical-relativity simulations of black-hole binaries and advancements in gravitational-wave detectors now make it possible to learn more about the collisions of compact astrophysical bodies. To be able to infer more about the dynamical behavior of these objects requires a fuller analysis of the connection between the dynamics of pairs of black holes and their emitted gravitational waves. The chapters of this thesis describe three approaches to learn more about the relationship between the dynamics of black-hole binaries and their gravitational waves: modeling momentum flow in binaries with the Landau-Lifshitz formalism, approximating binary dynamics near the time of merger with post-Newtonian and black-hole-perturbation theories, and visualizing spacetime curvature with tidal tendexes and frame-drag vortexes. In Chapters 2--4, my collaborators and I present a method to quantify the flow of momentum in black-hole binaries using the Landau-Lifshitz formalism. Chapter 2 reviews an intuitive version of the formalism in the first-post-Newtonian approximation that bears a strong resemblance to Maxwell's theory of electromagnetism. Chapter 3 applies this approximation to relate the simultaneous bobbing motion of rotating black holes in the superkick configuration---equal-mass black holes with their spins anti-aligned and in the orbital plane---to the flow of momentum in the spacetime, prior to the black holes' merger. Chapter 4 then uses the Landau-Lifshitz formalism to explain the dynamics of a head-on merger of spinning black holes, whose spins are anti-aligned and transverse to the infalling motion. Before they merge, the black holes move with a large, transverse, velocity, which we can explain using the post-Newtonian approximation; as the holes merge and form a single black hole, we can use the Landau-Lifshitz formalism without any approximations to connect the slowing of the final black hole to its absorbing momentum density during the merger. In Chapters 5--7, we discuss using analytical approximations, such as post-Newtonian and black-hole-perturbation theories, to gain further understanding into how gravitational waves are generated by black-hole binaries. Chapter 5 presents a way of combining post-Newtonian and black-hole-perturbation theories---which we call the hybrid method---for head-on mergers of black holes. It was able to produce gravitational waveforms and gravitational recoils that agreed well with comparable results from numerical-relativity simulations. Chapter 6 discusses a development of the hybrid model to include a radiation-reaction force, which is better suited for studying inspiralling black-hole binaries. The gravitational waveform from the hybrid method for inspiralling mergers agreed qualitatively with that from numerical-relativity simulations; when applied to the superkick configuration, it gave a simplified picture of the formation of the large black-hole kick. Chapter 7 describes an approximate method of calculating the frequencies of the ringdown gravitational waveforms of rotating black holes (quasinormal modes). The method generalizes a geometric interpretation of black-hole quasinormal modes and explains a degeneracy in the spectrum of these modes. In Chapters 8--11, we describe a new way of visualizing spacetime curvature using tools called tidal tendexes and frame-drag vortexes. This relies upon a time-space split of spacetime, which allows one to break the vacuum Riemann curvature tensor into electric and magnetic parts (symmetric, trace-free tensors that have simple physical interpretations). The regions where the eigenvalues of these tensors are large form the tendexes and vortexes of a spacetime, and the integral curves of their eigenvectors are its tendex and vortex lines, for the electric and magnetic parts, respectively. Chapter 8 provides an overview of these visualization tools and presents initial results from numerical-relativity simulations. Chapter 9 uses topological properties of vortex and tendex lines to classify properties of gravitational waves far from a source. Chapter 10 describes the formalism in more detail, and discusses the vortexes and tendexes of multipolar spacetimes in linearized gravity about flat space. The chapter helps to explain how near-zone vortexes and tendexes become gravitational waves far from a weakly gravitating, time-varying source. Chapter 11 is a detailed investigation of the vortexes and tendexes of stationary and perturbed black holes. It develops insight into how perturbations of (strongly gravitating) black holes extend from near the horizon to become gravitational waves.

Vocational Training in Portugal.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Mota, Artur; And Others

This report on vocational training in Portugal contains 8 chapters, a 26-item bibliography, and 2 appendices. Chapter 1 describes the geography, political system, population, and employment situation of Portugal. Chapter 2 describes the economic framework of Portugal. Chapter 3 describes the education system, the apprenticeship system, other…

Algorithm Updates for the Fourth SeaWiFS Data Reprocessing

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Hooker, Stanford, B. (Editor); Firestone, Elaine R. (Editor); Patt, Frederick S.; Barnes, Robert A.; Eplee, Robert E., Jr.; Franz, Bryan A.; Robinson, Wayne D.; Feldman, Gene Carl; Bailey, Sean W.

2003-01-01

The efforts to improve the data quality for the Sea-viewing Wide Field-of-view Sensor (SeaWiFS) data products have continued, following the third reprocessing of the global data set in May 2000. Analyses have been ongoing to address all aspects of the processing algorithms, particularly the calibration methodologies, atmospheric correction, and data flagging and masking. All proposed changes were subjected to rigorous testing, evaluation and validation. The results of these activities culminated in the fourth reprocessing, which was completed in July 2002. The algorithm changes, which were implemented for this reprocessing, are described in the chapters of this volume. Chapter 1 presents an overview of the activities leading up to the fourth reprocessing, and summarizes the effects of the changes. Chapter 2 describes the modifications to the on-orbit calibration, specifically the focal plane temperature correction and the temporal dependence. Chapter 3 describes the changes to the vicarious calibration, including the stray light correction to the Marine Optical Buoy (MOBY) data and improved data screening procedures. Chapter 4 describes improvements to the near-infrared (NIR) band correction algorithm. Chapter 5 describes changes to the atmospheric correction and the oceanic property retrieval algorithms, including out-of-band corrections, NIR noise reduction, and handling of unusual conditions. Chapter 6 describes various changes to the flags and masks, to increase the number of valid retrievals, improve the detection of the flag conditions, and add new flags. Chapter 7 describes modifications to the level-la and level-3 algorithms, to improve the navigation accuracy, correct certain types of spacecraft time anomalies, and correct a binning logic error. Chapter 8 describes the algorithm used to generate the SeaWiFS photosynthetically available radiation (PAR) product. Chapter 9 describes a coupled ocean-atmosphere model, which is used in one of the changes described in Chapter 4. Finally, Chapter 10 describes a comparison of results from the third and fourth reprocessings along the US. Northeast coast.

Development and application of QM/MM methods to study the solvation effects and surfaces

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Dibya, Pooja Arora

2010-01-01

Quantum mechanical (QM) calculations have the advantage of attaining high-level accuracy, however QM calculations become computationally inefficient as the size of the system grows. Solving complex molecular problems on large systems and ensembles by using quantum mechanics still poses a challenge in terms of the computational cost. Methods that are based on classical mechanics are an inexpensive alternative, but they lack accuracy. A good trade off between accuracy and efficiency is achieved by combining QM methods with molecular mechanics (MM) methods to use the robustness of the QM methods in terms of accuracy and the MM methods to minimize themore » computational cost. Two types of QM combined with MM (QM/MM) methods are the main focus of the present dissertation: the application and development of QM/MM methods for solvation studies and reactions on the Si(100) surface. The solvation studies were performed using a discreet solvation model that is largely based on first principles called the effective fragment potential method (EFP). The main idea of combining the EFP method with quantum mechanics is to accurately treat the solute-solvent and solvent-solvent interactions, such as electrostatic, polarization, dispersion and charge transfer, that are important in correctly calculating solvent effects on systems of interest. A second QM/MM method called SIMOMM (surface integrated molecular orbital molecular mechanics) is a hybrid QM/MM embedded cluster model that mimics the real surface.3 This method was employed to calculate the potential energy surfaces for reactions of atomic O on the Si(100) surface. The hybrid QM/MM method is a computationally inexpensive approach for studying reactions on larger surfaces in a reasonably accurate and efficient manner. This thesis is comprised of four chapters: Chapter 1 describes the general overview and motivation of the dissertation and gives a broad background of the computational methods that have been employed in this work. Chapter 2 illustrates the methodology of the interface of the EFP method with the configuration interaction with single excitations (CIS) method to study solvent effects in excited states. Chapter 3 discusses the study of the adiabatic electron affinity of the hydroxyl radical in aqueous solution and in micro-solvated clusters using a QM/EFP method. Chapter 4 describes the study of etching and diffusion of oxygen atom on a reconstructed Si(100)-2 x 1 surface using a hybrid QM/MM embedded cluster model (SIMOMM). Chapter 4 elucidates the application of the EFP method towards the understanding of the aqueous ionization potential of Na atom. Finally, a general conclusion of this dissertation work and prospective future direction are presented in Chapter 6.« less

DNA Free Energy Landscapes and RNA Nano-Self-Assembly Using Atomic Force Microscopy

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Frey, Eric William

There is an important conceptual lesson which has long been appreciated by those who work in biophysics and related interdisciplinary fields. While the extraordinary behavior of biological matter is governed by its detailed atomic structure and random fluctuations, and is therefore difficult to predict, it can nevertheless be understood within simplified frameworks. Such frameworks model the system as consisting of only one or a few components, and model the behavior of the system as the occupation of a single state out of a small number of states available. The emerging widespread application of nanotechnology, such as atomic force microscopy (AFM), has expanded this understanding in eye-opening new levels of detail by enabling nano-scale control, measurement, and visualization of biological molecules. This thesis describes two independent projects, both of which illuminate this understanding using AFM, but which do so from very different perspectives. The organization of this thesis is as follows. Chapter 1 begins with an experimental background and introduction to AFM, and then describes our setup in both single-molecule manipulation and imaging modes. In Chapter 2, we describe the first project, the motivation for which is to extend methods for the experimental determination of the free energy landscape of a molecule. This chapter relies on the analysis of single-molecule manipulation data. Chapter 3 describes the second project, the motivation for which is to create RNA-based nano-structures suitable for future applications in living mammalian cells. This chapter relies mainly on imaging. Chapters 2 and 3 can thus be read and understood separately.

Measurements of CP asymmetries and branching fractions of two-body charmless decays of B 0 and B$$0\\atop{s}$$ mesons

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Morello, Michael Joseph

2007-12-19

The thesis is organized as follows: Chapter 1 describes the theoretical framework of non-leptonic Bmore » $$0\\atop{s}$$ → H +h' - decays, with a simple overview of the CP violation mechanism within the Standard Model and of the most used phenomenological approaches in the evaluation of strong interaction contributions. The chapter contains also a review of the theoretical expectations and the current experimental measurements along with a discussion about the importance of studying such decays. Chapter 2 contains a general description of the Tevatron collider and of the CDF II detector. Chapter 3 is devoted to the description of the data sample used for the measurement and the method used in extracting the signal from the background. Particular attention is dedicated to the on-line trigger selection, which is crucial to collect a sample enriched in B$$0\\atop{s}$$ → h +h' - decays. Chapter 4 shows how the information from kinematics and particle identification was used to achieve a statistical discrimination amongst modes to extract individual measurements. The available resolutions in mass or in particle identification are separately insufficient for an event-by-event separation of B$$0\\atop{s}$$ → h +h' - modes. The choice of observables and the technique used to combine them is an important and innovative aspect of the analysis described in this thesis. Chapter 5 is devoted to the accurate determination of the invariant mass lineshape. This is a crucial ingredient for resolving overlapping mass peaks. This chapter details all resolution effects with particular attention at the tails due to the emission of low-energy photons from charged kaons and pions in the final state (FSR). For the first time the effect of FSR has been accurately accounted for in a CDF analysis. Chapter 6 describes how kinematic and PID information, discussed in chap. 4 and chap. 5 were combined in a maximum Likelihood fit to statistically determine the composition of the B$$0\\atop{s}$$ → h +h' - sample. This kinematics-PID combined fit has been developed and performed for the first time at CDF in the analysis presented in this thesis and this methodology was later inherited by several other analyses. Chapter 7 is devoted to the study of the isolation variable, which is a crucial handle to enhance the signal-to-background ratio in the off-line selection. It exploits the property that the b-hadrons tend to carry a larger fraction of the transverse momentum of the particles produced in the fragmentation, with respect to lighter hadrons. Since the simulators do not accurately reproduce the fragmentation processes, this chapter is devoted to the study of the control data sample of B$$0\\atop{s}$$ → J/ΨX decays to probe the characteristics of this variable. Chapter 8 describes an innovative procedure used to optimize the selection to minimize the statistical uncertainty on the quantities one wishes to measure. The procedure is based on the fit of composition described in chap. 6. Chapter 9 reports the results of the fit of composition described in chap. 6 and the cross-checks performed to verify the goodness of the fit of composition. In order to translate the parameters returned from the fit into physics measurements the relative efficiency corrections between the various decay modes need to be applied. Chapter 10 is devoted to the description of these corrections. Chapter 11 describes the measurement of the detector-induced charge asymmetry between positively and negatively charged kaons and pions, due to their different probability of strong interaction in the tracker material using the real data. This allows to extract the acceptance correction factor for the CP asymmetries measurement without any external inputs from the simulation, and to perform a powerful check of whole analysis. Chapter 12 describes the main sources of systematic uncertainties and the method used to evaluate the significance of the results on rare modes. The final results of the measurements and their interpretation are discussed in chap. 13.« less

Protein Sorting Prediction.

PubMed

Nielsen, Henrik

2017-01-01

Many computational methods are available for predicting protein sorting in bacteria. When comparing them, it is important to know that they can be grouped into three fundamentally different approaches: signal-based, global-property-based and homology-based prediction. In this chapter, the strengths and drawbacks of each of these approaches is described through many examples of methods that predict secretion, integration into membranes, or subcellular locations in general. The aim of this chapter is to provide a user-level introduction to the field with a minimum of computational theory.

The Politics of Education. The Seventy-sixth Yearbook of the National Society for the Study of Education: Part II.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Scribner, Jay D., Ed.

This book consists of 11 chapters that discuss various concerns of importance in the field of the politics of education and describe some of the current research efforts in the field. The individual chapters include "The Politics of Education: An Introduction," by Jay Scribner and Richard Englert; "Methods and Conceptualizations of…

Chapter 2: Commercial and Industrial Lighting Evaluation Protocol. The Uniform Methods Project: Methods for Determining Energy Efficiency Savings for Specific Measures

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Kurnik, Charles W; Gowans, Dakers; Telarico, Chad

The Commercial and Industrial Lighting Evaluation Protocol (the protocol) describes methods to account for gross energy savings resulting from the programmatic installation of efficient lighting equipment in large populations of commercial, industrial, and other nonresidential facilities. This protocol does not address savings resulting from changes in codes and standards, or from education and training activities. A separate Uniform Methods Project (UMP) protocol, Chapter 3: Commercial and Industrial Lighting Controls Evaluation Protocol, addresses methods for evaluating savings resulting from lighting control measures such as adding time clocks, tuning energy management system commands, and adding occupancy sensors.

The 3DGRAPE book: Theory, users' manual, examples

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Sorenson, Reese L.

1989-01-01

A users' manual for a new three-dimensional grid generator called 3DGRAPE is presented. The program, written in FORTRAN, is capable of making zonal (blocked) computational grids in or about almost any shape. Grids are generated by the solution of Poisson's differential equations in three dimensions. The program automatically finds its own values for inhomogeneous terms which give near-orthogonality and controlled grid cell height at boundaries. Grids generated by 3DGRAPE have been applied to both viscous and inviscid aerodynamic problems, and to problems in other fluid-dynamic areas. The smoothness for which elliptic methods are known is seen here, including smoothness across zonal boundaries. An introduction giving the history, motivation, capabilities, and philosophy of 3DGRAPE is presented first. Then follows a chapter on the program itself. The input is then described in detail. A chapter on reading the output and debugging follows. Three examples are then described, including sample input data and plots of output. Last is a chapter on the theoretical development of the method.

EPICS Input Output Controller (IOC) Record Reference Manual

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Anderson, J.B.; Kraimer, M.R.

1994-12-01

This manual describes all supported EPICS record types. The first chapter gives introduction and describes the field summary table. The second chapter describes the fields in database common, i.e. the fields that are present in every record type. The third chapter describes the input and output field that are common to many record types and have the same usage wherever they are used. Following the third chapter is a separate chapter for each record type containing a description of all the fields for that record type except those in database common.

Chapter 5: Application of state-and-transition models to evaluate wildlife habitat

Treesearch

Anita T. Morzillo; Pamela Comeleo; Blair Csuti; Stephanie Lee

2014-01-01

Wildlife habitat analysis often is a central focus of natural resources management and policy. State-and-transition models (STMs) allow for simulation of landscape level ecological processes, and for managers to test “what if” scenarios of how those processes may affect wildlife habitat. This chapter describes the methods used to link STM output to wildlife habitat to...

Final Report for Dynamic Models for Causal Analysis of Panel Data. Methods for Temporal Analysis. Part I, Chapter 1.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Hannan, Michael T.; Tuma, Nancy Brandon

This document is part of a series of chapters described in SO 011 759. Working from the premise that temporal analysis is indispensable for the study of change, the document examines major alternatives in research design of this nature. Five sections focus on the features, advantages, and limitations of temporal analysis. Four designs which…

AGR-1 Thermocouple Data Analysis

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Jeff Einerson

2012-05-01

This report documents an effort to analyze measured and simulated data obtained in the Advanced Gas Reactor (AGR) fuel irradiation test program conducted in the INL's Advanced Test Reactor (ATR) to support the Next Generation Nuclear Plant (NGNP) R&D program. The work follows up on a previous study (Pham and Einerson, 2010), in which statistical analysis methods were applied for AGR-1 thermocouple data qualification. The present work exercises the idea that, while recognizing uncertainties inherent in physics and thermal simulations of the AGR-1 test, results of the numerical simulations can be used in combination with the statistical analysis methods tomore » further improve qualification of measured data. Additionally, the combined analysis of measured and simulation data can generate insights about simulation model uncertainty that can be useful for model improvement. This report also describes an experimental control procedure to maintain fuel target temperature in the future AGR tests using regression relationships that include simulation results. The report is organized into four chapters. Chapter 1 introduces the AGR Fuel Development and Qualification program, AGR-1 test configuration and test procedure, overview of AGR-1 measured data, and overview of physics and thermal simulation, including modeling assumptions and uncertainties. A brief summary of statistical analysis methods developed in (Pham and Einerson 2010) for AGR-1 measured data qualification within NGNP Data Management and Analysis System (NDMAS) is also included for completeness. Chapters 2-3 describe and discuss cases, in which the combined use of experimental and simulation data is realized. A set of issues associated with measurement and modeling uncertainties resulted from the combined analysis are identified. This includes demonstration that such a combined analysis led to important insights for reducing uncertainty in presentation of AGR-1 measured data (Chapter 2) and interpretation of simulation results (Chapter 3). The statistics-based simulation-aided experimental control procedure described for the future AGR tests is developed and demonstrated in Chapter 4. The procedure for controlling the target fuel temperature (capsule peak or average) is based on regression functions of thermocouple readings and other relevant parameters and accounting for possible changes in both physical and thermal conditions and in instrument performance.« less

USEPA MANUAL OF METHODS FOR VIROLOGY

EPA Science Inventory

This chapter describes procedures for the detection of coliphases in water matrices. These procedures are based on those presented in the Supplement to the 20th Edition of Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Eastewater and EPA Methods 1601 and 1602. Two quantitati...

SeaWiFS Postlaunch Calibration and Validation Analyses

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Hooker, Stanford B. (Editor); Firestone, Elaine R. (Editor); McClain, Charles R.; Ainsworth, Ewa J.; Barnes, Robert A.; Eplee, Robert E., Jr.; Patt, Frederick S.; Robinson, Wayne D.; Wang, Menghua; Bailey, Sean W.

2000-01-01

The effort to resolve data quality issues and improve on the initial data evaluation methodologies of the Sea-viewing Wide Field-of-view Sensor (SeaWiFS) Project was an extensive one. These evaluations have resulted, to date, in three major reprocessings of the entire data set where each reprocessing addressed the data quality issues that could be identified up to the time of each reprocessing. The number of chapters (21) needed to document this extensive work in the SeaWiFS Postlaunch Technical Report Series requires three volumes. The chapters in Volumes 9, 10, and 11 are in a logical order sequencing through sensor calibration, atmospheric correction, masks and flags, product evaluations, and bio-optical algorithms. The first chapter of Volume 9 is an overview of the calibration and validation program, including a table of activities from the inception of the SeaWiFS Project. Chapter 2 describes the fine adjustments of sensor detector knee radiances, i.e., radiance levels where three of the four detectors in each SeaWiFS band saturate. Chapters 3 and 4 describe the analyses of the lunar and solar calibration time series, respectively, which are used to track the temporal changes in radiometric sensitivity in each band. Chapter 5 outlines the procedure used to adjust band 7 relative to band 8 to derive reasonable aerosol radiances in band 7 as compared to those in band 8 in the vicinity of Lanai, Hawaii, the vicarious calibration site. Chapter 6 presents the procedure used to estimate the vicarious calibration gain adjustment factors for bands 1-6 using the waterleaving radiances from the Marine Optical Buoy (MOBY) offshore of Lanai. Chapter 7 provides the adjustments to the coccolithophore flag algorithm which were required for improved performance over the prelaunch version. Chapter 8 is an overview of the numerous modifications to the atmospheric correction algorithm that have been implemented. Chapter 9 describes the methodology used to remove artifacts of sun glint contamination for portions of the imagery outside the sun glint mask. Finally, Chapter 10 explains a modification to the ozone interpolation method to account for actual time differences between the SeaWiFS and Total Ozone Mapping Spectrometer (TOMS) orbits.

Direct observation and control of hydrogen-bond dynamics using low-temperature scanning tunneling microscopy

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Kumagai, Takashi

2015-08-01

Hydrogen(H)-bond dynamics are involved in many elementary processes in chemistry and biology. Because of its fundamental importance, a variety of experimental and theoretical approaches have been employed to study the dynamics in gas, liquid, solid phases, and their interfaces. This review describes the recent progress of direct observation and control of H-bond dynamics in several model systems on a metal surface by using low-temperature scanning tunneling microscopy (STM). General aspects of H-bond dynamics and the experimental methods are briefly described in chapter 1 and 2. In the subsequent four chapters, I present direct observation of an H-bond exchange reaction within a single water dimer (chapter 3), a symmetric H bond (chapter 4) and H-atom relay reactions (chapter 5) within water-hydroxyl complexes, and an intramolecular H-atom transfer reaction (tautomerization) within a single porphycene molecule (chapter 6). These results provide novel microscopic insights into H-bond dynamics at the single-molecule level, and highlight significant impact on the process from quantum effects, namely tunneling and zero-point vibration, resulting from the small mass of H atom. Additionally, local environmental effect on H-bond dynamics is also examined by using atom/molecule manipulation with the STM.

Transporte electronico en nanoestructuras de carbono

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Jodar Ferrandez, Esther

The aim of this work is the study of the electronic transport properties in several structures made of carbon nanotubes. This dissertation is divided in four chapters: (1) Chapter 1: Carbon Nanotubes. This chapter is a brief review of the foundations of carbon nanotubes (CNT). Main properties of CNT are explained. The subject developed here is important for the understanding of the results obtained in the bulk of this thesis. We carry out, in the first part of this chapter, an historical review of the discovering of CNT, that includes the history of the discovering of fullerenes, the predecessors for carbon nanotubes. Afterwards, a revision of the different methods for synthesizing nanotubes is done. The main part of this chapter treats of the description of the geometry, properties and electronic structure of CNT. Many equations deduced here will be used later. Finally, we discuss some research lines related to carbon nanotubes. (2) Chapter 2: Theoretical and numerical method. In this chapter we describe the numerical method we have developed to obtain the results presented in this work. For this purpose it is necessary to describe previously the theoretical method on which our calculations are based. We extensively explain the Green's function and its properties. A large part of our calculations are based in the obtention the GF of the system under study. This chapter finishes with the application of the equations described in order to obtain electronic properties associated with pure carbon nanotubes as an example of use. Anyway, these previous results will be used later. (3) Chapter 3: Cavities made of nanotubes. We denote as a cavity to the structure formed with a carbon nanotube sandwiched between other two carbon nanotubes (contacts), provided that the central region is wider than these contacts. In this chapter we perform some calculations of the properties associated to the electronic transport in cavities, as the local density of states and the transmission function. We analyze the influence of the width of the cavity and the distance between them (in the case of multiple cavities). Some interesting results are obtained in these calculations which have been published in international journals (Jodar et al. 2006, Jodar y Perez-Garrido 2007). We emphasize the presence of quasi-localized states in the cavities, which affects to the transmission function, the behaviour of some cavities formed with semi-conductor as quantum dots, or the study of the evolution of the system with multiple cavities to the limit of infinite cavities. (4) Chapter 4: Bloch Oscillations. In this chapter we investigate the properties of carbon nanotubes under a constant electric field. This configuration show Bloch oscillations, according to the work of Bloch and Zener. We study here the dynamics of these oscillations for different geometries as a function of the electric field applied. Specially, the behaviour of the occupation probability and the averaged quadratic displacement as a function of time. We have not found bibliography that deals with this phenomenon in Carbon Nanotubes, which is the aim of this chapter. We first study the behaviour of electrons in pure carbon nanotubes in a constant electric field, for different lengths of the CNT and different values of the electric field applied. We show how wavefunctions oscillate with a period that coincides with that given by theoretical expressions of Bloch oscillations for linear chains of atoms. Besides, we show the different kind of behaviour of localized and extended waves. In the final part of this chapter we apply a constant electric field to the structure studied in the chapter 3, i.e., the cavity. We show in this case that, besides Bloch oscillations, electrons can be confined in certain regions only by inserting the nanotube in an electric field.

Planetary Magnetism

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Connerney, J. E. P.

2007-01-01

The chapter on Planetary Magnetism by Connerney describes the magnetic fields of the planets, from Mercury to Neptune, including the large satellites (Moon, Ganymede) that have or once had active dynamos. The chapter describes the spacecraft missions and observations that, along with select remote observations, form the basis of our knowledge of planetary magnetic fields. Connerney describes the methods of analysis used to characterize planetary magnetic fields, and the models used to represent the main field (due to dynamo action in the planet's interior) and/or remnant magnetic fields locked in the planet's crust, where appropriate. These observations provide valuable insights into dynamo generation of magnetic fields, the structure and composition of planetary interiors, and the evolution of planets.

Islamic values in the Kuwaiti curriculum

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Alshahen, Ghanim A.

This study investigated the influence of Islamic values on the curriculum, in particular the Islamic studies and science curricula. Three questionnaires were developed, validated, and used to investigate teachers' and pupils' attitudes toward Islamic values in the curriculum. Four main sections deal with Islamic values in the Islamic studies and science curricula, namely: Islamic values in the textbook, teaching Islamic values, the relationship between Islamic values and the science curriculum, and the Islamic values model. Two instruments were used in this study: questionnaires and interviews. Both qualitative and quantitative data were generated from the sample, which consisted of Islamic studies and science teachers and supervisors in intermediate schools, and pupils studying in the eighth grade in intermediate schools. In the last case, the data were gathered by questionnaire only. The interviews and questionnaires provided explanatory data. The research was carried out in three phases, considering respectively 55 Islamic studies teachers, 55 science teachers who teach the eighth grade in intermediate schools, and 786 pupils who study in the eighth grade in 20 schools. In each school, the researcher selected two classes. This thesis consists of eight chapters. Chapter One provides a general introduction and highlights the general framework of this study. Chapter Two is concerned with the development of the education system in Kuwait and the objectives of the Islamic studies and science curricula in the intermediate stage. Chapter Three presents the conceptions of values, the Islamic values model, and Islamic values in the curriculum. Chapter Four describes the objectives of the study, and its research design methods and procedures used to develop the instruments. The sampling procedure, the data collection procedures, and the statistical methods used to analyse the data are also described. Chapter Five presents and interprets the findings of this study. Data analysis in this chapter deals with the Islamic studies and science teachers' questionnaires and both the teachers' and supervisors' interviews. The interview findings are dealt with according to the key themes. Chapter Seven discusses the main findings related to Islamic values in both curricula. Chapter Eight reflects on the main themes of the investigation as a whole. It gives a brief description of the aims and methods of the study and sets out the major findings, their importance, and limitations. Finally, the study concludes with several recommendations and suggestions for developing Islamic values in the curriculum.

Measurement and modeling of unsaturated hydraulic conductivity: Chapter 21

USGS Publications Warehouse

Perkins, Kim S.; Elango, Lakshmanan

2011-01-01

This chapter will discuss, by way of examples, various techniques used to measure and model hydraulic conductivity as a function of water content, K(). The parameters that describe the K() curve obtained by different methods are used directly in Richards’ equation-based numerical models, which have some degree of sensitivity to those parameters. This chapter will explore the complications of using laboratory measured or estimated properties for field scale investigations to shed light on how adequately the processes are represented. Additionally, some more recent concepts for representing unsaturated-zone flow processes will be discussed.

Teacher Perspectives of School-Level Implementation of Alternate Assessments for Students with Significant Cognitive Disabilities. A Report from the National Study on Alternate Assessments. NCSER 2010-3007

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Cameto, Renee; Bergland, Frances; Knokey, Anne-Marie; Nagle, Katherine M.; Sanford, Christopher; Kalb, Sara C.; Blackorby, Jose; Sinclair, Beth; Riley, Derek L.; Ortega, Moreica

2010-01-01

The report is organized to provide information on the school-level implementation of alternate assessments for students with significant cognitive disabilities. Following the Introduction in Chapter 1, Chapter 2 describes the study design and methods, including the development of the teacher survey and data collection procedures and analyses.…

Measurement of peak discharge at dams by indirect methods

USGS Publications Warehouse

Hulsing, Harry

1967-01-01

This chapter describes procedures for measuring peak discharges using dams, weirs, and embankments. Field and office procedures limited to this method are described. Discharge coefficients and formulas are given for three general classes of weirs-sharp-crested, broad-crested, and round-crested-and for highway embankments and weirs of unusual shape. The effects of submergence are defined for most forms.

Conservative Diffusions: a Constructive Approach to Nelson's Stochastic Mechanics.

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Carlen, Eric Anders

In Nelson's stochastic mechanics, quantum phenomena are described in terms of diffusions instead of wave functions; this thesis is a study of that description. We emphasize that we are concerned here with the possibility of describing, as opposed to explaining, quantum phenomena in terms of diffusions. In this direction, the following questions arise: "Do the diffusions of stochastic mechanics--which are formally given by stochastic differential equations with extremely singular coefficients--really exist?" Given that they exist, one can ask, "Do these diffusions have physically reasonable sample path behavior, and can we use information about sample paths to study the behavior of physical systems?" These are the questions we treat in this thesis. In Chapter I we review stochastic mechanics and diffusion theory, using the Guerra-Morato variational principle to establish the connection with the Schroedinger equation. This chapter is largely expository; however, there are some novel features and proofs. In Chapter II we settle the first of the questions raised above. Using PDE methods, we construct the diffusions of stochastic mechanics. Our result is sufficiently general to be of independent mathematical interest. In Chapter III we treat potential scattering in stochastic mechanics and discuss direct probabilistic methods of studying quantum scattering problems. Our results provide a solid "Yes" in answer to the second question raised above.

Conceptual Chemical Process Design for Sustainability. ...

EPA Pesticide Factsheets

This chapter examines the sustainable design of chemical processes, with a focus on conceptual design, hierarchical and short-cut methods, and analyses of process sustainability for alternatives. The chapter describes a methodology for incorporating process sustainability analyses throughout the conceptual design. Hierarchical and short-cut decision-making methods will be used to approach sustainability. An example showing a sustainability-based evaluation of chlor-alkali production processes is presented with economic analysis and five pollutants described as emissions. These emissions are analyzed according to their human toxicity potential by ingestion using the Waste Reduction Algorithm and a method based on US Environmental Protection Agency reference doses, with the addition of biodegradation for suitable components. Among the emissions, mercury as an element will not biodegrade, and results show the importance of this pollutant to the potential toxicity results and therefore the sustainability of the process design. The dominance of mercury in determining the long-term toxicity results when energy use is included suggests that all process system evaluations should (re)consider the role of mercury and other non-/slow-degrading pollutants in sustainability analyses. The cycling of nondegrading pollutants through the biosphere suggests the need for a complete analysis based on the economic, environmental, and social aspects of sustainability. Chapter reviews

Estimating abundance: Chapter 27

USGS Publications Warehouse

Royle, J. Andrew

2016-01-01

This chapter provides a non-technical overview of ‘closed population capture–recapture’ models, a class of well-established models that are widely applied in ecology, such as removal sampling, covariate models, and distance sampling. These methods are regularly adopted for studies of reptiles, in order to estimate abundance from counts of marked individuals while accounting for imperfect detection. Thus, the chapter describes some classic closed population models for estimating abundance, with considerations for some recent extensions that provide a spatial context for the estimation of abundance, and therefore density. Finally, the chapter suggests some software for use in data analysis, such as the Windows-based program MARK, and provides an example of estimating abundance and density of reptiles using an artificial cover object survey of Slow Worms (Anguis fragilis).

Public opinion about energy: a literature review

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Farhar, B.C.; Weis, P.; Unseld, C.T.

1979-06-01

A review and analysis of 115 surveys of the general population between 1973 and 1978 (before the Three Mile Island accident, sudden gasoline price increases, and spot gasoline shortages) are presented. The survey data are organized and analyzed according to a set of categories described in Chapter 2. The public's definition of the energy situation is the focus of Chapter 3. Chapter 4 describes public opinion concerning energy conservation pertaining to transportation and domestic energy use -- whether it is efficacious, how knowledgeable people are about conservation, whether they favor it, and whether they engage in it. Findings on themore » solar energy alternative are described in Chapter 5. Public opinion concerning more conventional sources of energy -- oil and natural gas, coal, and nuclear energy -- are discussed in Chapter 6. In Chapter 7, a summary of analytical findings by 10 major sociodemographic characteristics is presented. Chapter 8 describes analytical findings using various social-psychological variables. A summary is presented in Chapter 9.« less

[Conditioning mechanisms and psychoneuroimmunology].

PubMed

Stockhorst, Ursula; Klosterhalfen, Sibylle

2005-01-01

This chapter deals with the role of conditioning principles in psychoneuroimmunology (PNI). We will first describe the paradigms of classical and instrumental conditioning and classify immune parameters that are subject to conditioning (chapter 1). So far, PNI research mainly uses classical (or Pavlovian) conditioning. We will summarize some of the paradigmatic studies, mainly animal studies (chapter 2) and also describe studies that support the clinical relevance of classical conditioning, i. e., in the pharmacological treatment of autoimmune diseases, transplantation and tumor chemotherapy (chapter 3). A study of our group on anticipatory immunomodulation in pediatric cancer patients is reported. Mechanisms mediating conditioned immunomodulation are summarized (chapter 4). We also describe studies that analyze the impact of instrumental conditioning contingencies on immune functioning (chapter 5). Finally, research perspectives are summarized (chapter 6).

A Performance Comparison of Tree and Ring Topologies in Distributed System

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Huang, Min

A distributed system is a collection of computers that are connected via a communication network. Distributed systems have become commonplace due to the wide availability of low-cost, high performance computers and network devices. However, the management infrastructure often does not scale well when distributed systems get very large. Some of the considerations in building a distributed system are the choice of the network topology and the method used to construct the distributed system so as to optimize the scalability and reliability of the system, lower the cost of linking nodes together and minimize the message delay in transmission, and simplifymore » system resource management. We have developed a new distributed management system that is able to handle the dynamic increase of system size, detect and recover the unexpected failure of system services, and manage system resources. The topologies used in the system are the tree-structured network and the ring-structured network. This thesis presents the research background, system components, design, implementation, experiment results and the conclusions of our work. The thesis is organized as follows: the research background is presented in chapter 1. Chapter 2 describes the system components, including the different node types and different connection types used in the system. In chapter 3, we describe the message types and message formats in the system. We discuss the system design and implementation in chapter 4. In chapter 5, we present the test environment and results, Finally, we conclude with a summary and describe our future work in chapter 6.« less

Friendly Neighborhood Computer Project. Extension of the IBM NJE network to DEC VAX computers

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Raffenetti, R.C.; Bertoncini, P.J.; Engert, D.E.

1984-07-01

This manual is divided into six chapters. The first is an overview of the VAX NJE emulator system and describes what can be done with the VAX NJE emulator software. The second chapter describes the commands that users of the VAX systems will use. Each command description includes the format of the command, a list of valid options and parameters and their meanings, and several short examples of command use. The third chapter describes the commands and capabilities for sending general, sequential files from and to VAX VMS nodes. The fourth chapter describes how to transmit data to a VAXmore » from other computer systems on the network. The fifth chapter explains how to exchange electronic mail with IBM CMS users and with users of other VAX VMS systems connected by NJE communications. The sixth chapter describes operator procedures and the additional commands operators may use.« less

Vocational Education and Training in Norway.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Farstad, Halfdan

This volume on Norway describes the country's initial and continuing vocational education and training (VET) system. Chapter 1 provides background information on political and administrative structures; population; and economy and labor force. Chapter 2 describes briefly the Norwegian education and training system. Chapter 3 describes the VET…

Chapter 8: Whole-Building Retrofit with Consumption Data Analysis Evaluation Protocol. The Uniform Methods Project: Methods for Determining Energy Efficiency Savings for Specific Measures

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Kurnik, Charles W.; Agnew, Ken; Goldberg, Mimi

Whole-building retrofits involve the installation of multiple measures. Whole-building retrofit programs take many forms. With a focus on overall building performance, these programs usually begin with an energy audit to identify cost-effective energy efficiency measures for the home. Measures are then installed, either at no cost to the homeowner or partially paid for by rebates and/or financing. The methods described here may also be applied to evaluation of single-measure retrofit programs. Related methods exist for replace-on-failure programs and for new construction, but are not the subject of this chapter.

Quantum Approximate Methods for the Atomistic Modeling of Multicomponent Alloys. Chapter 7

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Bozzolo, Guillermo; Garces, Jorge; Mosca, Hugo; Gargano, pablo; Noebe, Ronald D.; Abel, Phillip

2007-01-01

This chapter describes the role of quantum approximate methods in the understanding of complex multicomponent alloys at the atomic level. The need to accelerate materials design programs based on economical and efficient modeling techniques provides the framework for the introduction of approximations and simplifications in otherwise rigorous theoretical schemes. As a promising example of the role that such approximate methods might have in the development of complex systems, the BFS method for alloys is presented and applied to Ru-rich Ni-base superalloys and also to the NiAI(Ti,Cu) system, highlighting the benefits that can be obtained from introducing simple modeling techniques to the investigation of such complex systems.

The Soviet System of Education. A PIER World Education Series Special Report.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Popovych, Erika; Levin-Stankevich, Brian

This volume endeavors to provide comprehensive factual information on the Soviet system of education. Chapter 1 offers basic information on the Soviet Republics. Chapter 2 describes the foundations of Soviet Education. Chapter 3 describes preschool through upper secondary education including academic calendars and curriculum. Chapter 4,…

Micro- and nano-scale optical devices for high density photonic integrated circuits at near-infrared wavelengths

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Chatterjee, Rohit

In this research work, we explore fundamental silicon-based active and passive photonic devices that can be integrated together to form functional photonic integrated circuits. The devices which include power splitters, switches and lenses are studied starting from their physics, their design and fabrication techniques and finally from an experimental standpoint. The experimental results reveal high performance devices that are compatible with standard CMOS fabrication processes and can be easily integrated with other devices for near infrared telecom applications. In Chapter 2, a novel method for optical switching using nanomechanical proximity perturbation technique is described and demonstrated. The method which is experimentally demonstrated employs relatively low powers, small chip footprint and is compatible with standard CMOS fabrication processes. Further, in Chapter 3, this method is applied to develop a hitless bypass switch aimed at solving an important issue in current wavelength division multiplexing systems namely hitless switching of reconfigurable optical add drop multiplexers. Experimental results are presented to demonstrate the application of the nanomechanical proximity perturbation technique to practical situations. In Chapter 4, a fundamental photonic component namely the power splitter is described. Power splitters are important components for any photonic integrated circuits because they help split the power from a single light source to multiple devices on the same chip so that different operations can be performed simultaneously. The power splitters demonstrated in this chapter are based on multimode interference principles resulting in highly compact low loss and highly uniform power splitting to split the power of the light from a single channel to two and four channels. These devices can further be scaled to achieve higher order splitting such as 1x16 and 1x32 power splits. Finally in Chapter 5 we overcome challenges in device fabrication and measurement techniques to demonstrate for the first time a "superlens" for the technologically important near infrared wavelength ranges with the opportunity to scale down further to visible wavelengths. The observed resolution is 0.47lambda, clearly smaller than the diffraction limit of 0.61lambda and is supported by detailed theoretical analyses and comprehensive numerical simulations. Importantly, we clearly show for the first time this subdiffraction limit imaging is due to the resonant excitation of surface slab modes, permitting amplification of evanescent waves. The demonstrated "superlens" has the largest figure of merit ever reported till date both theoretically and experimentally. The techniques and devices described in this thesis can be further applied to develop new devices with different functionalities. In Chapter 6 we describe two examples using these ideas. First, we experimentally demonstrate the use of the nanomechanical proximity perturbation technique to develop a phase retarder for on-chip all state polarization control. Next, we use the negative refraction photonic crystals described in Chapter 5 to achieve a special kind of bandgap called the zero-n¯ bandgap having unique properties.

A HANDBOOK FOR LITERACY TEACHERS.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

MCKILLIAM, K.R.

THE METHODS DESCRIBED IN THIS HANDBOOK CAN BE ADAPTED FOR USE IN ANY LANGUAGE WHICH CAN BE WRITTEN PHONETICALLY. CHAPTERS COVER THE VALUE OF ADULT LITERACY, HISTORY OF THE ALPHABET, HISTORY OF METHODS OF TEACHING READING AND WRITING, PRINCIPLES OF TEACHING, SOUNDS AS SYMBOLS, LESSON CONSTRUCTION, LETTER CONSTRUCTION, THE METHOD OF TEACHING…

The theoretical study of passive and active optical devices via planewave based transfer (scattering) matrix method and other approaches

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Zhuo, Ye

2011-01-01

In this thesis, we theoretically study the electromagnetic wave propagation in several passive and active optical components and devices including 2-D photonic crystals, straight and curved waveguides, organic light emitting diodes (OLEDs), and etc. Several optical designs are also presented like organic photovoltaic (OPV) cells and solar concentrators. The first part of the thesis focuses on theoretical investigation. First, the plane-wave-based transfer (scattering) matrix method (TMM) is briefly described with a short review of photonic crystals and other numerical methods to study them (Chapter 1 and 2). Next TMM, the numerical method itself is investigated in details and developed inmore » advance to deal with more complex optical systems. In chapter 3, TMM is extended in curvilinear coordinates to study curved nanoribbon waveguides. The problem of a curved structure is transformed into an equivalent one of a straight structure with spatially dependent tensors of dielectric constant and magnetic permeability. In chapter 4, a new set of localized basis orbitals are introduced to locally represent electromagnetic field in photonic crystals as alternative to planewave basis. The second part of the thesis focuses on the design of optical devices. First, two examples of TMM applications are given. The first example is the design of metal grating structures as replacements of ITO to enhance the optical absorption in OPV cells (chapter 6). The second one is the design of the same structure as above to enhance the light extraction of OLEDs (chapter 7). Next, two design examples by ray tracing method are given, including applying a microlens array to enhance the light extraction of OLEDs (chapter 5) and an all-angle wide-wavelength design of solar concentrator (chapter 8). In summary, this dissertation has extended TMM which makes it capable of treating complex optical systems. Several optical designs by TMM and ray tracing method are also given as a full complement of this work.« less

MEASURING INVERTEBRATE GRAZING ON SEAGRASSES AND EPIPHYTES

EPA Science Inventory

The chapter describes methods to assess grazing rates, grazer preferences, and grazer impacts, by mobile organisms living in the canopy or in the rhizome layer in any seagrass system. One set of methods quantifies grazing activity in small to medium sized, mobile organisms livin...

Simulation of phase equilibria

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Martin, Marcus Gary

The focus of this thesis is on the use of configurational bias Monte Carlo in the Gibbs ensemble. Unlike Metropolis Monte Carlo, which is reviewed in chapter I, configurational bias Monte Carlo uses an underlying Markov chain transition matrix which is asymmetric in such a way that it is more likely to attempt to move to a molecular conformation which has a lower energy than to one with a higher energy. Chapter II explains how this enables efficient simulation of molecules with complex architectures (long chains and branched molecules) for coexisting fluid phases (liquid, vapor, or supercritical), and also presents several of our recent extensions to this method. In chapter III we discuss the development of the Transferable Potentials for Phase Equilibria United Atom (TraPPE-UA) force field which accurately describes the fluid phase coexistence for linear and branched alkanes. Finally, in the fourth chapter the methods and the force field are applied to systems ranging from supercritical extraction to gas chromatography to illustrate the power and versatility of our approach.

Yakima River Species Interactions Studies, Annual Report 1993.

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Pearsons, Todd N.

Species interactions research was initiated in 1989 to investigate ecological interactions among fish in response to proposed supplementation of salmon and steelhead in the upper Yakima River basin. Data have been collected prior to supplementation to characterize the rainbow trout population, predict the potential interactions that may occur as a result of supplementation, and develop methods to monitor interactions. Major topics of this report are associated with the life history of rainbow trout, interactions experimentation, and methods for sampling. This report is organized into nine chapters with a general introduction preceding the first chapter and a general discussion following themore » last chapter. This annual report summarizes data collected primarily by the Washington Department of Fish and Wildlife (WDFW) between January 1 and December 31, 1993 in the upper Yakima basin above Roza Dam, however these data were compared to data from previous years to identify preliminary trends and patterns. Major preliminary findings from each of the chapters included in this report are described.« less

Segregated Methods for Two-Fluid Models

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Prosperetti, Andrea; Sundaresan, Sankaran; Pannala, Sreekanth

2007-01-01

The previous chapter, with its direct simulation of the fluid flow and a modeling approach to the particle phase, may be seen as a transition between the methods for a fully resolved simulation described in the first part of this book and those for a coarse grained description based on the averaging approach described in chapter ??. We now turn to the latter, which in practice are the only methods able to deal with the complex flows encountered in most situations of practical interest such as fluidized beds, pipelines, energy generation, sediment transport, and others. This chapter and the nextmore » one are devoted to numerical methods for so-called two-fluid models in which the phases are treated as inter-penetrating continua describing, e.g., a liquid and a gas, or a fluid and a suspended solid phase. These models can be extended to deal with more than two continua and, then, the denomination multi-fluid models might be more appropriate. For example, the commercial code OLGA (Bendiksen et al. 1991), widely used in the oil industry, recognizes three phases, all treated as interpenetrating continua: a continuous liquid, a gas, and a disperse liquid phase present as drops suspended in the gas phase. The more recent PeTra (Petroleum Transport, Larsen et al. 1997) also describes three phases, gas, oil, and water. Recent approaches to the description of complex boiling flows recognize four inter-penetrating phases: a liquid phase present both as a continuum and as a dispersion of droplets, and a gas/vapor phase also present as a continuum and a dispersion of bubbles. Methods for these multi-fluid models are based on those developed for the two-fluid model to which we limit ourselves. In principle, one could simply take the model equations, discretize them, and solve them by a method suitable for non-linear problems, e.g. Newton-Raphson iteration. In practice, the computational cost of such a frontal attack is nearly always prohibitive in terms of storage requirement and execution time. It is therefore necessary to devise different, less direct strategies. Two principal classes of algorithms have been developed for this purpose. The first one, described in this chapter, consists of algorithms derived from the pressure based schemes widely used in single-phase flow, such as SIMPLE and its variations (see e.g. Patankar 1980). In this approach, the model equations are solved sequentially and, therefore, these methods are often referred to as segregated algorithms to distinguish them from a second class of methods, object of the next chapter, in which a coupled or semi-coupled time-marching solution strategy is adopted. Broadly speaking, the first class of methods is suitable for relatively slow transients, such as fluidized beds, or phenomena with a long duration, such as flow in pipelines. The methods in the second group have been designed to deal principally with fast transients, such as those hypothesized in nuclear reactor safety. Since in segregated solvers the equations are solved one by one, it is possible to add equations to the mathematical model - to describe e.g. turbulence - at a later stage after the development of the initial code without major modifications of the algorithm.« less

Proteomic Analysis of Cytoskeleton Proteins in Fish.

PubMed

Gotesman, Michael; Menanteau-Ledouble, Simon; El-Matbouli, Mansour

2016-01-01

In this chapter, we describe laboratory protocols for rearing fish and a simple and efficient method of extracting and identifying pathogen and host proteins that may be involved in entry and replication of commercially important fish viruses. We have used the common carp (Cyprinus carpio L.) and goldfish (Cyprinus auratus) as a model system for studies of proteins involved in viral entry and replication. The chapter describes detailed protocols for maintenance of carp, cell culture, antibody purification of proteins, and use of electrospray-ionization mass spectrometry analysis to screen and identify cytoskeleton and other proteins that may be involved in viral infection and propagation in fish.

Molecular Simulation of Adsorption in Zeolites

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Bai, Peng

Zeolites are a class of crystalline nanoporous materials that are widely used as catalysts, sorbents, and ion-exchangers. Zeolites have revolutionized the petroleum industry and have fueled the 20th-century automobile culture, by enabling numerous highly-efficient transformations and separations in oil refineries. They are also posed to play an important role in many processes of biomass conversion. One of the fundamental principles in the field of zeolites involves the understanding and tuning of the selectivity for different guest molecules that results from the wide variety of pore architectures. The primary goal of my dissertation research is to gain such understanding via computer simulations and eventually to reach the level of predictive modeling. The dissertation starts with a brief introduction of the applications of zeolites and computer modeling techniques useful for the study of zeolitic systems. Chapter 2 then describes an effort to improve simulation efficiency, which is essential for many challenging adsorption systems. Chapter 3 studies a model system to demonstrate the applicability and capability of the method used for the majority of this work, configurational-bias Monte Carlo simulations in the Gibbs ensemble (CBMC-GE). After these methodological developments, Chapter 4 and 5 report a systematic parametrization of a new transferable force field for all-silica zeolites, TraPPE-zeo, and a subsequent, relatively ad-hoc extension to cation-exchanged aluminosilicates. The CBMC-GE method and the TraPPE-zeo force field are then combined to investigate some complex adsorption systems, such as linear and branched C6-C 9 alkanes in a hierarchical microporous/mesoporous material (Chapter 6), the multi-component adsorption of aqueous alcohol solutions (Chapter 7) and glucose solutions (Chapter 8). Finally, Chapter 9 describes an endeavor to screen a large number of zeolites with the purpose of finding better materials for two energy-related applications, ethanol/water separation and hydrocarbon iso-dewaxing.

Montana StreamStats

USGS Publications Warehouse

2016-04-05

About this volumeMontana StreamStats is a Web-based geographic information system (http://water.usgs.gov/osw/streamstats/) application that provides users with access to basin and streamflow characteristics for gaged and ungaged streams in Montana. Montana StreamStats was developed by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in cooperation with the Montana Departments of Transportation, Environmental Quality, and Natural Resources and Conservation. The USGS Scientific Investigations Report consists of seven independent but complementary chapters dealing with various aspects of this effort.Chapter A describes the Montana StreamStats application, the basin and streamflow datasets, and provides a brief overview of the streamflow characteristics and regression equations used in the study. Chapters B through E document the datasets, methods, and results of analyses to determine streamflow characteristics, such as peak-flow frequencies, low-flow frequencies, and monthly and annual characteristics, for USGS streamflow-gaging stations in and near Montana. The StreamStats analytical toolsets that allow users to delineate drainage basins and solve regression equations to estimate streamflow characteristics at ungaged sites in Montana are described in Chapters F and G.

New Layered Materials and Functional Nanoelectronic Devices

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Yu, Jaeeun

This thesis introduces functional nanomaterials including superatoms and carbon nanotubes (CNTs) for new layered solids and molecular devices. Chapters 1-3 present how we incorporate superatoms into two-dimensional (2D) materials. Chapter 1 describes a new and simple approach to dope transition metal dichalcogenides (TMDCs) using the superatom Co6Se8(PEt3)6 as the electron dopant. Doping is an effective method to modulate the electrical properties of materials, and we demonstrate an electron-rich cluster can be used as a tunable and controllable surface dopant for semiconducting TMDCs via charge transfer. As a demonstration of the concept, we make a p-n junction by patterning on specific areas of TMDC films. Chapter 2 and Chapter 3 introduce new 2D materials by molecular design of superatoms. Traditional atomic van der Waals materials such as graphene, hexagonal boron-nitride, and TMDCs have received widespread attention due to the wealth of unusual physical and chemical behaviors that arise when charges, spins, and vibrations are confined to a plane. Though not as widespread as their atomic counterparts, molecule-based layered solids offer significant benefits; their structural flexibility will enable the development of materials with tunable properties. Chapter 2 describes a layered van der Waals solid self-assembled from a structure-directing building block and C60 fullerene. The resulting crystalline solid contains a corrugated monolayer of neutral fullerenes and can be mechanically exfoliated. Chapter 3 describes a new method to functionalize electroactive superatoms with groups that can direct their assembly into covalent and non-covalent multi-dimensional frameworks. We synthesized Co6Se8[PEt2(4-C6H4COOH)]6 and found that it forms two types of crystalline assemblies with Zn(NO3)2, one is a three-dimensional solid and the other consists of stacked layers of two-dimensional sheets. The dimensionality is controlled by subtle changes in reaction conditions. CNT-based field-effect transistor (FETs), in which a single molecule spans an oxidatively cut gap in the CNT, provide a versatile, ground-state platform with well-defined electrical contacts. For statistical studies of a variety of small molecule bridges, Chapter 4 presents a novel fabrication method to produce hundreds of FETs on one single carbon nanotube. A large number of devices allows us to study the stability and uniformity of CNT FET properties. Moreover, the new platform also enables a quantitative analysis of molecular devices. In particular, we used CNT FETs for studying DNA-mediated charge transport. DNA conductance was measured by connecting DNA molecules of varying lengths to lithographically cut CNT FETs.

Pollination Research Methods with Apis mellifera

USDA-ARS?s Scientific Manuscript database

This chapter describes field and lab procedures for doing experiments on honey bee pollination. Most of the methods apply to any insect for whom pollen vectoring capacity is the question. What makes honey bee pollination distinctive is its historic emphasis on agricultural applications; hence one fi...

V. S. Lebedev and I. L. Beigman, Physics of Highly Excited Atoms and Ions

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Mewe, R.

1999-07-01

This book contains a comprehensive description of the basic principles of the theoretical spectroscopy and experimental spectroscopic diagnostics of Rydberg atoms and ions, i.e., atoms in highly excited states with a very large principal quantum number (n≫1). Rydberg atoms are characterized by a number of peculiar physical properties as compared to atoms in the ground or a low excited state. They have a very small ionization potential (∝1/n2), the highly excited electron has a small orbital velocity (∝1/n), the radius (∝n2) is very large, the excited electron has a long orbital period (∝n3), and the radiation lifetime is very long (∝n3-5). At the same time the R. atom is very sensitive to perturbations from external fields in collisions with charged and neutral targets. In recent years, R. atoms have been observed in laboratory and cosmic conditions for n up to ˜1000, which means that the size amounts to about 0.1 mm, ˜106 times that of an atom in the ground state. The scope of this monograph is to familiarize the reader with today's approaches and methods for describing isolated R. atoms and ions, radiative transitions between highly excited states, and photoionization and photorecombination processes. The authors present a number of efficient methods for describing the structure and properties of R. atoms and calculating processes of collisions with neutral and charged particles as well as spectral-line broadening and shift of Rydberg atomic series in gases, cool and hot plasmas in laboratories and in astrophysical sources. Particular attention is paid to a comparison of theoretical results with available experimental data. The book contains 9 chapters. Chapter 1 gives an introduction to the basic properties of R. atoms (ions), Chapter 2 is devoted to an account of general methods describing an isolated Rydberg atom. Chapter 3 is focussed on the recent achievements in calculations of form factors and dipole matrix elements of different types of bound-bound and bound-free radiative transitions. Chapter 4 concentrates on the formulation of basic theoretical methods and physical approaches to collisions involving R. atoms. Chapters 5 to 8 contain a systematic description of major directions and modern techniques in the collision theory of R. atoms and ions with atoms, molecules, electrons, and ions. Finally, Chapter 9 deals with the spectral-line broadening and shift of R. atomic series induced by collisions with neutral and charged particles. A subject index of four pages and 250 references are given. This monograph will be a basic tool and reference for all scientists working in the fields of plasma physics, spectroscopy, physics of electronic and atomic collisions, as well as astrophysics, radio astronomy, and space physics.

Water-budget methods

USGS Publications Warehouse

Healy, Richard W.; Scanlon, Bridget R.

2010-01-01

A water budget is an accounting of water movement into and out of, and storage change within, some control volume. Universal and adaptable are adjectives that reflect key features of water-budget methods for estimating recharge. The universal concept of mass conservation of water implies that water-budget methods are applicable over any space and time scales (Healy et al., 2007). The water budget of a soil column in a laboratory can be studied at scales of millimeters and seconds. A water-budget equation is also an integral component of atmospheric general circulation models used to predict global climates over periods of decades or more. Water-budget equations can be easily customized by adding or removing terms to accurately portray the peculiarities of any hydrologic system. The equations are generally not bound by assumptions on mechanisms by which water moves into, through, and out of the control volume of interest. So water-budget methods can be used to estimate both diffuse and focused recharge, and recharge estimates are unaffected by phenomena such as preferential flow paths within the unsaturated zone.Water-budget methods represent the largest class of techniques for estimating recharge. Most hydrologic models are derived from a water-budget equation and can therefore be classified as water-budget models. It is not feasible to address all water-budget methods in a single chapter. This chapter is limited to discussion of the “residual” water-budget approach, whereby all variables in a water-budget equation, except for recharge, are independently measured or estimated and recharge is set equal to the residual. This chapter is closely linked with Chapter 3, on modeling methods, because the equations presented here form the basis of many models and because models are often used to estimate individual components in water-budget studies. Water budgets for streams and other surface-water bodies are addressed in Chapter 4. The use of soil-water budgets and lysimeters for determining potential recharge and evapotranspiration from changes in water storage is discussed in Chapter 5. Aquifer water-budget methods based on the measurement of groundwater levels are described in Chapter 6.

Production and Electrical Characterization Tests of the ISL Detector and a Trigger Design for Higgs Boson Searches at CDF

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Munar Ara, Antoni

2002-01-01

This thesis is structured as follows: Chapter 1. gives a brief review of the Higgs mechanism in the Standard Model and the electroweak symmetry breaking. The Standard Model Higgs boson phenomenology at Tevatron energies is reviewed. Chapter 2. describes the upgraded Fermilab laboratory accelerator complex, and the upgraded CDF detector. Chapter 3. gives a brief overview of the more relevant aspects of the silicon detectors, and the ISL is described in detail. Chapter 4. describes the construction of the ISL ladders, the full custom testing setup (functionality tests, laser test, burn-in test andmore » $$\\beta$$-source measurements), and the problems encountered during the ISL ladders construction. The procedures for ladder grading are also discussed. Chapter 5. describes the multilevel trigger system of the CDF detector, and the trigger primitives available at each level. The most relevant offine event observables are briefly discussed. In Chapter 6 the procedures to estimate the trigger rate and trigger effciency calculation are described. The particularities of triggering in $$p\\bar{p}$$ collisions at high luminosities are discussed. Chapter 7. and Chapter 8. are dedicated to study an effcient trigger strategy for the $$H + W/Z \\to b\\bar{b}jj$$ channel and the $$H + Z \\to b\\bar{b} \

Qualitative Methods Can Enrich Quantitative Research on Occupational Stress: An Example from One Occupational Group

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Schonfeld, Irvin Sam; Farrell, Edwin

2010-01-01

The chapter examines the ways in which qualitative and quantitative methods support each other in research on occupational stress. Qualitative methods include eliciting from workers unconstrained descriptions of work experiences, careful first-hand observations of the workplace, and participant-observers describing "from the inside" a…

42 CFR 415.176 - Renal dialysis services.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-10-01

... PHYSICIANS IN TEACHING SETTINGS, AND RESIDENTS IN CERTAIN SETTINGS Physician Services in Teaching Settings... under the physician monthly capitation payment method (as described in § 414.314 of this chapter) must... of teaching physicians). ...

42 CFR 415.176 - Renal dialysis services.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-10-01

... PHYSICIANS IN TEACHING SETTINGS, AND RESIDENTS IN CERTAIN SETTINGS Physician Services in Teaching Settings... under the physician monthly capitation payment method (as described in § 414.314 of this chapter) must... of teaching physicians). ...

42 CFR 415.176 - Renal dialysis services.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-10-01

... PHYSICIANS IN TEACHING SETTINGS, AND RESIDENTS IN CERTAIN SETTINGS Physician Services in Teaching Settings... under the physician monthly capitation payment method (as described in § 414.314 of this chapter) must... of teaching physicians). ...

BiFC Assay to Detect Calmodulin Binding to Plant Receptor Kinases.

PubMed

Fischer, Cornelia; Sauter, Margret; Dietrich, Petra

2017-01-01

Plant receptor-like kinases (RLKs) are regulated at various levels including posttranscriptional modification and interaction with regulatory proteins. Calmodulin (CaM) is a calcium-sensing protein that was shown to bind to some RLKs such as the PHYTOSULFOKINE RECEPTOR1 (PSKR1). The CaM-binding site is embedded in subdomain VIa of the kinase domain. It is possible that many more of RLKs interact with CaM than previously described. To unequivocally confirm CaM binding, several methods exist. Bimolecular fluorescence complementation (BiFC) and pull-down assays have been successfully used to study CaM binding to PSKR1 and are described in this chapter (BiFC) and in Chapter 15 (pull down). The two methods are complementary. BiFC is useful to show localization and interaction of soluble as well as of membrane-bound proteins in planta.

Refractive index measurements of single, spherical cells using digital holographic microscopy.

PubMed

Schürmann, Mirjam; Scholze, Jana; Müller, Paul; Chan, Chii J; Ekpenyong, Andrew E; Chalut, Kevin J; Guck, Jochen

2015-01-01

In this chapter, we introduce digital holographic microscopy (DHM) as a marker-free method to determine the refractive index of single, spherical cells in suspension. The refractive index is a conclusive measure in a biological context. Cell conditions, such as differentiation or infection, are known to yield significant changes in the refractive index. Furthermore, the refractive index of biological tissue determines the way it interacts with light. Besides the biological relevance of this interaction in the retina, a lot of methods used in biology, including microscopy, rely on light-tissue or light-cell interactions. Hence, determining the refractive index of cells using DHM is valuable in many biological applications. This chapter covers the main topics that are important for the implementation of DHM: setup, sample preparation, and analysis. First, the optical setup is described in detail including notes and suggestions for the implementation. Following that, a protocol for the sample and measurement preparation is explained. In the analysis section, an algorithm for the determination of quantitative phase maps is described. Subsequently, all intermediate steps for the calculation of the refractive index of suspended cells are presented, exploiting their spherical shape. In the last section, a discussion of possible extensions to the setup, further measurement configurations, and additional analysis methods are given. Throughout this chapter, we describe a simple, robust, and thus easily reproducible implementation of DHM. The different possibilities for extensions show the diverse fields of application for this technique. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

Simulating the Mind

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Dietrich, Dietmar; Fodor, Georg; Zucker, Gerhard; Bruckner, Dietmar

The approach to developing models described within the following chapters breaks with some of the previously used approaches in Artificial Intelligence. This is the first attempt to use methods from psychoanalysis organized in a strictly topdown design method in order to take an important step towards the creation of intelligent systems. Hence, the vision and the research hypothesis are described in the beginning and will hopefully prove to have sufficient grounds for this approach.

Investigations of Sayre's Equation.

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Shiono, Masaaki

Available from UMI in association with The British Library. Since the discovery of X-ray diffraction, various methods of using it to solve crystal structures have been developed. The major methods used can be divided into two categories: (1) Patterson function based methods; (2) Direct phase-determination methods. In the early days of structure determination from X-ray diffraction, Patterson methods played the leading role. Direct phase-determining methods ('direct methods' for short) were introduced by D. Harker and J. S. Kasper in the form of inequality relationships in 1948. A significant development of direct methods was produced by Sayre (1952). The equation he introduced, generally called Sayre's equation, gives exact relationships between structure factors for equal atoms. Later Cochran (1955) derived the so-called triple phase relationship, the main means by which it has become possible to find the structure factor phases automatically by computer. Although the background theory of direct methods is very mathematical, the user of direct-methods computer programs needs no detailed knowledge of these automatic processes in order to solve structures. Recently introduced direct methods are based on Sayre's equation, so it is important to investigate its properties thoroughly. One such new method involves the Sayre equation tangent formula (SETF) which attempts to minimise the least square residual for the Sayre's equations (Debaerdemaeker, Tate and Woolfson; 1985). In chapters I-III the principles and developments of direct methods will be described and in chapters IV -VI the properties of Sayre's equation and its modification will be discussed. Finally, in chapter VII, there will be described the investigation of the possible use of an equation, similar in type to Sayre's equation, derived from the characteristics of the Patterson function.

Chapter 9: Metering Cross-Cutting Protocol. The Uniform Methods Project: Methods for Determining Energy-Efficiency Savings for Specific Measures

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Mort, Dan

Estimated energy savings are calculated as the difference between the energy use during the baseline period and the energy use during the post installation period of the EEM. This chapter describes the physical properties measured in the process of evaluating EEMs and the specific metering methods for several types of measurements. Skill-level requirements and other operating considerations are discussed, including where, when, and how often measurements should be made. The subsequent section identifies metering equipment types and their respective measurement accuracies. This is followed by sections containing suggestions regarding proper data handling procedures and the categorization and definition of severalmore » load types.« less

Challenges and opportunities for implementing sustainable energy strategies in coastal communities of Baja California Sur, Mexico

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Etcheverry, Jose R.

This dissertation explores the potential of renewable energy and efficiency strategies to solve the energy challenges faced by the people living in the biosphere reserve of El Vizcaino, which is located in the North Pacific region of the Mexican state of Baja California Sur. This research setting provides a practical analytical milieu to understand better the multiple problems faced by practitioners and agencies trying to implement sustainable energy solutions in Mexico. The thesis starts with a literature review (chapter two) that examines accumulated international experience regarding the development of renewable energy projects as a prelude to identifying the most salient implementation barriers impeding this type of initiatives. Two particularly salient findings from the literature review include the importance of considering gender issues in energy analysis and the value of using participatory research methods. These findings informed fieldwork design and the analytical framework of the dissertation. Chapter three surveys electricity generation as well as residential and commercial electricity use in nine coastal communities located in El Vizcaino. Chapter three summarizes the fieldwork methodology used, which relies on a mix of qualitative and quantitative research methods that aim at enabling a gender-disaggregated analysis to describe more accurately local energy uses, needs, and barriers. Chapter four describes the current plans of the state government, which are focused in expanding one of the state's diesel-powered electricity grids to El Vizcaino. The Chapter also examines the potential for replacing diesel generators with a combination of renewable energy systems and efficiency measures in the coastal communities sampled. Chapter five analyzes strategies to enable the implementation of sustainable energy approaches in El Vizcaino. Chapter five highlights several international examples that could be useful to inform organizational changes at the federal and state level aimed at fostering renewable energy and efficiency initiatives that enhance energy security, protect the environment, and also increase economic opportunities in El Vizcaino and elsewhere in Mexico. Chapter six concludes the thesis by providing: a summary of all key findings, a broad analysis of the implications of the research, and an overview of future lines of inquiry.

Liquid crystal interfaces: Experiments, simulations and biosensors

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Popov, Piotr

Interfacial phenomena are ubiquitous and extremely important in various aspects of biological and industrial processes. For example, many liquid crystal applications start by alignment with a surface. The underlying mechanisms of the molecular organization of liquid crystals at an interface are still under intensive study and continue to be important to the display industry in order to develop better and/or new display technology. My dissertation research has been devoted to studying how complex liquid crystals can be guided to organize at an interface, and to using my findings to develop practical applications. Specifically, I have been working on developing biosensors using liquid-crystal/surfactant/lipid/protein interactions as well as the alignment of low-symmetry liquid crystals for potential new display and optomechanical applications. The biotechnology industry needs better ways of sensing biomaterials and identifying various nanoscale events at biological interfaces and in aqueous solutions. Sensors in which the recognition material is a liquid crystal naturally connects the existing knowledge and experience of the display and biotechnology industries together with surface and soft matter sciences. This dissertation thus mainly focuses on the delicate phenomena that happen at liquid interfaces. In the introduction, I start by defining the interface and discuss its structure and the relevant interfacial forces. I then introduce the general characteristics of biosensors and, in particular, describe the design of biosensors that employ liquid crystal/aqueous solution interfaces. I further describe the basic properties of liquid crystal materials that are relevant for liquid crystal-based biosensing applications. In CHAPTER 2, I describe the simulation methods and experimental techniques used in this dissertation. In CHAPTER 3 and CHAPTER 4, I present my computer simulation work. CHAPTER 3 presents insight of how liquid crystal molecules are aligned by hydrocarbon surfaces at the atomic level. I show that the vertical alignment of a rod-like liquid crystal molecule first requires its insertion into the alignment layer. In CHAPTER 4, I investigate the Brownian behavior of a tracer molecule at an oil/water interface and explain the experimentally-observed anomaly of its increased mobility. Following my molecular dynamics simulation studies of liquid interfaces, I continue my work in CHAPTER 5 with experimental research. I employ the high sensitivity of liquid crystal alignment to the presence of amphiphiles adsorbed to the liquid crystal surface from water for potential biosensor applications. I propose a more accurate method of sensing using circular polarization and spectrophotometry. In CHAPTER 6, I investigate if cholesteric and smectic liquid crystals can potentially offer new modes of biosensing. In CHAPTER 7, I describe preliminary results toward constructing a liquid crystal biosensor platform with capabilities of specific sensitivity using proteins and antibodies. Finally in CHAPTER 8, I summarize the findings of my studies and research and suggest possible future experiments to further advance our knowledge in interfacial science for future applications.

Chapter 3: Design of the Saber-Tooth Project.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Ward, Phillip

1999-01-01

Used data from interviews, surveys, and document analysis to describe the methods and reform processes of the Saber Tooth Project, examining selection of sites; demographics (school sites, teachers, data sources, and project assumptions); and project phases (development, planning, implementation, and support). The project's method of reform was…

Nonlinear Localized Dissipative Structures for Long-Time Solution of Wave Equation

DTIC Science & Technology

2009-07-01

are described in this chapter. These details are required to compute interference. WC can be used to generate constant arrival time ( Eikonal phase...complicated using Eikonal schemes. Some recent developments in Eikonal methods [2] can treat multiple arrival times but, these methods require extra

Military Aerospace. Aerospace Education II.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Smith, J. C.

This book is a revised publication in the series on Aerospace Education II. It describes the employment of aerospace forces, their methods of operation, and some of the weapons and equipment used in combat and combat support activities. The first chapter describes some of the national objectives and policies served by the Air Force in peace and…

Lakes and reservoirs—Guidelines for study design and sampling

USGS Publications Warehouse

,

2015-09-29

The “National Field Manual for the Collection of Water-Quality Data” (NFM) is an online report with separately published chapters that provides the protocols and guidelines by which U.S. Geological Survey personnel obtain the data used to assess the quality of the Nation’s surface-water and groundwater resources. Chapter A10 reviews limnological principles, describes the characteristics that distinguish lakes from reservoirs, and provides guidance for developing temporal and spatial sampling strategies and data-collection approaches to be used in lake and reservoir environmental investigations.Within this chapter are references to other chapters of the NFM that provide more detailed guidelines related to specific topics and more detailed protocols for the quality assurance and assessment of the lake and reservoir data. Protocols and procedures to address and document the quality of lake and reservoir investigations are adapted from, or referenced to, the protocols and standard operating procedures contained in related chapters of this NFM.Before 2017, the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) “National Field Manual for the Collection of Water-Quality Data” (NFM) chapters were released in the USGS Techniques of Water-Resources Investigations series. Effective in 2018, new and revised NFM chapters are being released in the USGS Techniques and Methods series; this series change does not affect the content and format of the NFM. More information is in the general introduction to the NFM (USGS Techniques and Methods, book 9, chapter A0, 2018) at https://doi.org/10.3133/tm9A0. The authoritative current versions of NFM chapters are available in the USGS Publications Warehouse at https://pubs.er.usgs.gov. Comments, questions, and suggestions related to the NFM can be addressed to nfm-owq@usgs.gov.

Chapter A5. Processing of Water Samples

USGS Publications Warehouse

Wilde, Franceska D.; Radtke, Dean B.; Gibs, Jacob; Iwatsubo, Rick T.

1999-01-01

The National Field Manual for the Collection of Water-Quality Data (National Field Manual) describes protocols and provides guidelines for U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) personnel who collect data used to assess the quality of the Nation's surface-water and ground-water resources. This chapter addresses methods to be used in processing water samples to be analyzed for inorganic and organic chemical substances, including the bottling of composite, pumped, and bailed samples and subsamples; sample filtration; solid-phase extraction for pesticide analyses; sample preservation; and sample handling and shipping. Each chapter of the National Field Manual is published separately and revised periodically. Newly published and revised chapters will be announced on the USGS Home Page on the World Wide Web under 'New Publications of the U.S. Geological Survey.' The URL for this page is http:/ /water.usgs.gov/lookup/get?newpubs.

CONCENTRATION AND PROCESSING OF WATERBORNE VIRUSES BY POSITIVE CHARGE 1MDS CARTRIDGE FILTERS AND ORGANIC FLOCCULATION

EPA Science Inventory

This chapter describes the most widely used virus adsorption-elution (VIRADEL) method for recovering human enteric viruses from water matrices (Fout et al., 1996). The method takes advantage of postively charged cartridge filters to concentrate viruses from water. The major adv...

IMMUNOASSAY METHODS FOR MEASURING ATRAZINE AND 3,5,6-TRICHLORO-2-PYRIDINOL IN FOODS

EPA Science Inventory

This chapter describes the use of enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) methods for the analysis of two potential environmental contaminants in food sample media, atrazine and 3,5,6-trichloro-2-pyridinol (3,5,6-TCP). Two different immunoassay formats are employed: a magnetic...

Data Mining for Financial Applications

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Kovalerchuk, Boris; Vityaev, Evgenii

This chapter describes Data Mining in finance by discussing financial tasks, specifics of methodologies and techniques in this Data Mining area. It includes time dependence, data selection, forecast horizon, measures of success, quality of patterns, hypothesis evaluation, problem ID, method profile, attribute-based and relational methodologies. The second part of the chapter discusses Data Mining models and practice in finance. It covers use of neural networks in portfolio management, design of interpretable trading rules and discovering money laundering schemes using decision rules and relational Data Mining methodology.

The Training/Development of In-Company Trainers/Supervisors of Young People--The Case of Greece.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Constantinides, Xenophon; And Others

This document describes the training of the in-company trainer of young people in Greece. Chapter 1 describes the context of training. Chapter 2 describes the methodology used in the study including questionnaires, interviews, and a forum. Chapter 3 reports the results of the study in the following categories: training manager, in-company trainer,…

Toroidal Optical Microresonators as Single-Particle Absorption Spectrometers

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Heylman, Kevin D.

Single-particle and single-molecule measurements are invaluable tools for characterizing structural and energetic properties of molecules and nanomaterials. Photothermal microscopy in particular is an ultrasensitive technique capable of single-molecule resolution. In this thesis I introduce a new form of photothermal spectroscopy involving toroidal optical microresonators as detectors and a pair of non-interacting lasers as pump and probe for performing single-target absorption spectroscopy. The first three chapters will discuss the motivation, design principles, underlying theory, and fabrication process for the microresonator absorption spectrometer. With an early version of the spectrometer, I demonstrate photothermal mapping and all-optical tuning with toroids of different geometries in Chapter 4. In Chapter 5, I discuss photothermal mapping and measurement of the absolute absorption cross-sections of individual carbon nanotubes. For the next generation of measurements I incorporate all of the advances described in Chapter 2, including a double-modulation technique to improve detection limits and a tunable pump laser for spectral measurements on single gold nanoparticles. In Chapter 6 I observe sharp Fano resonances in the spectra of gold nanoparticles and describe them with a theoretical model. I continued to study this photonic-plasmonic hybrid system in Chapter 7 and explore the thermal tuning of the Fano resonance phase while quantifying the Fisher information. The new method of photothermal single-particle absorption spectroscopy that I will discuss in this thesis has reached record detection limits for microresonator sensing and is within striking distance of becoming the first single-molecule room-temperature absorption spectrometer.

Enhanced surveillance strategies for detecting and monitoring chronic wasting disease in free-ranging cervids

USGS Publications Warehouse

Walsh, Daniel P.

2012-01-01

The purpose of this document is to provide wildlife management agencies with the foundation upon which they can build scientifically rigorous and cost-effective surveillance and monitoring programs for chronic wasting disease (CWD) or refine their existing programs. The first chapter provides an overview of potential demographic and spatial risk factors of susceptible wildlife populations that may be exploited for CWD surveillance and monitoring. The information contained in this chapter explores historic as well as recent developments in our understanding of CWD disease dynamics. It also contains many literature references for readers who may desire a more thorough review of the topics or CWD in general. The second chapter examines methods for enhancing efforts to detect CWD on the landscape where it is not presently known to exist and focuses on the efficiency and cost-effectiveness of the surveillance program. Specifically, it describes the means of exploiting current knowledge of demographic and spatial risk factors, as described in the first chapter, through a two-stage surveillance scheme that utilizes traditional design-based sampling approaches and novel statistical methods to incorporate information about the attributes of the landscape, environment, populations and individual animals into CWD surveillance activities. By accounting for these attributes, efficiencies can be gained and cost-savings can be realized. The final chapter is unique in relation to the first two chapters. Its focus is on designing programs to monitor CWD once it is discovered within a jurisdiction. Unlike the prior chapters that are more detailed or prescriptive, this chapter by design is considerably more general because providing comprehensive direction for creating monitoring programs for jurisdictions without consideration of their monitoring goals, sociopolitical constraints, or their biological systems, is not possible. Therefore, the authors draw upon their collective experiences implementing disease-monitoring programs to present the important questions to consider, potential tools, and various strategies for those wildlife management agencies endeavoring to create or maintain a CWD monitoring program. Its intent is to aid readers in creating efficient and cost-effective monitoring programs, while avoiding potential pitfalls. It is hoped that these three chapters will be useful tools for wildlife managers struggling to implement efficient and effective CWD disease management programs.

CLT and AE methods of in-situ load testing : comparison and development of evaluation criteria : in-situ evaluation of post-tensioned parking garage, Kansas City, Missouri

DOT National Transportation Integrated Search

2008-02-01

The objective of the proposed research project is to compare the results of two recently introduced nondestructive load test methods to the existing 24-hour load test method described in Chapter 20 of ACI 318-05. The two new methods of nondestructive...

Examination of West Nile Virus Neuroinvasion and Neuropathogenesis in the Central Nervous System of a Murine Model.

PubMed

Sultana, Hameeda

2016-01-01

West Nile virus (WNV) is a neurotropic virus that causes inflammation and neuronal loss in the Central Nervous System leading to encephalitis and death. In this chapter, detailed methods to detect WNV in the murine brain tissue by quantitative real-time polymerase chain reaction and viral plaque assays are described. Determination of WNV neuropathogenesis by Hematoxylin and Eosin staining and immunohistochemical procedures are provided. In addition, TUNEL assays to determine neuronal loss during WNV neuropathogenesis are discussed in detail. Collectively, the methods mentioned in this chapter provide an overview to understand neuroinvasion and neuropathogenesis in a murine model of WNV infection.

Urban Water Conservation

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Moomaw, Ronald L.

According to its abstract, this book attempts ‘an assessment of various water conservation measures aimed at reducing residential water usage.’ Its intent is to develop a research program whose ‘ultimate goal is to engender a conservation ethic among water users and managers and develop a predictable array of conservation methodologies. …’ Professor Flack indeed has presented an excellent assessment of conservation methodologies, but I believe that the proposed research program is too limited.Following a brief introductory chapter, chapter II presents an extensive review of the water conservation literature published in the 1970's and earlier. It and chapter III, which describes Flack's systematic comparison of the technical, economic, and political aspects of each conservation methodology, are the heart of the book. Chapter IV is a brief discussion and analysis of conservation programs (with examples) that a water utility might adopt. Chapter V is essentially a pilot study of methods of assessing political and social feasibility. Finally, a set of recommendations is presented in chapter VI. All in all, this book is a nice blend of literature review and original research that deals with an important issue.

Information Fusion - Methods and Aggregation Operators

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Torra, Vicenç

Information fusion techniques are commonly applied in Data Mining and Knowledge Discovery. In this chapter, we will give an overview of such applications considering their three main uses. This is, we consider fusion methods for data preprocessing, model building and information extraction. Some aggregation operators (i.e. particular fusion methods) and their properties are briefly described as well.

Stated Preference Methods for Valuation of Forest Attributes

Treesearch

Thomas P. Holmes; Kevin J. Boyle

2003-01-01

The valuation methods described in this chapter are based on the idea that forest ecosystems produce a wide variety of goods and services that are valued by people. Rather than focusing attention on the holistic value of forest ecosystems as is done in contingent valuation studies, attribute-based valuation methods (ABMs) focus attention on a set of attributes that...

Book Review: Book review

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Mishchenko, Michael I.

2017-01-01

The second - revised and enlarged - edition of this popular monograph is co-authored by Michael Kahnert and is published as Volume 145 of the Springer Series in Optical Sciences. As in the first edition, the main emphasis is on the mathematics of electromagnetic scattering and on numerically exact computer solutions of the frequency-domain macroscopic Maxwell equations for particles with complex shapes. The book is largely centered on Green-function solution of relevant boundary value problems and the T-matrix methodology, although other techniques (the method of lines, integral equation methods, and Lippmann-Schwinger equations) are also covered. The first four chapters serve as a thorough overview of key theoretical aspects of electromagnetic scattering intelligible to readers with undergraduate training in mathematics. A separate chapter provides an instructive analysis of the Rayleigh hypothesis which is still viewed by many as a highly controversial aspect of electromagnetic scattering by nonspherical objects. Another dedicated chapter introduces basic quantities serving as optical observables in practical applications. A welcome extension of the first edition is the new chapter on group theoretical aspects of electromagnetic scattering by particles with discrete symmetries. An essential part of the book is the penultimate chapter describing in detail popular public-domain computer programs mieschka and Tsym which can be applied to a wide range of particle shapes. The final chapter provides a general overview of available literature on electromagnetic scattering by particles and gives useful reading advice.

Geohydrologic systems in Kansas, geohydrology of the upper aquifer unit in the western interior plains aquifer system

USGS Publications Warehouse

Kenny, J.F.; Wolf, R.J.; Hansen, Cristi V.

1993-01-01

The purpose of the investigation is to provide a description of the principal geohydrologic systems in Upper Cambrian through Lower Cretaceous rocks in Kansas. This investigation was made as part of the Central Midwest Regional Aquifer-System Analysis (CMRASA). The CMRASA is one of several major investigations by the U.S. Geological Survey of regional aquifer systems in the United States. These regional investigations are designed to increase knowledge of the flow regime and hydrologic properties of major aquifer systems and to provide quantitative information for the assessment, development, and management of water supplies. The CMRASA study area includes all or parts of 10 Central Midwestern States (Jorgensen and Signor, 1981), as shown of the envelope cover,This Hydrologic Investigations Atlas, which consists of a series of chapters, presents a description of the physical framework and geohydrology of principal aquifers and confining systems in Kansas. Chapter H presents the geohydrology of the upper aquifer unit in the Western Interior Plains aquifer system. The physical framework of the aquifer system in relation to other systems is described by maps and sections showing areal extent and the thickness of rocks that compose the unit. The physical framework of the upper aquifer unit is described in detail in chapter D of the atlas (Hansen and others, in press). The hydrology of the system in relation to that of other systems is described in this chapter by maps showing the altitude of fluid levels and the direction of water movement within the unit. The chemical composition of water in the system is described by maps that show the distribution of dissolved-solids concentrations and the differences in water types on the basis of principal chemical constituents. Chapter A of this atlas series (Wolf and others, 1990) describes the relation of principal geohydrologic systems in Kansas and presents a more detailed discussion of the methods and data used to prepare and ensure consistency among the sets of maps.

Design and Operation of the Synthesis Gas Generator System for Reformed Propane and Glycerin Combustion

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Pickett, Derek Kyle

Due to an increased interest in sustainable energy, biodiesel has become much more widely used in the last several years. Glycerin, one major waste component in biodiesel production, can be converted into a hydrogen rich synthesis gas to be used in an engine generator to recover energy from the biodiesel production process. This thesis contains information detailing the production, testing, and analysis of a unique synthesis generator rig at the University of Kansas. Chapter 2 gives a complete background of all major components, as well as how they are operated. In addition to component descriptions, methods for operating the system on pure propane, reformed propane, reformed glycerin along with the methodology of data acquisition is described. This chapter will serve as a complete operating manual for future students to continue research on the project. Chapter 3 details the literature review that was completed to better understand fuel reforming of propane and glycerin. This chapter also describes the numerical model produced to estimate the species produced during reformation activities. The model was applied to propane reformation in a proof of concept and calibration test before moving to glycerin reformation and its subsequent combustion. Chapter 4 first describes the efforts to apply the numerical model to glycerin using the calibration tools from propane reformation. It then discusses catalytic material preparation and glycerin reformation tests. Gas chromatography analysis of the reformer effluent was completed to compare to theoretical values from the numerical model. Finally, combustion of reformed glycerin was completed for power generation. Tests were completed to compare emissions from syngas combustion and propane combustion.

A report on the USL NASA/RECON project. Part 1: The development of a transportable, university level, IS and R educational program

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Dominick, Wayne D. (Editor); Gallagher, Suzy; Granier, Martin

1984-01-01

A project is described which has as its goal the production of a set of system-independent, discipline-independent, transportable college level courses to educate science and engineering students in the use of large-scale information storage and retrieval systems. This project is being conducted with the cooperation and sponsorship of NASA by R and D teams at the University of Southwest Louisiana and Southern University. Chapter 1 is an introduction, providing an overview and a listing of the management phases. Chapter 2 furnishes general information regarding accomplishments in areas under development. Chapter 3 deals with the development of the course materials by presenting a series of diagrams and keys to depict the progress and interrelationships of various tasks and sub-tasks. Chapter 4 presents plans for activities to be conducted to complete and deliver course materials. The final chapter is a summary of project objectives, methods, plans, and accomplishments.

Dynamics of Marine Microbial Metabolism and Physiology at Station ALOHA

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Casey, John R.

Marine microbial communities influence global biogeochemical cycles by coupling the transduction of free energy to the transformation of Earth's essential bio-elements: H, C, N, O, P, and S. The web of interactions between these processes is extraordinarily complex, though fundamental physical and thermodynamic principles should describe its dynamics. In this collection of 5 studies, aspects of the complexity of marine microbial metabolism and physiology were investigated as they interact with biogeochemical cycles and direct the flow of energy within the Station ALOHA surface layer microbial community. In Chapter 1, and at the broadest level of complexity discussed, a method to relate cell size to metabolic activity was developed to evaluate allometric power laws at fine scales within picoplankton populations. Although size was predictive of metabolic rates, within-population power laws deviated from the broader size spectrum, suggesting metabolic diversity as a key determinant of microbial activity. In Chapter 2, a set of guidelines was proposed by which organic substrates are selected and utilized by the heterotrophic community based on their nitrogen content, carbon content, and energy content. A hierarchical experimental design suggested that the heterotrophic microbial community prefers high nitrogen content but low energy density substrates, while carbon content was not important. In Chapter 3, a closer look at the light-dependent dynamics of growth on a single organic substrate, glycolate, suggested that growth yields were improved by photoheterotrophy. The remaining chapters were based on the development of a genome-scale metabolic network reconstruction of the cyanobacterium Prochlorococcus to probe its metabolic capabilities and quantify metabolic fluxes. Findings described in Chapter 4 pointed to evolution of the Prochlorococcus metabolic network to optimize growth at low phosphate concentrations. Finally, in Chapter 5 and at the finest scale of complexity, a method was developed to predict hourly changes in both physiology and metabolic fluxes in Prochlorococcus by incorporating gene expression time-series data within the metabolic network model. Growth rates predicted by this method more closely matched experimental data, and diel changes in elemental composition and the energy content of biomass were predicted. Collectively, these studies identify and quantify the potential impact of variations in metabolic and physiological traits on the melee of microbial community interactions.

SeaWiFS Technical Report Series. Volume 38; SeaWiFS Calibration and Validation Quality Control Procedures

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Hooker, Stanford B. (Editor); Firestone, Elaine R. (Editor); McClain, Charles R.; Darzi, Michael; Barnes, Robert A.; Eplee, Robert E.; Firestone, James K.; Patt, Frederick S.; Robinson, Wayne D.; Schieber, Brian D.;

Study and development of label-free optical biosensors for biomedical applications

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Choi, Charles J.

For the majority of assays currently performed, fluorescent or colorimetric chemical labels are commonly attached to the molecules under study so that they may be readily visualized. The methods of using labels to track biomolecular binding events are very sensitive and effective, and are employed as standardized assay protocol across research labs worldwide. However, using labels induces experimental uncertainties due to the effect of the label on molecular conformation, active binding sites, or inability to find an appropriate label that functions equivalently for all molecules in an experiment. Therefore, the ability to perform highly sensitive biochemical detection without the use of fluorescent labels would further simplify assay protocols and would provide quantitative kinetic data, while removing experimental artifacts from fluorescent quenching, shelf-life, and background fluorescence phenomena. In view of the advantages mentioned above, the study and development of optical label-free sensor technologies have been undertaken here. In general, label-free photonic crystal (PC) biosensors and metal nanodome array surface-enhanced Raman scattering (SERS) substrates, both of which are fabricated by nanoreplica molding process, have been used as the method to attack the problem. Chapter 1 shows the work on PC label-free biosensor incorporated microfluidic network for bioassay performance enhancement and kinetic reaction rate constant determination. Chapter 2 describes the work on theoretical and experimental comparison of label-free biosensing in microplate, microfluidic, and spot-based affinity capture assays. Chapter 3 shows the work on integration of PC biosensor with actuate-to-open valve microfluidic chip for pL-volume combinatorial mixing and screening application. In Chapter 4, the development and characterization of SERS nanodome array is shown. Lastly, Chapter 5 describes SERS nanodome sensor incorporated tubing for point-of-care monitoring of intravenous drugs and metabolites.

Genomics: The Science and Technology Behind the Human Genome Project (by Charles R. Cantor and Cassandra L. Smith)

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Serra, Reviewed By Martin J.

2000-01-01

Genomics is one of the most rapidly expanding areas of science. This book is an outgrowth of a series of lectures given by one of the former heads (CRC) of the Human Genome Initiative. The book is designed to reach a wide audience, from biologists with little chemical or physical science background through engineers, computer scientists, and physicists with little current exposure to the chemical or biological principles of genetics. The text starts with a basic review of the chemical and biological properties of DNA. However, without either a biochemistry background or a supplemental biochemistry text, this chapter and much of the rest of the text would be difficult to digest. The second chapter is designed to put DNA into the context of the larger chromosomal unit. Specialized chromosomal structures and sequences (centromeres, telomeres) are introduced, leading to a section on chromosome organization and purification. The next 4 chapters cover the physical (hybridization, electrophoresis), chemical (polymerase chain reaction), and biological (genetic) techniques that provide the backbone of genomic analysis. These chapters cover in significant detail the fundamental principles underlying each technique and provide a firm background for the remainder of the text. Chapters 7­9 consider the need and methods for the development of physical maps. Chapter 7 primarily discusses chromosomal localization techniques, including in situ hybridization, FISH, and chromosome paintings. The next two chapters focus on the development of libraries and clones. In particular, Chapter 9 considers the limitations of current mapping and clone production. The current state and future of DNA sequencing is covered in the next three chapters. The first considers the current methods of DNA sequencing - especially gel-based methods of analysis, although other possible approaches (mass spectrometry) are introduced. Much of the chapter addresses the limitations of current methods, including analysis of error in sequencing and current bottlenecks in the sequencing effort. The next chapter describes the steps necessary to scale current technologies for the sequencing of entire genomes. Chapter 12 examines alternate methods for DNA sequencing. Initially, methods of single-molecule sequencing and sequencing by microscopy are introduced; the majority of the chapter is devoted to the development of DNA sequencing methods using chip microarrays and hybridization. The remaining chapters (13-15) consider the uses and analysis of DNA sequence information. The initial focus is on the identification of genes. Several examples are given of the use of DNA sequence information for diagnosis of inherited or infectious diseases. The sequence-specific manipulation of DNA is discussed in Chapter 14. The final chapter deals with the implications of large-scale sequencing, including methods for identifying genes and finding errors in DNA sequences, to the development of computer algorithms for the interpretation of DNA sequence information. The text figures are black and white line drawings that, although clearly done, seem a bit primitive for 1999. While I appreciated the simplicity of the drawings, many students accustomed to more colorful presentations will find them wanting. The four color figures in the center of the text seem an afterthought and add little to the text's clarity. Each chapter has a set of additional reading sources, mostly primary sources. Often, specialized topics are offset into boxes that provide clarification and amplification without cluttering the text. An appendix includes a list of the Web-based database resources. As an undergraduate instructor who has previously taught biochemistry, molecular biology, and a course on the human genome, I found many interesting tidbits and amplifications throughout the text. I would recommend this book as a text for an advanced undergraduate or beginning graduate course in genomics. Although the text works though several examples of genetic and genome analysis, additional problem/homework sets would need to be developed to ensure student comprehension. The text steers clear of the ethical implications of the Human Genome Initiative and remains true to its subtitle The Science and Technology .

Setting the Record Straight: Bottom-Up Carbon Nanostructures via Solid-State Reactions

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Jordan, Robert Stanley

Chapter 1 describes the development and spectroscopic investigation of a novel synthetic route to N = 8 armchair graphene nanoribbons from polydiacetylene polymers. Four distinct diphenyl polydiacetylene polymers are produced from the crystal-phase topochemical polymerization of their corresponding diphenyl-1,4-butadiynes. These polydiacetylene polymers are transformed into spectroscopically indistinguishable N = 8 armchair graphene nanoribbons via simple heating in the bulk, solid-state. The stepwise transformation of polydiacetylenes to graphene nanoribbons is examined in detail by the use of complementary spectroscopic methods, namely solid-state nuclear magnetic resonance, infrared, Raman and X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy. The final morphology and width of the nanoribbons is established through the use of high-resolution transmission electron microscopy. Chapter 2 chronicles the implementation of a similar approach to N = 12 armchair graphene nanoribbons from a dinaphthyl substituted polydiacetylene polymer. The mild nature of the process and pristine structure of the nanoribbons is again confirmed with the use of spectroscopic and microscopic methods. The chapter concludes with preliminary electrical measurements of the nanoribbons confirming that they are indeed conductive. Chapter 3 details the development of a synthetic route to diaryl trans-enediynes as structural models of individual reactive units within a polydiacetylene polymer. The trans-enediynes described are found to undergo three distinct annulation reactions depending on reaction conditions. Finally, the synthetic routes developed are utilized to access diethynyl [5]helicenes and phenanthrenes which fueled studies on the mechanism of the Bergman polymerization reaction.

Stanford Synchrotron Radiation Laboratory activity report for 1986

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Cantwell, K.

1987-12-31

1986 was another year of major advances for SSRL as the ultimate capabilities of PEP as a synchrotron radiation source became more apparent and a second PEP beam line was initiated, while effective development and utilization of SPEAR proceeded. Given these various PEP developments, SSRL abandoned its plans for a separate diffraction limited ring, as they abandoned their plans for a 6--7 GeV ring of the APS type last year. It has become increasingly apparent that SSRL should concentrate on developing SPEAR and PEP as synchrotron radiation sources. Consequently, initial planning for a 3 GeV booster synchrotron injector for SPEARmore » was performed in 1986, with a proposal to the Department of Energy resulting. As described in Chapter 2, the New Rings Group and the Machine Physics Group were combined into one Accelerator Physics Group. This group is focusing mainly on the improvement of SPEAR`s operating conditions and on planning for the conversion of PEP into a fourth generation x-ray source. Considerable emphasis is also being given to the training of accelerator physics graduate students. At the same time, several improvements of SSRL`s existing facilities were made. These are described in Chapter 3. Chapter 4 describes new SSRL beam lines being commissioned. Chapter 5 discusses SSRL`s present construction projects. Chapter 6 discusses a number of projects presently underway in the engineering division. Chapter 7 describes SSRL`s advisory panels while Chapter 8 discusses SSRL`s overall organization. Chapter 9 describes the experimental progress reports.« less

Manufacturing of Proteins and Antibodies: Chapter Downstream Processing Technologies : Harvest Operations.

PubMed

Turner, Richard; Joseph, Adrian; Titchener-Hooker, Nigel; Bender, Jean

2017-08-04

Cell harvesting is the separation or retention of cells and cellular debris from the supernatant containing the target molecule Selection of harvest method strongly depends on the type of cells, mode of bioreactor operation, process scale, and characteristics of the product and cell culture fluid. Most traditional harvesting methods use some form of filtration, centrifugation, or a combination of both for cell separation and/or retention. Filtration methods include normal flow depth filtration and tangential flow microfiltration. The ability to scale down predictably the selected harvest method helps to ensure successful production and is critical for conducting small-scale characterization studies for confirming parameter targets and ranges. In this chapter we describe centrifugation and depth filtration harvesting methods, share strategies for harvest optimization, present recent developments in centrifugation scale-down models, and review alternative harvesting technologies.

Chapter 1: Introduction. The Uniform Methods Project: Methods for Determining Energy-Efficiency Savings for Specific Measures

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Li, Michael; Haeri, Hossein; Reynolds, Arlis

This chapter provides a set of model protocols for determining energy and demand savings that result from specific energy efficiency measures implemented through state and utility efficiency programs. The methods described here are approaches that are or are among the most commonly used and accepted in the energy efficiency industry for certain measures or programs. As such, they draw from the existing body of research and best practices for energy efficiency program evaluation, measurement, and verification (EM&V). These protocols were developed as part of the Uniform Methods Project (UMP), funded by the U.S. Department of Energy (DOE). The principal objectivemore » for the project was to establish easy-to-follow protocols based on commonly accepted methods for a core set of widely deployed energy efficiency measures.« less

Search for the Standard Model Higgs Boson associated with a W Boson using Matrix Element Technique in the CDF detector at the Tevatron

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Gonzalez, Barbara Alvarez

In this thesis a direct search for the Standard Model Higgs boson production in association with a W boson at the CDF detector in the Tevatron is presented. This search contributes predominantly in the region of low mass Higgs region, when the mass of Higgs boson is less than about 135 GeV. The search is performed in a final state where the Higgs boson decays into two b quarks, and the W boson decays leptonically, to a charged lepton (it can be an electron or a muon) and a neutrino. This work is organized as follows. Chapter 2 gives an overview of the Standard Model theory of particle physics and presents the SM Higgs boson search results at LEP, and the Tevatron colliders, as well as the prospects for the SM Higgs boson searches at the LHC. The dataset used in this analysis corresponds to 4.8 fb -1 of integrated luminosity of pmore » $$\\bar{p}$$ collisions at a center of mass energy of 1.96 TeV. That is the luminosity acquired between the beginning of the CDF Run II experiment, February 2002, and May 2009. The relevant aspects, for this analysis, of the Tevatron accelerator and the CDF detector are shown in Chapter 3. In Chapter 4 the particles and observables that make up the WH final state, electrons, muons, E T, and jets are presented. The CDF standard b-tagging algorithms to identify b jets, and the neural network flavor separator to distinguish them from other flavor jets are also described in Chapter 4. The main background contributions are those coming from heavy flavor production processes, such as those coming from Wbb, Wcc or Wc and tt. The signal and background signatures are discussed in Chapter 5 together with the Monte CArlo generators that have been used to simulate almost all the events used in this thesis. WH candidate events have a high-p T lepton (electron or muon), high missing transverse energy, and two or more than two jets in the final state. Chapter 6 describes the event selection applied in this analysis and the method used to estimate the background contribution. The Matrix Element method, that was successfully used in the single top discovery analysis and many other analyses within the CDF collaboration, is the multivariate technique used in this thesis to discriminate signal from background events. With this technique is possible to calculate a probability for an event to be classified as signal or background. These probabilities are then combined into a discriminant function called the Event Probability Discriminant, EPD, which increases the sensitivity of the WH process. This method is described in detail in Chapter 7. As no evidence for the signal has been found, the results obtained with this work are presented in Chapter 8 in terms of exclusion regions as a function of the mass of the Higgs boso, taking into account the full systematics. The conclusions of this work to obtain the PhD are presnted in Chapter 9.« less

Scanning electron microscopy of bone.

PubMed

Boyde, Alan

2012-01-01

This chapter described methods for Scanning Electron Microscopical imaging of bone and bone cells. Backscattered electron (BSE) imaging is by far the most useful in the bone field, followed by secondary electrons (SE) and the energy dispersive X-ray (EDX) analytical modes. This chapter considers preparing and imaging samples of unembedded bone having 3D detail in a 3D surface, topography-free, polished or micromilled, resin-embedded block surfaces, and resin casts of space in bone matrix. The chapter considers methods for fixation, drying, looking at undersides of bone cells, and coating. Maceration with alkaline bacterial pronase, hypochlorite, hydrogen peroxide, and sodium or potassium hydroxide to remove cells and unmineralised matrix is described in detail. Attention is given especially to methods for 3D BSE SEM imaging of bone samples and recommendations for the types of resin embedding of bone for BSE imaging are given. Correlated confocal and SEM imaging of PMMA-embedded bone requires the use of glycerol to coverslip. Cathodoluminescence (CL) mode SEM imaging is an alternative for visualising fluorescent mineralising front labels such as calcein and tetracyclines. Making spatial casts from PMMA or other resin embedded samples is an important use of this material. Correlation with other imaging means, including microradiography and microtomography is important. Shipping wet bone samples between labs is best done in glycerol. Environmental SEM (ESEM, controlled vacuum mode) is valuable in eliminating -"charging" problems which are common with complex, cancellous bone samples.

Estimating abundance

USGS Publications Warehouse

Sutherland, Chris; Royle, Andy

2016-01-01

This chapter provides a non-technical overview of ‘closed population capture–recapture’ models, a class of well-established models that are widely applied in ecology, such as removal sampling, covariate models, and distance sampling. These methods are regularly adopted for studies of reptiles, in order to estimate abundance from counts of marked individuals while accounting for imperfect detection. Thus, the chapter describes some classic closed population models for estimating abundance, with considerations for some recent extensions that provide a spatial context for the estimation of abundance, and therefore density. Finally, the chapter suggests some software for use in data analysis, such as the Windows-based program MARK, and provides an example of estimating abundance and density of reptiles using an artificial cover object survey of Slow Worms (Anguis fragilis).

Conclusion: From describing to prescribing--transitioning to place-based conservation [Chapter 18

Treesearch

William P. Stewart; Daniel R. Williams; Linda E. Kruger

2013-01-01

The chapters of this book describe various perspectives from the social sciences of place-based conservation. The prescriptive implications are often close to the surface and become entangled with them. This chapter highlights four overlapping approaches to the practice of place-based conservation and acknowledges the difficulty of separating descriptions from...

The Adult Basic Education Profession and Competence: Promoting Best Practice. Final Report 1993.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Scheeres, Hermine; And Others

This report describes the adult basic education profession in Australia across state boundaries and across a wide range of contexts. Chapter 1 discusses competencies and professions and why competency-based teacher education has been unsuccessful. Chapter 2 discusses the context of Adult Basic Education Competencies. Chapter 3 describes the…

Chapter 08: Comments on, and additional information for, wood identification

Treesearch

Alex C. Wiedenhoeft

2011-01-01

This manual has described the theory of identification (Chapter 1), the botanical basis of wood structure (Chapter 2), the use of a hand lens (Chapter 3), how to use cutting tools to prepare wood for observation with a lens (Chapter 4), and the characters used in hand lens wood identification (Chapter 5) before leading you through an identification key (Chapter 6) and...

Noninvasive techniques for probing neurocircuitry and treating illness: vagus nerve stimulation (VNS), transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS) and transcranial direct current stimulation (tDCS)

PubMed Central

George, Mark S; Aston-Jones, Gary

2010-01-01

Although the preceding chapters discuss much of the new knowledge of neurocircuitry of neuropsychiatric diseases, and an invasive approach to treatment, this chapter describes and reviews the noninvasive methods of testing circuit-based theories and treating neuropsychiatric diseases that do not involve implanting electrodes into the brain or on its surface. These techniques are transcranial magnetic stimulation, vagus nerve stimulation, and transcranial direct current stimulation. Two of these approaches have FDA approval as therapies. PMID:19693003

Grain optical properties

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Hanner, Martha

1988-01-01

The optical properties of small grains provide the link between the infrared observations presented in Chapter 1 and the dust composition described in Chapter 3. In this session, the optical properties were discussed from the viewpoint of modeling the emission from the dust coma and the scattering in order to draw inference about the dust size distribution and composition. The optical properties are applied to the analysis of the infrared data in several ways, and these different uses should be kept in mind when judging the validity of the methods for applying optical constants to real grains.

How Shall I Live? Constructing a Life Story in the College Years

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

McAdams, Dan P.; Guo, Jennifer

2014-01-01

This chapter applies the concept of narrative identity to college student development. The authors describe a narrative interview method that can be used to promote the development of a purposeful life story in the college years.

Atrophic Rhinitis of Swine

USDA-ARS?s Scientific Manuscript database

This book chapter for the 8th edition of the OIE Manual of Diagnostic Tests and Vaccines for Terrestrial Animals describes the current state of knowledge regarding progressive atrophic rhinitis of swine. Topics covered include clinical signs and lesions, characteristics and methods of detection for...

Analysis of New Composite Architectures

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Whitcomb, John D.

1996-01-01

Efficient and accurate specialty finite elements methods to analyze textile composites were developed and are described. Textile composites present unique challenges to the analyst because of the large, complex 'microstructure'. The geometry of the microstructure is difficult to model and it introduces unusual free surface effects. The size of the microstructure complicates the use of traditional homogenization methods. The methods developed constitute considerable progress in addressing the modeling difficulties. The details of the methods and attended results obtained therefrom, are described in the various chapters included in Part 1 of the report. Specific conclusions and computer codes generated are included in Part 2 of the report.

Theory and modeling of particles with DNA-mediated interactions

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Licata, Nicholas A.

2008-05-01

In recent years significant attention has been attracted to proposals which utilize DNA for nanotechnological applications. Potential applications of these ideas range from the programmable self-assembly of colloidal crystals, to biosensors and nanoparticle based drug delivery platforms. In Chapter I we introduce the system, which generically consists of colloidal particles functionalized with specially designed DNA markers. The sequence of bases on the DNA markers determines the particle type. Due to the hybridization between complementary single-stranded DNA, specific, type-dependent interactions can be introduced between particles by choosing the appropriate DNA marker sequences. In Chapter II we develop a statistical mechanical description of the aggregation and melting behavior of particles with DNA-mediated interactions. In Chapter III a model is proposed to describe the dynamical departure and diffusion of particles which form reversible key-lock connections. In Chapter IV we propose a method to self-assemble nanoparticle clusters using DNA scaffolds. A natural extension is discussed in Chapter V, the programmable self-assembly of nanoparticle clusters where the desired cluster geometry is encoded using DNA-mediated interactions. In Chapter VI we consider a nanoparticle based drug delivery platform for targeted, cell specific chemotherapy. In Chapter VII we present prospects for future research: the connection between DNA-mediated colloidal crystallization and jamming, and the inverse problem in self-assembly.

BOOK REVIEW: Introduction to 3+1 Numerical Relativity

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Gundlach, Carsten

2008-11-01

This is the first major textbook on the methods of numerical relativity. The selection of material is based on what is known to work reliably in astrophysical applications and would therefore be considered by many as the 'mainstream' of the field. This means spacelike slices, the BSSNOK or harmonic formulation of the Einstein equations, finite differencing for the spacetime variables, and high-resolution shock capturing methods for perfect fluid matter. (Arguably, pseudo-spectral methods also belong in this category, at least for elliptic equations, but are not covered in this book.) The account is self-contained, and comprehensive within its chosen scope. It could serve as a primer for the growing number of review papers on aspects of numerical relativity published in Living Reviews in Relativity (LRR). I will now discuss the contents by chapter. Chapter 1, an introduction to general relativity, is clearly written, but may be a little too concise to be used as a first text on this subject at postgraduate level, compared to the textbook by Schutz or the first half of Wald's book. Chapter 2 contains a good introduction to the 3+1 split of the field equations in the form mainly given by York. York's pedagogical presentation (in a 1979 conference volume) is still up to date, but Alcubierre makes a clearer distinction between the geometric split and its form in adapted coordinates, as well as filling in some derivations. Chapter 3 on initial data is close to Cook's 2001 LRR, but is beautifully unified by an emphasis on how different choices of conformal weights suit different purposes. Chapter 4 on gauge conditions covers a topic on which no review paper exists, and which is spread thinly over many papers. The presentation is both detailed and unified, making this an excellent resource also for experts. The chapter reflects the author's research interests while remaining canonical. Chapter 5 covers hyperbolic reductions of the field equations. Alcubierre's excellent presentation is less technical than Reula's 1998 LRR or the 1995 book by Gustafsson, Kreiss and Oliger, but covers the key ideas in application to the Einstein equations. The reviewer (admittedly riding a hobby-horse) would argue that the hyperbolicity of the ADM and BSSNOK equations should have been investigated without introducing a specific first-order reduction. Chapter 6 covers gauge problems in numerical black hole spacetimes, black hole excision, and apparent horizons. Like chapter 4 it is both exhaustive and pedagogical. Perhaps more space than necessary is given here to work the author was involved in, while the section on slice stretching could have been more detailed, given that there is no good overview in the literature. Chapter 7 on relativistic hydrodynamics is, quite simply, excellent. Among many other useful things it contains some elementary material on equations of state that is not written up at this level elsewhere, a good mini-introduction to weak solutions of conservation laws, and a brief review of imperfect fluids in GR (Israel--Stewart theory). This chapter complements Font's 2008 LRR. Chapter 8 on gravitational wave extraction provides a welcome pedagogical introduction to a topic in which the original research papers are less than inviting and where notation is not uniform. The mathematical techniques described here are in constant use in numerical relativity codes, but are never fully described in research papers. Chapter 9 on numerical methods covers finite difference and high-resolution shock capturing methods. It is similar in presentation to Leveque's 1992 book and Kreiss and Busenhart's 2001 book, but gives a good selection of that material, concisely presented. It certainly impresses the importance of convergence testing on the reader. Chapter 10 covers methods for spherically symmetric and axisymmetric spacetimes. The former is excellent, reflecting the author's recent research work. The axisymmetry section would have been better if it had been based on a formal Geroch reduction, the method that has been the key to recent progress. This book is bound to become a standard text for beginning graduate students. In an overview for this audience, I would have liked to see a little more detail on null slicings and on the conformal field equations, and brief introductions to the theory of elliptic equations and to pseudo-spectral and finite element methods. One may also regret the many typographical errors. Nevertheless, this excellent book fills a real gap, and will be hard to follow.

Lattice Methods and the Nuclear Few- and Many-Body Problem

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Lee, Dean

This chapter builds upon the review of lattice methods and effective field theory of the previous chapter. We begin with a brief overview of lattice calculations using chiral effective field theory and some recent applications. We then describe several methods for computing scattering on the lattice. After that we focus on the main goal, explaining the theory and algorithms relevant to lattice simulations of nuclear few- and many-body systems. We discuss the exact equivalence of four different lattice formalisms, the Grassmann path integral, transfer matrix operator, Grassmann path integral with auxiliary fields, and transfer matrix operator with auxiliary fields. Along with our analysis we include several coding examples and a number of exercises for the calculations of few- and many-body systems at leading order in chiral effective field theory.

New York University's Stern School of Business: A Centennial Retrospective.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Gitlow, Abraham L.

This volume traces the history of the first hundred years of the Stern School of Business at New York University. Chapter 1 describes the school's original mission and founding. Chapter 2 describes how the school changed and developed as it responded to trends from 1900 to 1950. Chapter 3 explores the school's dramatic decline between 1955 and…

Teaching Laura Kipnis's "Love's Labors" in "Ways of Reading"

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Fike, Matthew A.

2013-01-01

This essay describes a method of teaching a very challenging anthology piece: Laura Kipnis's "Love's Labors" (chapter 1 of her 2003 "Against Love: A Polemic"). The method, although designed for a critical thinking course, should also provide resources for those who teach Kipnis's work in writing courses. Using…

Using Qualitative Research to Document Variations in Student Experience

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Friedensen, Rachel E.; McCrae, Byron P.; Kimball, Ezekiel

2017-01-01

This chapter describes a qualitative study focused on the experiences of students with disabilities within the postsecondary learning environment. Reporting unexpected findings related to athletics, it makes the case that qualitative methods are well-suited for revealing information about minoritized student populations.

Minimal model for the secondary structures and conformational conversions in proteins

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Imamura, Hideo

Better understanding of protein folding process can provide physical insights on the function of proteins and makes it possible to benefit from genetic information accumulated so far. Protein folding process normally takes place in less than seconds but even seconds are beyond reach of current computational power for simulations on a system of all-atom detail. Hence, to model and explore protein folding process it is crucial to construct a proper model that can adequately describe the physical process and mechanism for the relevant time scale. We discuss the reduced off-lattice model that can express _-helix and ?-hairpin conformations defined solely by a given sequence in order to investigate a protein folding mechanism of conformations such as a ?-hairpin and also to investigate conformational conversions in proteins. The first two chapters introduce and review essential concepts in protein folding modelling physical interaction in proteins, various simple models, and also review computational methods, in particular, the Metropolis Monte Carlo method, its dynamic interpretation and thermodynamic Monte Carlo algorithms. Chapter 3 describes the minimalist model that represents both _-helix and ?-sheet conformations using simple potentials. The native conformation can be specified by the sequence without particular conformational biases to a reference state. In Chapter 4, the model is used to investigate the folding mechanism of ?-hairpins exhaustively using the dynamic Monte Carlo and a thermodynamic Monte Carlo method an effcient combination of the multicanonical Monte Carlo and the weighted histogram analysis method. We show that the major folding pathways and folding rate depend on the location of a hydrophobic. The conformational conversions between _-helix and ?-sheet conformations are examined in Chapter 5 and 6. First, the conformational conversion due to mutation in a non-hydrophobic system and then the conformational conversion due to mutation with a hydrophobic pair at a different position at various temperatures are examined.

Gas phase basicities of polyfunctional molecules. Part 5: Non-aromatic sp2 nitrogen containing compounds.

PubMed

Bouchoux, Guy; Eckert-Maksic, Mirjana

2018-03-01

This paper constitutes the fifth part of a general review of the gas-phase protonation thermochemistry of polyfunctional molecules (Part 1: Theory and methods, Mass Spectrom Rev 2007, 26:775-835, Part 2: Saturated basic sites, Mass Spectrom Rev 2012, 31:353-390, Part 3: Amino acids, Mass Spectrom Rev 2012, 31:391-435, Part 4: Carbonyl as basic site, Mass Spectrom Rev 2015, 34:493-534). This part is devoted to non-aromatic molecules characterized by a lone pair located on a sp 2 nitrogen atom, it embraces functional groups such as imines, amidines, guanidines, diazenes, hydrazines, oximes, and phosphazenes. Specific examples are examined under five major chapters. In the first one, aliphatic and unsaturated (conjugated and cyclic) imines, hydrazones, and oximes are considered. A second chapter describes the protonation energetic of aliphatic, conjugated, or cyclic amidines. Guanidines, polyguanides, and biomolecules containing guanidine were examined in the third chapter. A fourth chapter describes the particular case of the phosphazene molecules. Finally, diazenes and azides were considered in the last chapter. Experimental data were re-evaluated according to the presently adopted basicity scale, i.e., PA(NH 3 ) = 853.6 kJ/mol, GB (NH 3 ) = 819 kJ/mol. Structural and energetic information given by G4MP2 quantum chemistry computations on typical systems are presented. © 2016 Wiley Periodicals, Inc. Mass Spec Rev 37:139-170, 2018. © 2016 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.

Presentation of nursing diagnosis content in fundamentals of nursing textbooks.

PubMed

Mahon, S M; Spies, M A; Aukamp, V; Barrett, J T; Figgins, M J; Meyer, G A; Young, V K

1997-01-01

The technique and rationale for the use of nursing diagnosis generally are introduced early in the undergraduate curriculum. The three purposes of this descriptive study were to describe the general characteristics and presentation of content on nursing diagnosis in fundamentals of nursing textbooks; describe how the content from the theoretical chapter(s) in nursing diagnosis is carried through in the clinical chapters; and describe how content on diagnostic errors is presented. Although most of the textbooks presented content on nursing diagnosis in a similar fashion, the clinical chapters of the books did not follow the same pattern. Content on diagnostic errors was inconsistent. Educators may find this an effective methodology for reviewing textbooks.

Baryons, universe and everything in between

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Ho, Shirley

2008-06-01

This thesis is a tour of topics in cosmology, unified by their diversity and pursuits in better understanding of our Universe. The first chapter measures the Integrated Sachs-Wolfe effect as a function of redshift utilizing a large range of large scale structure observations and the cosmic microwave background. We combine the ISW likelihood function with weak lensing of CMB (which is described in Chapter 2) and CMB powerspectrum to constrain the equation of state of dark energy and the curvature of the Universe. The second chapter investigates the correlation of gravitational lensing of the cosmic microwave background (CMB) with several tracers of large-scale structure, and we find evidence for a positive cross-correlation at the 2.5s level. The third chapter explores the statistical properties of Luminous Red Galaxies in a sample of X-ray selected galaxy clusters, including the halo occupation distribution, how Poisson is the satellite distribution of LRGs and the radial profile of LRGs within clusters. The forth chapter explores the idea of using multiplicity of galaxies to understand their merging timescales. We find that (by using the multiplicity function of LRGs in Chapter 3) Massive halos (~ 10 14 M [Special characters omitted.] ) at low redshift have, for example, been bombarded by several ~ 10 13 M [Special characters omitted.] halos throughout their history and these accreted LRGs merge on relatively short timescales (~ 2 Gyr). The fifth chapter presents a new method for generating a template for the kinematic Sunyaev-Zel'dovich effect that can be used to detect the missing baryons. We assessed the feasibility of the method by investigating combinations of differeng galaxy surveys and CMB observations and find that we can detect the gas-momentum kSZ correlation, and thus the ionized gas, at significant signal-to-noise level.

Micro- and macroscopic photonic control of matter

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Ryabtsev, Anton

This dissertation outlines the development of several methods and techniques that enable comprehensive control of laser-matter interactions and nonlinear optical processes using shaped femtosecond pulses. Manipulation of the spectral phases and amplitudes of femtosecond laser pulses provides an effective way to adjust laser parameters, both those intrinsic to pulse generation within a laser and those induced by laser-matter interactions. When coupled with a fundamental understanding of the interactions between a laser's electric field and the molecules in the propagation media, these methods make the behavior of laser pulses predictable and allow the experimental information they carry to be extracted accurately. The ultimate motivation is to enhance the accuracy and reproducibility of spectroscopic measurements and to control nonlinear processes during light-matter interaction using shaped femtosecond pulses. Ultrafast laser systems have become one of the most important scientific tools in femtochemistry, nanoscale material science, chemical detection and sensing, and many other applications where processes occur at femtosecond (fs, 10-15 of a second) timescales or when broad laser bandwidths are required. As with any measuring instrument, it is very important to know system's exact parameters in order to make meaningful, accurate and reproducible measurements. For ultrafast lasers, these parameters are the intensities of the spectral components, the spectral phase, the temporal profile, the pulse energy, and the spatial laser beam profile. Due to broadband nature of ultrafast laser sources, they are very sensitive to propagation media: gaseous, liquid or solid matter along the paths of laser pulses to the sample, including the material of the sample itself. Optical parameters describing the propagation media, such as linear and nonlinear dispersion, and birefringence, as well as physical parameters, such as temperature and pressure, all affect laser pulse parameters. In order for measurements not to be skewed, these interactions need to be taken into account and mitigated at the time of the experiment or handled later in data analysis and simulations. Experimental results are presented in four chapters. Chapter 2 describes two topics: (1) single-shot real-time monitoring and correction of spectral phase drifts, which commonly originate from temperature and pointing fluctuations inside the laser cavity when the pulses are generated; (2) an all-optical method for controlling the dispersion of femtosecond pulses using other pulses. Chapter 3 focuses on the effects of the propagation media--how intense laser pulses modify media and how, in turn, the media modifies them back--and how these effects can be counteracted. Self-action effects in fused silica are discussed, along with some interesting and unexpected results. A method is then proposed for mitigating self-action processes using binary modulation of the spectral phases of laser pulses. Chapter 4 outlines the design of two laser systems, which are specifically tailored for particular spectroscopic applications and incorporate the comprehensive pulse control described in previous chapters. Chapter 5 shows how control of spatial beam characteristics can be applied to measurements of the mechanical motion of microscale particles and how it can potentially be applied to molecular motion. It also describes an experiment on laser-induced flow in air in which attempts were made to control the macroscopic molecular rotation of gases. My research, with a pulse shaper as the enabling tool, provides important insights into ultrafast scientific studies by making femtosecond laser research more predictable, reliable and practical for measurement and control. In the long term, some of the research methods in this thesis may help the transition of femtosecond lasers from the laboratory environment into clinics, factories, airports, and other everyday settings.

22 CFR Appendix B to Chapter Xiv - Memorandum Describing the Authority and Assigned Responsibilities of the General Counsel of the...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-04-01

...-Management Relations Statute B Appendix B to Chapter XIV Foreign Relations FOREIGN SERVICE LABOR RELATIONS... THE FOREIGN SERVICE IMPASSE DISPUTES PANEL Ch. XIV, App. B Appendix B to Chapter XIV—Memorandum... under this chapter, (B) file and prosecute complaints under this chapter, and (C) exercise such other...

22 CFR Appendix B to Chapter Xiv - Memorandum Describing the Authority and Assigned Responsibilities of the General Counsel of the...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-04-01

...-Management Relations Statute B Appendix B to Chapter XIV Foreign Relations FOREIGN SERVICE LABOR RELATIONS... THE FOREIGN SERVICE IMPASSE DISPUTES PANEL Ch. XIV, App. B Appendix B to Chapter XIV—Memorandum... under this chapter, (B) file and prosecute complaints under this chapter, and (C) exercise such other...

22 CFR Appendix B to Chapter Xiv - Memorandum Describing the Authority and Assigned Responsibilities of the General Counsel of the...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-04-01

...-Management Relations Statute B Appendix B to Chapter XIV Foreign Relations FOREIGN SERVICE LABOR RELATIONS... THE FOREIGN SERVICE IMPASSE DISPUTES PANEL Ch. XIV, App. B Appendix B to Chapter XIV—Memorandum... under this chapter, (B) file and prosecute complaints under this chapter, and (C) exercise such other...

22 CFR Appendix B to Chapter Xiv - Memorandum Describing the Authority and Assigned Responsibilities of the General Counsel of the...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-04-01

...-Management Relations Statute B Appendix B to Chapter XIV Foreign Relations FOREIGN SERVICE LABOR RELATIONS... THE FOREIGN SERVICE IMPASSE DISPUTES PANEL Ch. XIV, App. B Appendix B to Chapter XIV—Memorandum... under this chapter, (B) file and prosecute complaints under this chapter, and (C) exercise such other...

Elementary School Technology Education. 46th Yearbook, 1997.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Kirkwood, James J., Ed.; Foster, Patrick N., Ed.

This yearbook explores the relationship between elementary school technology education (ESTE) and the traditional subjects of the curriculum, reports on methods of ESTE implementation, and describes roles of teacher preparation and inservice professional development activities for promoting ESTE. Contents include an introductory chapter; 11…

Computational Design of DNA-Binding Proteins.

PubMed

Thyme, Summer; Song, Yifan

2016-01-01

Predicting the outcome of engineered and naturally occurring sequence perturbations to protein-DNA interfaces requires accurate computational modeling technologies. It has been well established that computational design to accommodate small numbers of DNA target site substitutions is possible. This chapter details the basic method of design used in the Rosetta macromolecular modeling program that has been successfully used to modulate the specificity of DNA-binding proteins. More recently, combining computational design and directed evolution has become a common approach for increasing the success rate of protein engineering projects. The power of such high-throughput screening depends on computational methods producing multiple potential solutions. Therefore, this chapter describes several protocols for increasing the diversity of designed output. Lastly, we describe an approach for building comparative models of protein-DNA complexes in order to utilize information from homologous sequences. These models can be used to explore how nature modulates specificity of protein-DNA interfaces and potentially can even be used as starting templates for further engineering.

Status of volcanism studies for the Yucca Mountain Site Characterization Project

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Crowe, B.; Perry, F.; Murrell, M.

1995-02-01

Chapter 1 introduces the volcanism issue for the Yucca Mountain site and provides the reader with an overview of the organization, content, and significant conclusions of this report. The risk of future basaltic volcanism is the primary topic of concern including both events that intersect a potential repository and events that occur near or within the waste isolation system of a repository. Chapter 2 describes the volcanic history of the Yucca Mountain region (YMR) and emphasizes the Pliocene and Quaternary volcanic record, the interval of primary concern for volcanic risk assessment. The Lathrop Wells volcanic center is described in detailmore » because it is the youngest basalt center in the YMR. Chapter 3 describes the tectonic setting of the YMR and presents and assesses the significance of multiple alternative tectonic models. Geophysical data are described for the YMR and are used as an aid to understand the distribution of basaltic volcanic centers. Chapter 4 discusses the petrologic and geochemical features of basaltic volcanism in the YMR, the southern Great Basin and the Basin and Range province. The long time of activity and characteristic small volume of the Postcaldera basalt of the YMR result in one of the lowest eruptive rates in a volcanic field in the southwest United States. Chapter 5 summarizes current concepts of the segregation, ascent, and eruption of basalt magma. Chapter 6 summarizes the history of volcanism studies (1979 through early 1994), including work for the Yucca Mountain Site Characterization Project and overview studies by the state of Nevada and the Nuclear Regulatory Commission. Chapter 7 summarizes probabilistic volcanic hazard assessment using a three-part conditional probability model. Chapter 8 describes remaining volcanism work judged to be needed to complete characterization studies for the YMR. Chapter 9 summarizes the conclusions of this volcanism status report.« less

AgMIP's Transdisciplinary Agricultural Systems Approach to Regional Integrated Assessment of Climate Impacts, Vulnerability, and Adaptation

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Antle, John M.; Valdivia, Roberto O.; Boote, Kenneth J.; Janssen, Sander; Jones, James W.; Porter, Cheryl H.; Rosenzweig, Cynthia; Ruane, Alexander C.; Thorburn, Peter J.

2015-01-01

This chapter describes methods developed by the Agricultural Model Intercomparison and Improvement Project (AgMIP) to implement a transdisciplinary, systems-based approach for regional-scale (local to national) integrated assessment of agricultural systems under future climate, biophysical, and socio-economic conditions. These methods were used by the AgMIP regional research teams in Sub-Saharan Africa and South Asia to implement the analyses reported in their respective chapters of this book. Additional technical details are provided in Appendix 1.The principal goal that motivates AgMIP's regional integrated assessment (RIA) methodology is to provide scientifically rigorous information needed to support improved decision-making by various stakeholders, ranging from local to national and international non-governmental and governmental organizations.

M13 bacteriophage coat proteins engineered for improved phage display.

PubMed

Sidhu, Sachdev S; Feld, Birte K; Weiss, Gregory A

2007-01-01

This chapter describes a method for increasing levels of protein fusions displayed on the surfaces of M13 bacteriophage particles. By introducing mutations into the anchoring M13 coat protein, protein display levels can be increased by up to two orders of magnitude. Experimental methods are presented for the design, construction, and screening of phage-displayed libraries for improved protein display.

USEPA MANUAL OF METHODS FOR VIROLOGY | Science ...

EPA Pesticide Factsheets

This chapter describes procedures for the detection of coliphases in water matrices. These procedures are based on those presented in the Supplement to the 20th Edition of Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Eastewater and EPA Methods 1601 and 1602. Two quantitative procedures and one qualitative, presence-absence procedures are presented. The procedures can be used, without supplementary methods, to assay small volumes of water (10 mL to 1L). For larger volumes (>100L), large-scale concentration methods such as described in Chapter 14 may be incorporated into the assay scheme. However, as some concentration procedures may result in appreciable loss or inactivation of coliphage, it is recommended that the suitability of any large volume concentration method be evaluated in measured recovery trials before implementation. Develop sensitive techniques to detect and identify emerging human waterborne pathogenic viruses and viruses on the CCL.Determine effectiveness of viral indicators to measure microbial quality in water matrices.Support activities: (a) culture and distribution of mammalian cells for Agency and scientific community research needs, (b) provide operator expertise for research requiring confocal and electron microscopy, (c) glassware cleaning, sterilization and biological waste disposal for the Cincinnati EPA facility, (d) operation of infectious pathogenic suite, (e) maintenance of walk-in constant temperature rooms and (f) provid

Occupancy in community-level studies

USGS Publications Warehouse

MacKenzie, Darryl I.; Nichols, James; Royle, Andy; Pollock, Kenneth H.; Bailey, Larissa L.; Hines, James

2018-01-01

Another type of multi-species studies, are those focused on community-level metrics such as species richness. In this chapter we detail how some of the single-species occupancy models described in earlier chapters have been applied, or extended, for use in such studies, while accounting for imperfect detection. We highlight how Bayesian methods using MCMC are particularly useful in such settings to easily calculate relevant community-level summaries based on presence/absence data. These modeling approaches can be used to assess richness at a single point in time, or to investigate changes in the species pool over time.

Fourier Transform Methods. Chapter 4

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Kaplan, Simon G.; Quijada, Manuel A.

2015-01-01

This chapter describes the use of Fourier transform spectrometers (FTS) for accurate spectrophotometry over a wide spectral range. After a brief exposition of the basic concepts of FTS operation, we discuss instrument designs and their advantages and disadvantages relative to dispersive spectrometers. We then examine how common sources of error in spectrophotometry manifest themselves when using an FTS and ways to reduce the magnitude of these errors. Examples are given of applications to both basic and derived spectrophotometric quantities. Finally, we give recommendations for choosing the right instrument for a specific application, and how to ensure the accuracy of the measurement results..

Solid Lubrication Fundamentals and Applications. Chapter 2

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Miyoshi, Kazuhisa

1998-01-01

This chapter describes powerful analytical techniques capable of sampling tribological surfaces and solid-film lubricants. Some of these techniques may also be used to determine the locus of failure in a bonded structure or coated substrate; such information is important when seeking improved adhesion between a solid-film lubricant and a substrate and when seeking improved performance and long life expectancy of solid lubricants. Many examples are given here and through-out the book on the nature and character of solid surfaces and their significance in lubrication, friction, and wear. The analytical techniques used include the late spectroscopic methods.

"In the middle of an orange grove, across the street from the tortilla factory": The Science Academy of South Texas

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Canter, Anna Rudolph

2004-12-01

The Science Academy of South Texas, one of four magnet schools in The South Texas Independent School District (STISD), opened in 1989 to bring educational opportunities in mathematics and science to students in the Rio Grande Valley of South Texas. STISD serves three counties and offers enrollment to any student who applies from any of the twenty-eight feeder districts. The Science Academy is the only mathematics and science magnet school in the Rio Grande Valley. Over years, Science Academy has developed partnerships with major colleges and universities in Houston, Texas and the Rio Grande Valley. University partnerships have provided funding for programs at the school and have created continuing summer study programs for Science Academy students. Graduates have been accepted to and/or attended some of the most prestigious colleges and universities across the United States, despite personal challenges including low socioeconomic status, English as their second language, and being the first in their family to attend college. This historical study seeks to answer two basic questions. How has the Science Academy faced its academic, political, and social challenges over the years? What factors appear to have contributed to its establishment, survival, and success? Chapter One, "Significance of the Study and Research Methods" describes the study's significance within the scholarly literature and the research methods used for this study. Chapter Two, "The Science Academy of South Texas" presents the history of STISD and the events which precipitated Science Academy's establishment. Chapter Three, "The Administration, Faculty and Staff of Science Academy," discusses administration and faculty of the Science Academy. Its focus is Science Academy teachers and their educational beliefs as well as the administrators and staff and their beliefs. Chapter Four, "Curriculum Continuity and Change at the Science Academy," focuses on the curriculum history of Science Academy and the changes faculty members and administrators have made over time. Chapter Five, "The Students of the Science Academy of South Texas," focuses on the students at the Science Academy, who administrators and teachers describe as "the whole reason we are here." Chapter Six offers concluding thoughts and ideas for future research.

22 CFR Appendix B to Chapter Xiv - Memorandum Describing the Authority and Assigned Responsibilities of the General Counsel of the...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-04-01

... Service Labor-Management Relations Statute B Appendix B to Chapter XIV Foreign Relations FOREIGN SERVICE... AUTHORITY; AND THE FOREIGN SERVICE IMPASSE DISPUTES PANEL Ch. XIV, App. B Appendix B to Chapter XIV... under this chapter, (B) file and prosecute complaints under this chapter, and (C) exercise such other...

Training for Development 1970. The United States Participant Training Program.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Agency for International Development (Dept. of State), Washington, DC. Office of International Training.

The report describes the program of training for foreign students conducted by the Office of International Training of the Agency for International Development (AID). The report's first chapter describes the history, nature, and importance of participant training and diagrams the administrative structure of the program. Chapter 2 describes the…

Assessment of Childhood Disorders. Third Edition.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Mash, Eric J., Ed.; Terdal, Leif G., Ed.

This book describes methods and strategies for assessing a comprehensive array of childhood disorders, child health risks, and adolescent problems. It highlights the ongoing interplay among behaviors, cognition, and affects as they unfold within the young person's social network. Each chapter presents a conceptual framework for understanding the…

Soils [Chapter 5

Treesearch

R. W. E. Hopper; P. M. Walthall

1994-01-01

This report describes the soils of the Lost Lake, West Glacier Lake, and East Glacier Lake watersheds of GLEES and presents the methods used in conducting both the field and laboratory work. In addition, general statements about the nature of the mapping units used in making the soil maps are provided.

The study of volatile organic compounds in urban and indoor air

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Clarkson, Paul Jonathan

Chapter 1 is a review of the literature concerning the study of volatile organic compounds in the atmosphere. It examines the basic chemistry of the atmosphere and the roles that organic compounds play in it. Also investigated are the methods of sampling and analysing the volatile organic compounds in the air, paying particular attention to the role of solid phase sampling. Chapter 1 also examines the role of volatile organic compounds on air quality. Chapter 2 describes the experimental procedures that were employed during the course of this research project. Chapter 3 examines a multi-method approach to the study of volatile organic compounds in urban and indoor air. The methods employed were capillary electrophoresis, high performance liquid chromatography and gas chromatography. Although good results were obtained for the various methods that were investigated Chapter 3 concludes that a more unified analytical approach is needed to the study of the air. Chapter 4 investigates the possibilities of using a unified approach to the study of VOC's. This is achieved by the development of an air sampling method that uses solid phase extraction cartridges. By investigating many aspects of air sampling mechanisms the results show that a simple yet efficient method for the sampling of VOC in air has been developed. The SPE method is a reusable, yet reliable method that by using sequential solvent desorption has been shown to exhibit some degree of selectivity. The solid phase that gave the best results was styrene-divinyl benzene however other phases were also investigated. The use of a single gas chromatography method was also investigated for the purpose of confirmatory identification of the VOC's. Various detection systems were used including MS and AED. It was shown that by optimising the GC's it was possible to get complimentary results. Also investigated was the possibility of compound tagging in an attempt to confirm the identity of several of the compounds found in the air. Chapter 5 is a theoretical discussion of the ways presenting the data obtained experimentally in an easy to understand way. Instead of targeting 7 or 8 compounds as being representative of air quality it is argued that by using a technique such as Air Fingerprinting, it is possible to show data that is indicative of the whole air sample. Using actual data it is possible to show the origin of the air sample in a simple yet effective way using air fingerprints.Also discussed is the Individual Component Air Quality Index, this is a method of quantifying air quality. By taking into account compound toxicity, atmospheric lifetime and UV exposure, the ICAQI, it is argued, is a technique that presents a more accurate picture of air quality.Chapter 6 concludes the thesis by drawing together the themes and issues that were raised.

Bayesian Methods for the Physical Sciences. Learning from Examples in Astronomy and Physics.

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Andreon, Stefano; Weaver, Brian

2015-05-01

Chapter 1: This chapter presents some basic steps for performing a good statistical analysis, all summarized in about one page. Chapter 2: This short chapter introduces the basics of probability theory inan intuitive fashion using simple examples. It also illustrates, again with examples, how to propagate errors and the difference between marginal and profile likelihoods. Chapter 3: This chapter introduces the computational tools and methods that we use for sampling from the posterior distribution. Since all numerical computations, and Bayesian ones are no exception, may end in errors, we also provide a few tips to check that the numerical computation is sampling from the posterior distribution. Chapter 4: Many of the concepts of building, running, and summarizing the resultsof a Bayesian analysis are described with this step-by-step guide using a basic (Gaussian) model. The chapter also introduces examples using Poisson and Binomial likelihoods, and how to combine repeated independent measurements. Chapter 5: All statistical analyses make assumptions, and Bayesian analyses are no exception. This chapter emphasizes that results depend on data and priors (assumptions). We illustrate this concept with examples where the prior plays greatly different roles, from major to negligible. We also provide some advice on how to look for information useful for sculpting the prior. Chapter 6: In this chapter we consider examples for which we want to estimate more than a single parameter. These common problems include estimating location and spread. We also consider examples that require the modeling of two populations (one we are interested in and a nuisance population) or averaging incompatible measurements. We also introduce quite complex examples dealing with upper limits and with a larger-than-expected scatter. Chapter 7: Rarely is a sample randomly selected from the population we wish to study. Often, samples are affected by selection effects, e.g., easier-to-collect events or objects are over-represented in samples and difficult-to-collect are under-represented if not missing altogether. In this chapter we show how to account for non-random data collection to infer the properties of the population from the studied sample. Chapter 8: In this chapter we introduce regression models, i.e., how to fit (regress) one, or more quantities, against each other through a functional relationship and estimate any unknown parameters that dictate this relationship. Questions of interest include: how to deal with samples affected by selection effects? How does a rich data structure influence the fitted parameters? And what about non-linear multiple-predictor fits, upper/lower limits, measurements errors of different amplitudes and an intrinsic variety in the studied populations or an extra source of variability? A number of examples illustrate how to answer these questions and how to predict the value of an unavailable quantity by exploiting the existence of a trend with another, available, quantity. Chapter 9: This chapter provides some advice on how the careful scientist should perform model checking and sensitivity analysis, i.e., how to answer the following questions: is the considered model at odds with the current available data (the fitted data), for example because it is over-simplified compared to some specific complexity pointed out by the data? Furthermore, are the data informative about the quantity being measured or are results sensibly dependent on details of the fitted model? And, finally, what about if assumptions are uncertain? A number of examples illustrate how to answer these questions. Chapter 10: This chapter compares the performance of Bayesian methods against simple, non-Bayesian alternatives, such as maximum likelihood, minimal chi square, ordinary and weighted least square, bivariate correlated errors and intrinsic scatter, and robust estimates of location and scale. Performances are evaluated in terms of quality of the prediction, accuracy of the estimates, and fairness and noisiness of the quoted errors. We also focus on three failures of maximum likelihood methods occurring with small samples, with mixtures, and with regressions with errors in the predictor quantity.

Advancement of Latent Trait Theory.

DTIC Science & Technology

1988-02-01

if I am the principal investigator, I find it practically impossible to include and systematize all the important findings and implications within a...methods are described in [1.21. Two important features of the principal investigator’s approach are the following. (1) It does not assume any specific...were described in the preceding chapter, the maximum likelihood estimate 0 of ability 0 , and also f of the transformed ability r play important roles

Data Mining Methods for Recommender Systems

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Amatriain, Xavier; Jaimes*, Alejandro; Oliver, Nuria; Pujol, Josep M.

In this chapter, we give an overview of the main Data Mining techniques used in the context of Recommender Systems. We first describe common preprocessing methods such as sampling or dimensionality reduction. Next, we review the most important classification techniques, including Bayesian Networks and Support Vector Machines. We describe the k-means clustering algorithm and discuss several alternatives. We also present association rules and related algorithms for an efficient training process. In addition to introducing these techniques, we survey their uses in Recommender Systems and present cases where they have been successfully applied.

Transit-oriented development compendium.

DOT National Transportation Integrated Search

2005-06-01

The compendium is organized into eight chapters listed below. Each chapter describes relevant issues, the state of the practice for TOD, and includes information from guidebooks and interviews. The eight chapters include: 1) general principles of TOD...

The application of spaceborne GPS to atmospheric limb sounding and global change monitoring

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Melbourne, W. G.; Davis, E. S.; Duncan, C. B.; Hajj, G. A.; Hardy, K. R.; Kursinski, E. R.; Meehan, T. K.; Young, L. E.; Yunck, T. P.

1994-01-01

This monograph is intended for readers with minimal background in radio science who seek a relatively comprehensive treatment of the mission and technical aspects of an Earth-orbiting radio occultation satellite. Part 1 (chapters 1-6) describes mission concepts and programmatic information; Part 2 (chapters 7-12) deals with the theoretical aspects of analyzing and interpreting radio occultation measurements. In this mission concept the navigation signals from a Global Positioning System (GPS) satellite that is being occulted by the Earth's limb are observed by a GPS flight receiver on board a low Earth orbiter (LEO) satellite. This technique can be used to recover profiles of the Earth's atmospheric refractivity, pressure, and temperature using small, dedicated, and relatively low-cost space systems. Chapter 2 summarizes the basic space system concepts of the limb-sounding technique and describes a low-cost strawman demonstration mission. Chapter 3 discusses some of the scientific benefits of using radio occultation on a suite of small satellites. Chapter 4 provides a more detailed discussion of several system elements in a radio occultation mission, including the launch system for small payloads, the LEO microsat, the GPS constellation, the GPS flight receiver payload, the mission operations ground control and data receiving system, the ground-based GPS global tracking network for precision orbit determination, and the central data processing and archive system. Chapter 5 addresses the various technology readiness questions that invariably arise. Chapter 6 discusses the overall costs of a demonstration mission such as GPS/MET (meteorological) proposed by the University Navstar Consortium (UNAVCO). Chapter 7 describes a geometrical optics approach to coplanar atmospheric occultation. Chapter 8 addresses major questions regarding accuracy of the occultation techniques. Chapter 9 describes some simulations that have been performed to evaluate the sensitivity of the recovered profiles of atmospheric parameters to different error sources, such as departure from spherical symmetry, water vapor, etc. Chapter 10 discusses horizontal and vertical resolution associated with limb sounders in general. Chapter 11 treats selected Fresnel diffraction techniques that can be used in radio occultation measurements to sharpen resolution. Chapter 12 provides brief discussions on selected special topics, such as strategies for handling interference and multipath processes that may arise for rays traveling in the lower troposphere.

Penetration through the Skin Barrier.

PubMed

Nielsen, Jesper Bo; Benfeldt, Eva; Holmgaard, Rikke

2016-01-01

The skin is a strong and flexible organ with barrier properties essential for maintaining homeostasis and thereby human life. Characterizing this barrier is the ability to prevent some chemicals from crossing the barrier while allowing others, including medicinal products, to pass at varying rates. During recent decades, the latter has received increased attention as a route for intentionally delivering drugs to patients. This has stimulated research in methods for sampling, measuring and predicting percutaneous penetration. Previous chapters have described how different endogenous, genetic and exogenous factors may affect barrier characteristics. The present chapter introduces the theory for barrier penetration (Fick's law), and describes and discusses different methods for measuring the kinetics of percutaneous penetration of chemicals, including in vitro methods (static and flow-through diffusion cells) as well as in vivo methods (microdialysis and microperfusion). Then follows a discussion with examples of how different characteristics of the skin (age, site and integrity) and of the penetrants (size, solubility, ionization, logPow and vehicles) affect the kinetics of percutaneous penetration. Finally, a short discussion of the advantages and challenges of each method is provided, which will hopefully allow the reader to improve decision making and treatment planning, as well as the evaluation of experimental studies of percutaneous penetration of chemicals. © 2016 S. Karger AG, Basel.

Radiation Protection Studies of International Space Station Extravehicular Activity Space Suits

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Cucinotta, Francis A. (Editor); Shavers, Mark R. (Editor); Saganti, Premkumar B. (Editor); Miller, Jack (Editor)

2003-01-01

This publication describes recent investigations that evaluate radiation shielding characteristics of NASA's and the Russian Space Agency's space suits. The introduction describes the suits and presents goals of several experiments performed with them. The first chapter provides background information about the dynamic radiation environment experienced at ISS and summarized radiation health and protection requirements for activities in low Earth orbit. Supporting studies report the development and application of a computer model of the EMU space suit and the difficulty of shielding EVA crewmembers from high-energy reentrant electrons, a previously unevaluated component of the space radiation environment. Chapters 2 through 6 describe experiments that evaluate the space suits' radiation shielding characteristics. Chapter 7 describes a study of the potential radiological health impact on EVA crewmembers of two virtually unexamined environmental sources of high-energy electrons-reentrant trapped electrons and atmospheric albedo or "splash" electrons. The radiological consequences of those sources have not been evaluated previously and, under closer scrutiny. A detailed computational model of the shielding distribution provided by components of the NASA astronauts' EMU is being developed for exposure evaluation studies. The model is introduced in Chapters 8 and 9 and used in Chapter 10 to investigate how trapped particle anisotropy impacts female organ doses during EVA. Chapter 11 presents a review of issues related to estimating skin cancer risk form space radiation. The final chapter contains conclusions about the protective qualities of the suit brought to light form these studies, as well as recommendations for future operational radiation protection.

Development of conductometric biosensors based on alkaline phosphatases for the water quality control

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Berezhetskyy, A.

2008-09-01

Researches are focused on the elaboration of enzymatic microconductometric device for heavy metal ions detection in water solutions. The manuscript includes a general introduction, the first chapter contains bibliographic review, the second chapter described the fundamentals of conductometric transducers, the third chapter examining the possibility to create and to optimize conductometric biosensor based on bovine alkaline phosphatase for heavy metals ions detection, the fourth chapter devoted to creation and optimization of conductometric biosensor based on alkaline phosphatase active microalgae and sol gel technology, the last chapter described application of the proposed algal biosensor for measurements of heavy metal ions toxicity of waste water, general conclusions stating the progresses achieved in the field of environmental monitoring

Chlorination of Wastewater, Manual of Practice No. 4.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Water Pollution Control Federation, Washington, DC.

This manual reviews chlorination practices in the treatment and disposal of wastes from the earliest known applications. The application of chlorination for various purposes is described but no attempt has been made to compare chlorination with other methods. Included are chapters on the development and practice of wastewater chlorination,…

Training 2000. Publication 1480.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Internal Revenue Service (Dept. of Treasury), Washington, DC.

This document reports the results of an examination of the external and internal environments of the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) and the most promising technological tools and methods to create the training system capabilities the IRS will need in the future. Following an executive summary, chapter 1 describes how the document was developed.…

Enhancing Access to Information: Designing Catalogs for the 21st Century.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Tyckoson, David A., Ed.

This book addresses the problem of when a library has limited catalog access, and explores various technological methods to expand the catalog beyond its traditional boundaries. Fourteen chapters describe catalog projects in individual libraries: (1) "Enhancing Access to Information: Building Catalogs for the Future" (David A. Tyckoson);…

Experiential Education in the English Classroom.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Simmons, Gail C.

In this chapter, a Canadian high school teacher describes a senior English independent study program requiring that each student become involved in a topic through experience. From previous teaching experiences, the teacher realized that the curriculum was secondary to the method of delivery, that learning happened when a teacher instilled in…

Breeding bird communities

Treesearch

Vanessa L. Artman; Randy Dettmers

2003-01-01

Prescribed burning is being applied on an experimental basis to restore and maintain mixed-oak communities in southern Ohio. This chapter describes baseline conditions for the breeding bird community prior to prescribed burning. We surveyed breeding bird populations at four study areas using the territory-mapping method. We observed 35 bird species during the surveys....

Skills Conversion Project: Chapter 2, Executive Summary. Final Report.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

National Society of Professional Engineers, Washington, DC.

This final report describes the Skills Conversion Project conducted by The National Society of Professional Engineers under contract to the Department of Labor to study methods of utilizing the large pool of highly skilled unemployed technicians and professional personnel who were formerly employed in the aerospace and defense industries. If…

42 CFR 415.176 - Renal dialysis services.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-10-01

... TEACHING SETTINGS, AND RESIDENTS IN CERTAIN SETTINGS Physician Services in Teaching Settings § 415.176... physician monthly capitation payment method (as described in § 414.314 of this chapter) must meet the requirements of §§ 415.170 and 415.172 (concerning physician fee schedule payment for services of teaching...

42 CFR 415.176 - Renal dialysis services.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-10-01

... TEACHING SETTINGS, AND RESIDENTS IN CERTAIN SETTINGS Physician Services in Teaching Settings § 415.176... physician monthly capitation payment method (as described in § 414.314 of this chapter) must meet the requirements of §§ 415.170 and 415.172 (concerning physician fee schedule payment for services of teaching...

THE STRUCTURE OF COCHABAMBA QUECHUA.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

LASTRA, YOLANDA; SOLA, DONALD F.

THE PURPOSE OF THIS STUDY IS TO DESCRIBE THE MAIN STRUCTURAL ASPECTS OF COCHABAMBA QUECHUA. IT IS INTENDED TO SERVE AS A REFERENCE BOOK FOR LINGUISTS AND THOSE LEARNING THIS DIALECT. THE INTRODUCTION DISCUSSES THE STUDY'S PURPOSE, INFORMANTS, METHODS, TERMINOLOGY, AND NOTATION. THE AUTHORS THEN EXAMINE IN SEPARATE CHAPTERS PHONOLOGY,…

Facilities Management: A Manual for Plant Administration.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Evans, Teresa Burnau, Ed.

Major aspects of the management of the physical plant of campuses are considered in 42 chapters. The five major sections cover: personnel services; budgeting and accounting; maintenance management; plant operations; and planning, design, and construction. A conclusion describes proven methods and criteria for self-evaluation of the physical plant.…

Contemporary Comment on Changing Teacher Education.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Majer, Kenneth S., Ed.

1973-01-01

A series of writings describing some contemporary thoughts about training professional educators and some efforts to meet changing needs are collected in this issue of "Viewpoints." An article on methods of inquiry, written by Ivor Davies, is the first chapter. The problems of the bilingual Latino, with respect to his American schooling, are…

Earth Science Activities: A Guide to Effective Elementary School Science Teaching.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Kanis, Ira B.; Yasso, Warren E.

The primary emphasis of this book is on new or revised earth science activities that promote concept development rather than mere verification of concepts learned by passive means. Chapter 2 describes philosophies, strategies, methods, and techniques to guide preservice and inservice teachers, school building administrators, and curriculum…

Nanoskiving: A new method for nanofabrication

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Xu, Qiaobing

"Nanoskiving" is the name we have given to a technique for the fabrication of nanostructures by combining deposition of thin films on a topographically patterned polymeric substrate using physical vapor methods and sectioning with an ultramicrotome. Ultramicrotomy was originally developed as a tool for sectioning biological specimens for analysis by optical or electron microscopy. The imaging of biological specimens requires the ability to slice mum to sub-mum thick sections and the imaging is done through the thinnest dimension of the section. Nanoskiving utilizes an ultramicrotome because of its ability to section sub-100 nm slices reproducibly. In this thesis, I will describe the fabrication by nanoskiving of the diverse nanostructures and their applications in electronics and optics. Nanoskiving is experimentally simple, and requires little in the way of facilities (for example, access to a cleanroom or a high-resolution e-beam writer is unnecessary). It is applicable to many classes of structures and materials with which conventional methods of nanofabrication (e.g. EUV or X-ray photolithography, e-beam lithography (EBL) focused ion-beam (FIB)) fail. This method begins with the deposition of thin metallic films on an epoxy substrate by e-beam evaporation or sputtering. After embedding the thin metallic film in an epoxy matrix, sectioning (in a plane perpendicular or parallel to the metal film) with an ultramicrotome generates nanometer-thick sections of epoxy containing metallic nanostructures. The cross-section of the metal wires embedded in the resulting thin epoxy sections is controlled by the thickness of the evaporated metal film (which can be as small as 20 nm), and the thickness of the sections cut by the microtome (as small as 30 nm, using a standard 35° diamond knife). The embedded nanostructures can be transferred to, and positioned on planar or curved substrates by manipulating the thin polymer film. Removal of the epoxy matrix by etching with an oxygen plasma generates free-standing metallic nanostructures. Chapter 1 is an overview of nanoskiving---a technique that combines thin-film deposition of metal on a topographically contoured substrate with sectioning using an ultramicrotome---as a method of fabricating nanostructures. Nanoskiving provides a simple and convenient procedure to produce arrays (over areas of mm2 to cm2) of structures with cross-sectional dimensions in the thirty-nanometer regime embedded in epoxy. The ability to control the dimensions of nanostructures, combined with the ability to manipulate and position them, enables the fabrication of nanostructures with geometries that are difficult to prepare by other methods. Two classes of applications--- in optics and in electronics---demonstrate the utility of nanostructures fabricated by nanoskiving. Chapter 2 shows the fabrication by nanoskiving of complex nanostructures that are difficult or impossible to achieve by other nanofabrication methods. These include multilayer structures, structures on curved surfaces, structures that span gaps, structures in less familiar materials, structures with high-aspect ratios, and large-area structures comprising two-dimensional periodic arrays. Chapter 3 demonstrates the Fabrication patterned arrays of gold structures (for example, rings) with wall thickness of 40 nm, and with high aspect ratios up to 25. Chapter 4 introduces the fabrication by nanoskiving of gold nanowires of uniform, controllable length, width, and height, and describes a systematic study of the dependence of the surface plasmon resonance on the geometry of these wires. Chapter 5 describes the fabrication of arrays of closed and open, loop-shaped nanostructures over mm2 area by nanoskiving. These arrays of metallic structures serve as frequency-selective surfaces at mid-infrared wavelengths. Chapter 6 describes a procedure to fabricate an array of nanoelectrodes that can be addressed from the back face of the slab of epoxy resin.

Methods for Gene Transfer to the Central Nervous System

PubMed Central

Kantor, Boris; Bailey, Rachel M.; Wimberly, Keon; Kalburgi, Sahana N.; Gray, Steven J.

2015-01-01

Gene transfer is an increasingly utilized approach for research and clinical applications involving the central nervous system (CNS). Vectors for gene transfer can be as simple as an unmodified plasmid, but more commonly involve complex modifications to viruses to make them suitable gene delivery vehicles. This chapter will explain how tools for CNS gene transfer have been derived from naturally occurring viruses. The current capabilities of plasmid, retroviral, adeno-associated virus, adenovirus, and herpes simplex virus vectors for CNS gene delivery will be described. These include both focal and global CNS gene transfer strategies, with short- or long-term gene expression. As is described in this chapter, an important aspect of any vector is the cis-acting regulatory elements incorporated into the vector genome that control when, where, and how the transgene is expressed. PMID:25311922

The Quality Professor: Implementing TQM in the Classroom.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Cornesky, Robert A.

This volume describes Total Quality Management (TQM) in the higher education classroom and guides college faculty in implementing TQM to improve their teaching. Chapter 1 introduces TQM and gives pointers on how to begin implementing it. Chapter 2 describes TQM approaches and principles including the Deming and Crosby approaches, describes the TQM…

A Program Evaluation of the Basic Supervisory Development Seminar

DTIC Science & Technology

1985-08-01

evaluation. - Hoyle , English, and Steffy (1985) describe various methods that can be used to accomplisn the appropriate objectives of the evaluation...Maynihan Figure 2 Alternative Methods of Assessing Student and Program Effectiveness ( Hoyle , English, and Steffy, 1985) 21 CHAPTER III METHODCLOGY S Design...Fiedler, Fred E. "Responses to Sergiovanni." Educational Leadership (March 1979), 394-96. Fiedler, Fred E., and Martin M. Chemers. Leadership and

Selecting Measures to Evaluate Complex Sociotechnical Systems: An Empirical Comparison of a Task-based and Constraint-based Method

DTIC Science & Technology

2013-07-01

experimental requirements of the research are described (See Appendix A for a full description of the development and testing ). 3.1.3 The Black...41 3. TEST SYSTEM USED FOR THE RESEARCH ...Chapter 3: Test system used for the research A complex socio-technical system is required to compare the methods. An emulation of a radar warning

National Standards for Family and Consumer Sciences Education.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

National Association of State Administrators for Family and Consumer Sciences.

The document presents a new set of standards for family and consumer sciences (FACS) education. Section 1 is a three-chapter overview. Chapter 1 addresses the rationale for change and the FACS vision and mission. Chapter 2 describes the approach to develop the national standards, FACS format, and components of the standards. Chapter 3 provides…

Historical Perspectives on School Health.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Means, Richard K.

This book describes the evolution of philosophy and practice in school health education in the United States. It is divided into 12 chapters. Chapter 1 briefly traces the evolutionary development of the field. Chapter 2 gives a chronological review of significant major movements. Chapter 3 focuses on the two curriculum problems of (a) what to…

Detectors for the Atacama Cosmology Telescope

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Marriage, Tobias Andrew

The Atacama Cosmology Telescope (ACT) will make measurements of the brightness temperature anisotropy in the Cosmic Microwave Background (CMB) on degree to arcminute angular scales. The ACT observing site is located 5200 m near the top of Cerro Toco in the Atacama Desert of northern Chile. This thesis presents research on the detectors which capture the image of the CMB formed at ACT's focal plane. In the first chapter, the primary brightness temperature fluctuations in the Cosmic Microwave Background are reviewed. In Chapter 2, a calculation shows how the CMB brightness is translated by ACT to an input power to the detectors. Chapter 3 describes the ACT detectors in detail and presents the response and sensitivity of the detectors to the input power computed in Chapter 2. Chapter 4 describes the detector fabrication at NASA Goddard Space Flight Center. Chapter 5 summarizes experiments which characterize the ACT detector performance.

Chapter 6: CPV Tracking and Trackers

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Luque-Heredia, Ignacio; Magalhaes, Pedro; Muller, Matthew

2016-04-15

This chapter explains the functional requirements of a concentrator photovoltaic (CPV) sun tracker. It derives the design specifications of a CPV tracker. The chapter presents taxonomy of trackers describing the most common tracking architectures, based on the number of axes, their relative position, and the foundation and placing of tracking drives. It deals with the structural issues related to tracker design, mainly related to structural flexure and its impact on the system's acceptance angle. The chapter analyzes the auto-calibrated sun tracking control, by describing the state of the art and its development background. It explores the sun tracking accuracy measurementmore » with a practical example. The chapter discusses tracker manufacturing and tracker field works. It reviews survey of different types of tracker designs obtained from different manufacturers. Finally, the chapter deals with IEC62817, the technical standard developed for CPV sun trackers.« less

Potash: a global overview of evaporate-related potash resources, including spatial databases of deposits, occurrences, and permissive tracts: Chapter S in Global mineral resource assessment

USGS Publications Warehouse

Orris, Greta J.; Cocker, Mark D.; Dunlap, Pamela; Wynn, Jeff C.; Spanski, Gregory T.; Briggs, Deborah A.; Gass, Leila; Bliss, James D.; Bolm, Karen S.; Yang, Chao; Lipin, Bruce R.; Ludington, Stephen; Miller, Robert J.; Słowakiewicz, Mirosław

2014-01-01

This report describes a global, evaporite-related potash deposits and occurrences database and a potash tracts database. Chapter 1 summarizes potash resource history and use. Chapter 2 describes a global potash deposits and occurrences database, which contains more than 900 site records. Chapter 3 describes a potash tracts database, which contains 84 tracts with geology permissive for the presence of evaporite-hosted potash resources, including areas with active evaporite-related potash production, areas with known mineralization that has not been quantified or exploited, and areas with potential for undiscovered potash resources. Chapter 4 describes geographic information system (GIS) data files that include (1) potash deposits and occurrences data, (2) potash tract data, (3) reference databases for potash deposit and tract data, and (4) representative graphics of geologic features related to potash tracts and deposits. Summary descriptive models for stratabound potash-bearing salt and halokinetic potash-bearing salt are included in appendixes A and B, respectively. A glossary of salt- and potash-related terms is contained in appendix C and a list of database abbreviations is given in appendix D. Appendix E describes GIS data files, and appendix F is a guide to using the geodatabase.

Phase Imaging using Focusing Polycapillary Optics

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Bashir, Sajid

The interaction of X rays in diagnostic energy range with soft tissues can be described by Compton scattering and by the complex refractive index, which together characterize the attenuation properties of the tissue and the phase imparted to X rays passing through it. Many soft tissues exhibit extremely similar attenuation, so that their discrimination using conventional radiography, which generates contrast in an image through differential attenuation, is challenging. However, these tissues will impart phase differences significantly greater than attenuation differences to the X rays passing through them, so that phase-contrast imaging techniques can enable their discrimination. A major limitation to the widespread adoption of phase-contrast techniques is that phase contrast requires significant spatial coherence of the X-ray beam, which in turn requires specialized sources. For tabletop sources, this often requires a small (usually in the range of 10-50 micron) X-ray source. In this work, polycapillary optics were employed to create a small secondary source from a large spot rotating anode. Polycapillary optics consist of arrays of small hollow glass tubes through which X rays can be guided by total internal reflection from the tube walls. By tapering the tubes to guide the X rays to a point, they can be focused to a small spot which can be used as a secondary source. The polycapillary optic was first aligned with the X-ray source. The spot size was measured using a computed radiography image plate. Images were taken at a variety of optic-to-object and object-to-detector distances and phase-contrast edge enhancement was observed. Conventional absorption images were also acquired at a small object-to detector distances for comparison. Background division was performed to remove strong non-uniformity due to the optics. Differential phase contrast reconstruction demonstrates promising preliminary results. This manuscript is divided into six chapters. The second chapter describes the limitations of conventional imaging methods and benefits of the phase imaging. Chapter three covers different types of X-ray photon interactions with matter. Chapter four describes the experimental set-up and different types of images acquired along with their analysis. Chapter five summarizes the findings in this project and describes future work as well.

Examining cerebral angiogenesis in response to physical exercise.

PubMed

Berggren, Kiersten L; Kay, Jacob J M; Swain, Rodney A

2014-01-01

Capillary growth and expansion (angiogenesis) is a prerequisite for many forms of neural and behavioral plasticity. It is commonly observed in both brain and muscle of aerobically exercising animals. As such, several histological methods have been used to quantify capillary density, including perfusion with India ink, various Nissl stains, and immunohistochemistry. In this chapter, we will describe these histological procedures and describe the stereological analysis used to quantify vessel growth in response to aerobic exercise.

A Skeptic among Scholars: August Fruge on University Publishing.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Fruge, August

This memoir describes August Fruge's 32 years as head of the University of California Press. Early chapters describe Berkeley, where the press is located, in the 1940s, conflicts with the Printing Department, the role of the faculty-run editorial committee, and setting new directions for the press. Three chapters describe looking for titles to…

BOOK REVIEW Handbook of Physics in Medicine and Biology Handbook of Physics in Medicine and Biology

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Tabakov, Slavik

2010-11-01

This is a multi-author handbook (66 authors) aiming to describe various applications of physics to medicine and biology, from anatomy and physiology to medical equipment. This unusual reference book has 44 chapters organized in seven sections: 1. Anatomical physics; 2. Physics of perception; 3. Biomechanics; 4. Electrical physics; 5. Diagnostic physics; 6. Physics of accessory medicine; 7. Physics of bioengineering. Each chapter has separate page numbering, which is inconvenient but understandable with the number of authors. Similarly there is some variation in the emphasis of chapters: for some the emphasis is more technical and for others clinical. Each chapter has a separate list of references. The handbook includes hundreds of diagrams, images and tables, making it a useful tool for both medical physicists/engineers and other medical/biology specialists. The first section (about 40 pages) includes five chapters on physics of the cell membrane; protein signaling; cell biology and biophysics of the cell membrane; cellular thermodynamics; action potential transmission and volume conduction. The physics of these is well explained and illustrated with clear diagrams and formulae, so it could be a suitable reference for physicists/engineers. The chapters on cellular thermodynamics and action potential transmission have a very good balance of technical/clinical content. The second section (about 85 pages) includes six chapters on medical decision making; senses; somatic senses: touch and pain; hearing; vision; electroreception. Again these are well illustrated and a suitable reference for physicists/engineers. The chapter on hearing stands out with good balance and treatment of material, but some other chapters contain less physics and are close to typical physiological explanations. One could query the inclusion of the chapter on medical decision making, which also needs more detail. The third section (about 80 pages) includes eight chapters on biomechanics; artificial muscle; cardiovascular system; control of cardiac output and arterial blood pressure regulation; fluid dynamics of the cardiovascular system; fluid dynamics; modeling and simulation of the cardiovascular system to determine work using bond graphs; anatomy and physics of respiration. The diagrams and data in this section could be used as reference material, but some chapters (such as that on the cardiovascular system) again take the form of physiological explanations. The best chapters in this section are on fluid dynamics and modeling. The fourth section (about 30 pages) includes two chapters on electrodes and recording of bioelectrical signals: theory and practice. Both chapters deal with electrodes and are well written and illustrated reference materials. This section could have been larger but the equipment associated with bioelectrical signals (such as ECG and EEG) is described in the next section. The fifth section (about 210 pages) includes 19 chapters on medical sensing and imaging; electrocardiogram: electrical information retrieval and diagnostics from the beating heart; electroencephalography: basic concepts and brain applications; bioelectric impedance analysis; x-ray and computed tomography; confocal microscopy; magnetic resonance imaging; positron emission tomography; in vivo fluorescence imaging and spectroscopy; optical coherence tomography; ultrasonic imaging; near-field imaging; atomic force microscopy; scanning ion conductance microscopy; quantitative thermographic imaging; intracoronary thermography; schlieren imaging: optical techniques to visualize thermal interactions with biological tissues; helium ion microscopy; electron microscopy: SEM/TEM. This is by far the largest section covering various methods and medical equipment and the variation in emphasis/quality is more prominent. The chapters on ECG and EEG are again more physiological with less physics, but the chapter on bioelectric impedance analysis is a good interdisciplinary article. The imaging chapters also vary in style and quality: while those on MRI and ultrasound provide a suitable introduction to the methods, the chapters on x-ray and PET need more detail. However this section includes some methods/equipment rarely featured in medical physics/engineering books (such as OCT or HIM). From this point of view the last eight chapters in the section will be a very useful reference for various specialists. The sixth section (about 30 pages) includes three chapters on lab-on-a-chip; the biophysics of DNA microarrays; nuclear medicine. While the first two could provide an interesting reference, the chapter on nuclear medicine needs much more detail. The last (seventh) section (15 pages) has only one chapter on biophysics of regenerative medicine, which is a good introduction, emphasizing biochemical factors important for improving/replacing tissues or tissue structures. The book ends with an index covering about 1400 terms. The handbook will be useful for the preparation of teaching materials and for undergraduate students, but should be complemented with more detailed/specific reference materials such as the Encyclopedia of Medical Devices and Instrumentation, the Encyclopedia of Medical Physics Emitel, or others. Parts of the handbook would be less suitable for more demanding readers (such as trainee medical physicists or radiologists, for example). In conclusion, the Handbook of Physics in Medicine and Biology includes materials that are rarely combined together, which strengthens its interdisciplinary approach and makes it an additional reference for a departmental library.

Chapter 2 Formula, 1989-90: Major Points. Publication No. 89.32.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Baenen, Nancy R.

Programs implemented in 1989-90 by the Austin (Texas) Independent School District (AISD) using Chapter 2 Formula federal funds are described. Chapter 2 Formula provides federal funds to the states through the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 as amended in 1988. Chapter 2 funds can support programs that meet the educational needs of…

Kansas Chapter 1 1992-1993 Evaluation.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Kansas State Board of Education, Topeka.

The 1992-93 analysis of the Kansas Chapter 1 evaluation results is described. In the 1992-93 school year, 100 percent (304) of Kansas districts participated in the Chapter 1 program. Approximately 7 percent of the student population participated in Chapter 1 programs, and 82 percent were in grades 1 through 6. A majority of these students were…

Overview with methods and procedures of the U.S. Geological Survey mineral-resource assessment of the Sagebrush Focal Areas of Idaho, Montana, Nevada, Oregon, Utah, and Wyoming: Chapter A in Mineral resources of the Sagebrush Focal Areas of Idaho, Montana, Nevada, Oregon, Utah, and Wyoming

USGS Publications Warehouse

Day, Warren C.; Hammarstrom, Jane M.; Zientek, Michael L.; Frost, Thomas P.

2016-08-19

This report, chapter A of Scientific Investigations Report 2016–5089, provides an overview of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Sagebrush Mineral-Resource Assessment (SaMiRA). The report also describes the methods, procedures, and voluminous fundamental reference information used throughout the assessment. Data from several major publicly available databases and other published sources were used to develop an understanding of the locatable, leaseable, and salable mineral resources of this vast area. This report describes the geologic, mineral-occurrence, geochemical, geophysical, remote-sensing, and Bureau of Land Management mineral-case-status data used for the assessment, along with the methods for evaluating locatable mineral-resource potential. The report also discusses energy-resource data (oil and gas, coal, and geothermal) used in the assessment. Appendixes include summary descriptive mineral-deposit models that provide the criteria necessary to assess for the pertinent locatable minerals and market-demand commodity profiles for locatable mineral commodities relevant to the project. Datasets used in the assessment are available as USGS data releases.

BOOK REVIEW: Introduction to Computational Plasticity

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Hartley, P.

2006-04-01

The use of computational modelling in all areas of science and engineering has in recent years escalated to the point where it underpins much of current research. However, the distinction must be made between computer systems in which no knowledge of the underlying computer technology or computational theory is required and those areas of research where the mastery of computational techniques is of great value, almost essential, for final year undergraduates or masters students planning to pursue a career in research. Such a field of research in the latter category is continuum mechanics, and in particular non-linear material behaviour, which is the core topic of this book. The focus of the book on computational plasticity embodies techniques of relevance not only to academic researchers, but also of interest to industrialists engaged in the production of components using bulk or sheet forming processes. Of particular interest is the guidance on how to create modules for use with the commercial system Abaqus for specific types of material behaviour. The book is in two parts, the first of which contains six chapters, starting with microplasticity, but predominantly on continuum plasticity. The first chapter on microplasticty gives a brief description of the grain structure of metals and the existence of slip systems within the grains. This provides an introduction to the concept of incompressibility during plastic deformation, the nature of plastic yield and the importance of the critically resolved shear stress on the slip planes (Schmid's law). Some knowledge of the notation commonly used to describe slip systems is assumed, which will be familiar to students of metallurgy, but anyone with a more general engineering background may need to undertake additional reading to understand the various descriptions. Any lack of knowledge in this area however, is of no disadvantage as it serves only as an introduction and the book moves on quickly to continuum plasticity. Chapter two introduces one of several yield criteria, that normally attributed to von Mises (though historians of mechanics might argue over who was first to develop the theory of yielding associated with strain energy density), and its two or three-dimensional representation as a yield surface. The expansion of the yield surface during plastic deformation, its translation due to kinematic hardening and the Bauschinger effect in reversed loading are described with a direct link to the material stress-strain curve. The assumption, that the increment of strain is normal to the yield surface, the normality principle, is introduced. Uniaxial loading of an elastic-plastic material is used as an example in which to develop expressions to describe increments in stress and strain. The full presentation of numerous expressions, tensors and matrices with a clear explanation of their development, is a recurring, and commendable, feature of the book, which provides an invaluable introduction for those new to the subject. The chapter moves on from time-independent behaviour to introduce viscoplasticity and creep. Chapter three takes the theories of deformation another stage further to consider the problems associated with large deformation in which an important concept is the separation of the phenomenon into material stretch and rotation. The latter is crucial to allow correct measures of strain and stress to be developed in which the effects of rigid body rotation do not contribute to these variables. Hence, the introduction of 'objective' measures for stress and strain. These are described with reference to deformation gradients, which are clearly explained; however, the introduction of displacement gradients passes with little comment, although velocity gradients appear later in the chapter. The interpretation of different strain measures, e.g. Green--Lagrange and Almansi, is covered briefly, followed by a description of the spin tensor and its use in developing the objective Jaumann rate of stress. It is tempting here to suggest that a more complete description should be given together with other measures of strain and stress, of which there are several, but there would be a danger of changing the book from an `introduction' to a more comprehensive text, and examples of such exist already. Chapter four begins the process of developing the plasticity theories into a form suitable for inclusion in the finite-element method. The starting point is Hamilton's principle for equilibrium of a dynamic system. A very brief introduction to the finite-element method is then given, followed by the finite-element equilibrium equations and a description of how they are incorporated into Hamilton's principle. A useful clarification is provided by comparing tensor notation and the form normally used in finite-element expressions, i.e. Voigt notation. The chapter concludes with a brief overview of implicit integration methods, i.e. tangent stiffness, initial tangent stiffness and Newton Raphson. Chapter five deals with the more specialized topic of implicit and explicit integration of von Mises plasticity. One of the techniques described is the radial-return method which ensures that the stresses at the end of an increment of deformation always lie on the expanded yield surface. Although this method guarantees a solution it may not always be the most accurate for large deformation, this is one area where reference to alternative methods would have been a helpful addition. Chapter six continues with further detail of how the plasticity models may be incorporated into finite-element codes, with particular reference to the Abaqus package and the use of user-defined subroutines, introduced via a `UMAT' subroutine. This completes part I of the book. Part II focuses on plasticity models, each chapter dealing with a particular process or material model. For example, chapter seven deals with superplasticity, chapter eight with porous plasticity, chapter nine with creep and chapter ten with cyclic plasticity, creep and TMF. Examples of deep drawing, forming of titanium metal-matrix composites and creep damage are provided, together with further guidelines on the use of Abaqus to model these processes. Overall, the book is organised in a very logical and readable form. The use of simple one-dimensional examples, with full descriptions of tensors and vectors throughout the book, is particularly useful. It provides a good introduction to the topic, covering much of the theory and with applications to give a good grounding that can be taken further with more comprehensive advanced texts. An excellent starting point for anyone involved in research in computational plasticity.

Bit patterned media with composite structure for microwave assisted magnetic recording

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Eibagi, Nasim

Patterned magnetic nano-structures are under extensive research due to their interesting emergent physics and promising applications in high-density magnetic data storage, through magnetic logic to bio-magnetic functionality. Bit-patterned media is an example of such structures which is a leading candidate to reach magnetic densities which cannot be achieved by conventional magnetic media. Patterned arrays of complex heterostructures such as exchange-coupled composites are studied in this thesis as a potential for next generation of magnetic recording media. Exchange-coupled composites have shown new functionality and performance advantages in magnetic recording and bit patterned media provide unique capability to implement such architectures. Due to unique resonant properties of such structures, their possible application in spin transfer torque memory and microwave assisted switching is also studied. This dissertation is divided into seven chapters. The first chapter covers the history of magnetic recording, the need to increase magnetic storage density, and the challenges in the field. The second chapter introduces basic concepts of magnetism. The third chapter explains the fabrication methods for thin films and various lithographic techniques that were used to pattern the devices under study for this thesis. The fourth chapter introduces the exchanged coupled system with the structure of [Co/Pd] / Fe / [Co/Pd], where the thickness of Fe is varied, and presents the magnetic properties of such structures using conventional magnetometers. The fifth chapter goes beyond what is learned in the fourth chapter and utilizes polarized neutron reflectometry to study the vertical exchange coupling and reversal mechanism in patterned structures with such structure. The sixth chapter explores the dynamic properties of the patterned samples, and their reversal mechanism under microwave field. The final chapter summarizes the results and describes the prospects for future applications of these structures.

CHLORINE DIOXIDE CHEMISTRY, REACTIONS, AND DISINFECTION BY-PRODUCTS

EPA Science Inventory

This chapter contains two main sections-the first section describes the chemistry and reactions of chlorine dioxide, and the second describes the disinfection by-products (DBPs) of chlorine dioxide and their control. A short section on Research Needs completes this chapter. The...

Northeast and Midwest regional species and habitats at greatest risk and most vulnerable to climate impacts

USGS Publications Warehouse

Staudinger, Michelle D.; Hilberg, Laura; Janowiak, Maria; Swanton, C.O.

2016-01-01

The objectives of this Chapter are to describe climate change vulnerability, it’s components, the range of assessment methods being implemented regionally, and examples of training resources and tools. Climate Change Vulnerability Assessments (CCVAs) have already been conducted for numerous Regional Species of Greatest Conservation Need and their dependent 5 habitats across the Northeast and Midwest. This chapter provides a synthesis of different assessment frameworks, information on the locations (e.g., States) where vulnerability assessments were conducted, lists of individual species and habitats with their respective vulnerability rankings, and a comparison of how vulnerability rankings were determined among studies.

NLSE: Parameter-Based Inversion Algorithm

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Sabbagh, Harold A.; Murphy, R. Kim; Sabbagh, Elias H.; Aldrin, John C.; Knopp, Jeremy S.

Chapter 11 introduced us to the notion of an inverse problem and gave us some examples of the value of this idea to the solution of realistic industrial problems. The basic inversion algorithm described in Chap. 11 was based upon the Gauss-Newton theory of nonlinear least-squares estimation and is called NLSE in this book. In this chapter we will develop the mathematical background of this theory more fully, because this algorithm will be the foundation of inverse methods and their applications during the remainder of this book. We hope, thereby, to introduce the reader to the application of sophisticated mathematical concepts to engineering practice without introducing excessive mathematical sophistication.

Quantitative Measurements of X-ray Intensity

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Haugh, M. J., Schneider, M.

This chapter describes the characterization of several X-ray sources and their use in calibrating different types of X-ray cameras at National Security Technologies, LLC (NSTec). The cameras are employed in experimental plasma studies at Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory (LLNL), including the National Ignition Facility (NIF). The sources provide X-rays in the energy range from several hundred eV to 110 keV. The key to this effort is measuring the X-ray beam intensity accurately and traceable to international standards. This is accomplished using photodiodes of several types that are calibrated using radioactive sources and a synchrotron source using methods and materials thatmore » are traceable to the U.S. National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST). The accreditation procedures are described. The chapter begins with an introduction to the fundamental concepts of X-ray physics. The types of X-ray sources that are used for device calibration are described. The next section describes the photodiode types that are used for measuring X-ray intensity: power measuring photodiodes, energy dispersive photodiodes, and cameras comprising photodiodes as pixel elements. Following their description, the methods used to calibrate the primary detectors, the power measuring photodiodes and the energy dispersive photodiodes, as well as the method used to get traceability to international standards are described. The X-ray source beams can then be measured using the primary detectors. The final section then describes the use of the calibrated X-ray beams to calibrate X-ray cameras. Many of the references are web sites that provide databases, explanations of the data and how it was generated, and data calculations for specific cases. Several general reference books related to the major topics are included. Papers expanding some subjects are cited.« less

Chapter 15: Commercial New Construction Evaluation Protocol. The Uniform Methods Project: Methods for Determining Energy Efficiency Savings for Specific Measures

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Kurnik, Charles W.; Keates, Steven

This protocol is intended to describe the recommended method when evaluating the whole-building performance of new construction projects in the commercial sector. The protocol focuses on energy conservation measures (ECMs) or packages of measures where evaluators can analyze impacts using building simulation. These ECMs typically require the use of calibrated building simulations under Option D of the International Performance Measurement and Verification Protocol (IPMVP).

Safety assessment in pediatric studies.

PubMed

Koren, Gideon; Elzagallaai, Abdelbasset; Etwel, Fatma

2011-01-01

It typically takes many years before an association of a drug with a rare, serious adverse reaction is established. As related to pediatric drug use, evidence is even more erratic, as most drugs are used off labels. To enhance child safety, there is an urgent need to develop robust and rapid methods to identify such associations in as timely a manner as possible. In this chapter, several novel methods, both clinically based pharmacoepidemiological approaches and laboratory-based methods, are described.

Synthesis of new nanocrystal materials

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Hassan, Yasser Hassan Abd El-Fattah

Colloidal semiconductor nanocrystals (NCs) have sparked great excitement in the scientific community in last two decades. NCs are useful for both fundamental research and technical applications in various fields owing to their size and shape-dependent properties and their potentially inexpensive and excellent chemical processability. These NCs are versatile fluorescence probes with unique optical properties, including tunable luminescence, high extinction coefficient, broad absorption with narrow photoluminescence, and photobleaching resistance. In the past few years, a lot of attention has been given to nanotechnology based on using these materials as building blocks to design light harvesting assemblies. For instant, the pioneering applications of NCs are light-emitting diodes, lasers, and photovoltaic devices. Synthesis of the colloidal stable semiconductor NCs using the wet method of the pyrolysis of organometallic and chalcogenide precursors, known as hot-injection approach, is the chart-topping preparation method in term of high quality and monodisperse sized NCs. The advancement in the synthesis of these artificial materials is the core step toward their applications in a broad range of technologies. This dissertation focuses on exploring various innovative and novel synthetic methods of different types of colloidal nanocrystals, both inorganic semiconductors NCs, also known as quantum dots (QDs), and organic-inorganic metal halide-perovskite materials, known as perovskites. The work presented in this thesis focuses on pursuing fundamental understanding of the synthesis, material properties, photophysics, and spectroscopy of these nanostructured semiconductor materials. This thesis contains 6 chapters and conclusions. Chapters 1?3 focus on introducing theories and background of the materials being synthesized in the thesis. Chapter 4 demonstrates our synthesis of colloidal linker--free TiO2/CdSe NRs heterostructures with CdSe QDs grown in the presence of TiO2 NRs using seeded--growth type colloidal injection approach. Chapter 5 explores a novel approach of directly synthesized CdSe NCs with electroactive ligands. The last Chapter focuses on a new class of perovskites. I describe my discovery of a (bottom-up) simple method to synthesize colloidally stable methyl ammonium lead halide perovskite nanocrystals seeded from high quality PbX2 NCs with a pre-targeted size. This chapter reports advances in preparation of both these materials (PbX2, and lead halide perovskite NCs).

Studying the Causes of Recent Climate Change

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Santer, Benjamin D.

2011-11-01

This chapter describes progress in the field of "detection and attribution" (D&A) research, which seeks to identify certain "fingerprints," or patterns of climate change, and to correlate them with possible human factors influencing the climate. Such studies contributed to the scientific confidence with which the Fourth Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change was able to assert that anthropogenic greenhouse gases had had a discernible effect on global warming since the mid-20th century. D&A methods have greatly improved to incorporate many more climate variables and to include increasingly finer variations in space and time. The chapter also describes the intercomparison of global climate models and the comprehensive data base of model simulations now available to anyone free of charge. The following is the testimony given by Benjamin Santer to the U.S. House of Representative Committee on Science and Technology, Subcommittee on Energy and Environment, on November 17, 2010. It is adapted from a chapter that Tom Wigley and Benjamin Santer published in a book edited by the late Stephen Schneider [1] and from previous testimony given by Dr. Santer to the House Select Committee on Energy Independence and Global Warming.[2

Methods and Measures Used for Follow-up at 15 Years of the English and Romanian Adoptee (ERA) Study

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Monographs of the Society for Research in Child Development, 2010

2010-01-01

This chapter covers the methods and measures used in the ERA study, with a special focus on age 15 outcomes. First, the authors outline the sample participation rate for the 15-year follow-up--the percentages in all cases referring to the numbers at the time of initial sample contact. They then describe the measures used in this monograph,…

Propagation effects handbook for satellite systems design. A summary of propagation impairments on 10 to 100 GHz satellite links with techniques for system design

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Ippolito, Louis J.

1989-01-01

The NASA Propagation Effects Handbook for Satellite Systems Design provides a systematic compilation of the major propagation effects experienced on space-Earth paths in the 10 to 100 GHz frequency band region. It provides both a detailed description of the propagation phenomenon and a summary of the impact of the effect on the communications system design and performance. Chapter 2 through 5 describe the propagation effects, prediction models, and available experimental data bases. In Chapter 6, design techniques and prediction methods available for evaluating propagation effects on space-Earth communication systems are presented. Chapter 7 addresses the system design process and how the effects of propagation on system design and performance should be considered and how that can be mitigated. Examples of operational and planned Ku, Ka, and EHF satellite communications systems are given.

New Methods for Tracking Galaxy and Black Hole Evolution Using Post-Starburst Galaxies

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

French, Katheryn Decker

2017-08-01

Galaxies in transition from star-forming to quiescence are a natural laboratory for exploring the processes responsible for this evolution. Using a sample of post-starburst galaxies identified to have recently experienced a recent burst of star formation that has now ended, I explore both the fate of the molecular gas that drives star formation and the increased rate of stars disrupted by the central supermassive black hole. Chapter 1 provides an introduction to galaxy evolution through the post-starburst phase and to tidal disruption events, which surprisingly favor post-starburst galaxy hosts. In Chapter 2, I present a survey of the molecular gas properties of 32 post-starburst galaxies traced by CO (1-0) and CO (2-1). In order to accurately put galaxies on an evolutionary sequence, we must select likely progenitors and descendants. We do this by identifying galaxies with similar starburst properties, such as the amount of mass produced in the burst and the burst duration. In Chapter 3, I describe a method to determine the starburst properties and the time elapsed since the starburst ended, and discuss trends in the molecular gas properties of these galaxies with time. In Chapter 4, I present the results of followup observations with ALMA of HCN (1-0) and HCO+ (1-0) in two post-starburst galaxies. CO (1-0) is detected in over half (17/32) the post-starburst sample and the molecular gas mass traced by CO declines on ˜100 Myr timescales after the starburst has ended. HCN (1-0) is not detected in either galaxy targeted, indicating the post-starbursts are now quiescent because of a lack of the denser molecular gas traced by HCN. In Chapter 5 I quantify the increase in TDE rate in quiescent galaxies with strong Balmer absorption to be 30 - 200x higher than in normal galaxies. Using the stellar population fitting method from Chapter 3, I examine possible reasons for the increased TDE rate in post-starburst galaxies in Chapter 6. The TDE rate could be boosted due to a binary supermassive black hole coalescing after a major merger or an increased density of stars or gas remaining near the nucleus after the starburst has ended. In Chapter 7, I present a summary of the findings of this dissertation and an outlook for future work.

In the Mind's Eye: Enhancing Human Performance.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Druckman, Daniel, Ed.; Bjork, Robert A., Ed.

This book presents a look at methods of performance enhancement, examining basic issues of performance through a series of papers which evaluate several popular self-improvement approaches by weighing the evidence to determine what works. The first of the book's four parts provides an overview of the volume with two chapters describing the history…

Chapter 8: Simulating mortality from forest insects and diseases

Treesearch

Alan A. Ager; Jane L. Hayes; Craig L. Schmitt

2004-01-01

We describe methods for incorporating the effects of insects and diseases on coniferous forests into forest simulation models and discuss options for including this capability in the modeling work of the Interior Northwest Landscape Analysis System (INLAS) project. Insects and diseases are major disturbance agents in forested ecosystems in the Western United States,...

Note-Taking Made Easy. The Study Smart Series.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Kesselman-Turkel, Judi; Peterson, Franklynn

This book describes two successful methods of organizing notes (outlining and patterning), providing shortcuts to make note taking easy. Eight chapters include: (1) "There's No Substitute for Taking Your Own Good Notes" (e.g., note taking helps in paying attention and remembering); (2) "How to Tell What's Worth Noting" (criteria for deciding what…

21 CFR 177.1330 - Ionomeric resins.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-04-01

... adapting the in-container methods described in § 175.300(e) of this chapter. Copies of the material... availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to: http://www.archives.gov/federal_register... the end of the exposure period, remove the test container or test cell from the oven, if any, and...

Understanding Quantitative and Qualitative Research in Early Childhood Education.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Goodwin, William L.; Goodwin, Laura D.

This book describes the research process in order to facilitate understanding of the process and its products, especially as they pertain to early childhood education. It examines both quantitative and qualitative research methods, emphasizing ways in which they can be used together to fully study a given phenomenon or topic. Chapter 1 examines…

Drug delivery in cancer using liposomes.

PubMed

Dass, Crispin R

2008-01-01

There are various types of liposomes used for cancer therapy, but these can all be placed into three distinct categories based on the surface charge of vesicles: neutral, anionic and cationic. This chapter describes the more rigorous and easy methods used for liposome manufacture, with references, to aid the reader in preparing these formulations in-house.

Using Qualitative Research to Assess Teaching and Learning in Technology-Infused TILE Classrooms

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Van Horne, Sam; Murniati, Cecilia Titiek; Saichaie, Kem; Jesse, Maggie; Florman, Jean C.; Ingram, Beth F.

2014-01-01

This chapter describes the results of an assessment project whose purpose was to improve the faculty-development program for instructors who teach in technology-infused TILE (Transform, Interact, Learn, Engage) classrooms at the University of Iowa. Qualitative research methods were critical for (1) learning about how students and instructors…

Chapter 6: Ecotoxicology, Environmental Risk Assessment & Potential Impact on Human Health

EPA Science Inventory

This chapter examines potential risks posed by pharmaceuticals present in the aquatic environment to humans and aquatic life. We begin by describing the mechanisms by which pharmaceuticals enter the vertebrate body, produce effects and leave the body. Then we describe theoretical...

Methods for Determining Spontaneous Mutation Rates

PubMed Central

Foster, Patricia L.

2007-01-01

Spontaneous mutations arise as a result of cellular processes that act upon or damage DNA. Accurate determination of spontaneous mutation rates can contribute to our understanding of these processes and the enzymatic pathways that deal with them. The methods that are used to calculate mutation rates are based on the model for the expansion of mutant clones originally described by Luria and Delbrück and extended by Lea and Coulson. The accurate determination of mutation rates depends on understanding the strengths and limitations of these methods and how to optimize a fluctuation assay for a given method. This chapter describes the proper design of a fluctuation assay, several of the methods used to calculate mutation rates, and ways to evaluate the results statistically. PMID:16793403

Pre-Emption and Precedent: The Significance of Iraq (1981) and Syria (2007) for an Israeli Response to an Iranian Nuclear Threat

DTIC Science & Technology

2011-06-10

x CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION ...79 1 CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Background You don‘t want a messianic apocalyptic cult controlling atomic...Elli_Louka_Nuclear_Weapons_Proliferation.pdf (accessed 15 April 2011). 8 This study consists of five chapters. Chapter 1, ― Introduction ‖ announces the topic and describes its

NASA directives: Master list and index

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

1994-01-01

This Handbook sets forth in two parts the following information for the guidance of users of the NASA Management Directives System. Chapter 1 contains introductory information material on how to use this Handbook. Chapter 2 is a complete master list of Agency-wide management directives, describing each directive by type, number, effective date, expiration date, title, and organization code of the office responsible for the directive. Chapter 3 includes a consolidated numerical list of all delegations of authority and a breakdown of such delegation by the office of Installation to which special authority is assigned. Chapter 4 sets forth a consolidated list of all NASA Handbooks (NHB's) and important footnotes covering the control and ordering of such documents. Chapter 5 is a consolidated list of NASA management directives applicable to the Jet Propulsion Laboratory. Chapter 6 is a consolidated list of NASA management directives published in the code of Federal Regulations. Complementary manuals to the NASA Management Directives System are described in Chapter 7. Part B contains an in-depth alphabetical index to all NASA management directives other than Handbooks.

The operational styles of crack houses in Detroit.

PubMed

Mieczkowski, T

1990-01-01

This chapter identified three methods by which crack cocaine is distributed at the retail level: the street-corner or walk-up sales system, the runners and beepermen system, and the crack house. The chapter devoted primary attention to the crack house, because it appears as the most popular method for distribution. In examining the crack house, it is noted that there are identifiable styles of crack-house operations. If the quality and quantity of social interaction, as well as the situation in which sellers posture themselves, are taken as indices, then a typology can be created characterizing crack-house operations. One end of the scale is an austere method in which social interaction between buyer and seller is severely restricted; on the other, crack houses operate as tavern-style exchange locations, which include socialization above and beyond that required for the exchange of money for crack. The nature of these exchanges are themselves important, since they involve social behaviors that are of concern. One concern is the degree and nature of violence as it is associated with drug abuse. The data in this chapter describe some ways in which violence appears within the crack subculture. This violence comes from multiple sources, but some prominent ones appear to be the businesslike operations of crack distribution, the personal disorganization that surrounds and characterizes the crack-consuming environment, and the distortions of character that crack users describe as often accompanying significant binges of crack consumption. Distributors use violence to control situations. Violence is most prominently used for security at the point of retail sale, to periodically resolve conflicts with rivals, and to discipline employees when necessary. Insofar as it is described by this group of informants, crack as a social phenomenon is tied to violent and abusive behavior. This chapter reports on behaviors that, although not traditionally violent, are of concern and bear upon public health and safety. Tavern-style crack houses may encourage and make possible hypersexuality among participants and thus increase STD and HIV risks. The use of barter as a supplement to a cash economy in the crack trade represents further complications in creating social policies in reaction to this behavior. A range of other illegal and problematic behaviors was also described, illustrating the complexity of interactions that constitute the life of street-level crack users. The social policies that may be called for in response to these social events are not simple and are most certainly not defined by these particular data.(ABSTRACT TRUNCATED AT 400 WORDS)

Jobs in Public Service. Job Family Series.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Science Research Associates, Inc., Chicago, IL.

The booklet describes jobs in public service. The introductory chapter provides a definition and overview of public service work. Following chapters describe various levels of public service including: (1) neighborhood workers--letter carriers and postal employees, fire fighters, police officers, service repair workers, and bus drivers; (2) city…

User's guide [Chapter 3

Treesearch

Nicholas L. Crookston; Donald C. E. Robinson; Sarah J. Beukema

2003-01-01

The Fire and Fuels Extension (FFE) to the Forest Vegetation Simulator (FVS) simulates fuel dynamics and potential fire behavior over time, in the context of stand development and management. This chapter presents the model's options, provides annotated examples, describes the outputs, and describes how to use and apply the model.

Experimental Phasing: Substructure Solution and Density Modification as Implemented in SHELX.

PubMed

Thorn, Andrea

2017-01-01

This chapter describes experimental phasing methods as implemented in SHELX. After introducing fundamental concepts underlying all experimental phasing approaches, the methods used by SHELXC/D/E are described in greater detail, such as dual-space direct methods, Patterson seeding and density modification with the sphere of influence algorithm. Intensity differences from data for experimental phasing can also be used for the generation and usage of difference maps with ANODE for validation and phasing purposes. A short section describes how molecular replacement can be combined with experimental phasing methods. The second half covers practical challenges, such as prerequisites for successful experimental phasing, evaluation of potential solutions, and what to do if substructure search or density modification fails. It is also shown how auto-tracing in SHELXE can improve automation and how it ties in with automatic model building after phasing.

The determination and quantification of photosynthetic pigments by reverse phase high-performance liquid chromatography, thin-layer chromatography, and spectrophotometry.

PubMed

Pocock, Tessa; Król, Marianna; Huner, Norman P A

2004-01-01

Chorophylls and carotenoids are functionally important pigment molecules in photosynthetic organisms. Methods for the determination of chlorophylls a and b, beta-carotene, neoxanthin, and the pigments that are involved in photoprotective cycles such as the xanthophylls are discussed. These cycles involve the reversible de-epoxidation of violaxanthin into antheraxanthin and zeaxanthin, as well as the reversible de-epoxidation of lutein-5,6-epoxide into lutein. This chapter describes pigment extraction procedures from higher plants and green algae. Methods for the determination and quantification using high-performance liquid chromatograpy (HPLC) are described as well as methods for the separation and purification of pigments for use as standards using thin-layer chromatography (TLC). In addition, several spectrophotometric methods for the quantification of chlorophylls a and b are described.

Chapter Four: Discursive Resources

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Young, Richard F.

2008-01-01

In this chapter, the focus of attention moves from the contexts described in chapter 3 to the verbal, nonverbal, and interactional resources that participants employ in discursive practices. These resources are discussed within the frame of participation status and participation framework proposed by Goffman. Verbal resources employed by…

The School District Organization Handbook.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

California State Dept. of Education, Sacramento.

This handbook describes procedures for school-district reorganization in California. Following the introductory chapter, chapter 2 offers a historical overview of school-district reorganization in California. Chapters 3 and 4 outline the organization and responsibilities of the county committee and the role and responsibilities of the State Board…

Structural and chemical aspects of HPMA copolymers as drug carriers.

PubMed

Ulbrich, Karel; Subr, Vladimír

2010-02-17

Synthetic strategies and chemical and structural aspects of the synthesis of HPMA copolymer conjugates with various drugs and other biologically active molecules are described and discussed in this chapter. The discussion is held from the viewpoint of design and structure of the polymer backbone and biodegradable spacer between a polymer and drug, structure and methods of attachment of the employed drugs to the carrier and structure and methods of conjugation with targeting moieties. Physicochemical properties of the water-soluble polymer-drug conjugates and polymer micelles including mechanisms of drug release are also discussed. Detailed description of biological behavior of the polymer-drug conjugates as well as application of the copolymers for surface modification and targeting of gene delivery vectors are not included, they are presented and discussed in separate chapters of this issue. Copyright 2009 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Root Gravitropism: Quantification, Challenges, and Solutions.

PubMed

Muller, Lukas; Bennett, Malcolm J; French, Andy; Wells, Darren M; Swarup, Ranjan

2018-01-01

Better understanding of root traits such as root angle and root gravitropism will be crucial for development of crops with improved resource use efficiency. This chapter describes a high-throughput, automated image analysis method to trace Arabidopsis (Arabidopsis thaliana) seedling roots grown on agar plates. The method combines a "particle-filtering algorithm with a graph-based method" to trace the center line of a root and can be adopted for the analysis of several root parameters such as length, curvature, and stimulus from original root traces.

Total Quality Management in Education.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Johnson, James H.

1993-01-01

Ways to apply the concepts and processes of Total Quality Management (TQM) to education are discussed in this document. Following the introduction and the preface, chapter 1 provides a historical overview and describes the four cornerstones of TQM--an understanding of systems, psychology, knowledge, and statistics. Chapter 2 describes some of the…

Food Rights Handbook.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Children's Foundation, Washington, DC.

This booklet, which describes federal food assistance programs, is designed to help large families, families on small budgets, and elderly people on fixed incomes get more food for less money. The book is divided into four chapters: Kids, Women and Children, Families, and Senior Citizens. Each chapter describes in detail the food assistance…

Pre-School Education and Care.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Haystead, J.; And Others

Carried out in Scotland, the project described in this book examined what Scottish parents want from preschool education and why. The first chapter describes the present situation of preschool education and how it serves different kinds of parents. Chapter II discusses the kinds of preschool provision desired by parents living in three different…

New and Emerging Occupations Project. Final Report.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Southeast Community Coll., Lincoln, NE.

This document reports a project to define, identify, and describe new and emerging occupations in Nebraska and disseminate that information to vocational education program and curriculum planners. Chapter 1 describes the background, problem, and purpose of the project. Chapter 2 sets forth the objectives and discusses procedures for developing a…

To Teach, To Love.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Stuart, Jesse

In this book, the Kentucky novelist, poet, and teacher Jesse Stuart describes his experiences as student and teacher. Chapter 1 recounts the influence of his father, who instilled the principle of learning through play and the value of imagination and memory, and catalogs young Jesse's teachers at Plum Grove School. Chapter 2 describes his high…

Towards Universalization of Primary Education in Asia and the Pacific: Country Studies--Nepal.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organization, Bangkok (Thailand). Regional Office for Education in Asia and the Pacific.

The four major chapters of this study describe education in Nepal, analyze the progress of primary education in that country, describe national policy and planning for primary education, and report significant developments and programs. Chapter One concerns the historical background, present structure of education, primary education…

Effects of climate change on ecological disturbances [Chapter 8

Treesearch

Danielle M. Malesky; Barbara J. Bentz; Gary R. Brown; Andrea R. Brunelle; John M. Buffington; Linda M. Chappell; R. Justin DeRose; John C. Guyon; Carl L. Jorgensen; Rachel A. Loehman; Laura L. Lowrey; Ann M. Lynch; Marek Matyjasik; Joel D. McMillin; Javier E. Mercado; Jesse L. Morris; Jose F. Negron; Wayne G. Padgett; Robert A. Progar; Carol B. Randall

2018-01-01

This chapter describes disturbance regimes in the Intermountain Adaptation Partnership (IAP) region, and potential shifts in these regimes as a consequence of observed and projected climate change. The term "disturbance regime" describes the general temporal and spatial characteristics of a disturbance agent (e.g., insects, disease, fire, weather, human...

The Use of Technology in Adult Literacy Programs.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Anderson, Jonathan; And Others

This document describes the use of educational technology (including radio, television, computers, telephones, satellites, and optical laser discs) in adult literacy programs in Australia. Chapter 1 describes the scope of the study that resulted in the document and defines both literacy and educational technology. Chapter 2 contains a generalized…

Multisectoral Strategies for Advancing Girls' Education: Principles and Practice. SAGE Technical Report.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Williams, Howard

This paper describes issues, experiences, and strategies used in developing successful multisectoral partnerships to advance girls' education, using Guinea and Morocco as examples. Chapter 1 introduces the issue, discussing barriers to girls' education and describing the multisectoral response to interrelated barriers. Chapter 2 defines the…

Minneapolis Multi-Ethnic Curriculum Project--Migration Unit.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Minneapolis Public Schools, Minn. Dept. of Intergroup Education.

The student booklet presents short chapters illustrating the migration unit of the Minneapolis Multi-Ethnic Curriculum Project for secondary schools. Sixteen brief chapters describe migration, immigration, and emigration in the United States. The first six chapters offer first person accounts of immigrants from Norway, Korea, Egypt, Hitler's…

Energy: Options and Issues.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Walker, Harry O.

This book is intended to provide basic information about energy. The first three chapters describe energy supply and demand, uses and sources, and common energy terms. The next two chapters explain environmental and biological effects of energy systems. Twelve chapters that follow outline past history and technological knowledge of the following…

What Research Tells the Coach About Sprinting.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Dintiman, George B.

This booklet on sprinting is divided into four chapters. Chapter 1 "Introduction," provides an analysis of the 100-meter dash, summarizes world records, and discusses the reliability of timing the sprint race. Chapter 2, "Describing the Sprinter," discusses the following topics: anatomical characteristics, flexibility, reaction, strength/power,…

Using the Method of Paulo Freire in Nutrition Education: An Experimental Plan for Community Action in Northeast Brazil. Cornell International Nutrition Monograph Series, Number 3 (1975).

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Drummon, Therese; Lotham, Michael C., Ed.

This monograph provides an interpretation of the work and ideas of Paulo Freire and describes an attempt to use his methods in a preliminary trial of a small scale nutrition program in four villages in Maranhao State, Northeast Brazil. The introductory chapter indicates the seriousness of the nutritional problems of the rural poor as well as the…

The Health Services Mobility Study Method of Task Analysis and Curriculum Design. Research Report No. 11. Volume 3: Using the Computer to Develop Job Ladders.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Gilpatrick, Eleanor

This document is volume 3 of a four-volume report which describes the components of the Health Services Mobility Study (HSMS) method of task analysis, job ladder design, and curriculum development. Divided into four chapters, volume 3 is a manual for using HSMS computer based statistical procedures to design job structures and job ladders. Chapter…

Biological characteristics and population status of anadromous salmon in southeast Alaska.

Treesearch

Karl C. Halupka; Mason D. Bryant; Mary F. Willson; Fred H. Everest

2000-01-01

Populations of Pacific salmon (Oncorhynchus spp.) in southeast Alaska and adjacent areas of British Columbia and the Yukon Territory show great variation in biological characteristics. An introduction presents goals and methods common to the series of reviews of regional salmon diversity presented in the five subsequent chapters. Our primary goals were to (1) describe...

Don't Take It Out on Your Kids! A Parent's Guide to Positive Discipline. (Revised Edition).

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Kersey, Katharine C.

Effective discipline methods help children become considerate and responsible human beings. This book describes a way to discipline children without using force, fear, or punishment. Following an introduction, the book's seven chapters are: (1) "Learning How To Be Parents," which discusses the difficulties of parenting and the lack of…

Novel chemistries and materials for grid-scale energy storage: Quinones and halogen catalysis

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Huskinson, Brian Thomas

In this work I describe various approaches to electrochemical energy storage at the grid-scale. Chapter 1 provides an introduction to energy storage and an overview of the history and development of flow batteries. Chapter 2 describes work on the hydrogen-chlorine regenerative fuel cell, detailing its development and the record-breaking performance of the device. Chapter 3 dives into catalyst materials for such a fuel cell, focusing on ruthenium oxide based alloys to be used as chlorine redox catalysts. Chapter 4 introduces and details the development of a performance model for a hydrogen-bromine cell. Chapter 5 delves into the more recent work I have done, switching to applications of quinone chemistries in flow batteries. It focuses on the pairing of one particular quinone (2,7-anthraquinone disulfonic acid) with bromine, and highlights the promising performance characteristics of a device based on this type of chemistry.

The self-assembling process and applications in tissue engineering

PubMed Central

Lee, Jennifer K.; Link, Jarrett M.; Hu, Jerry C. Y.; Athanasiou, Kyriacos A.

2018-01-01

Tissue engineering strives to create neotissues capable of restoring function. Scaffold-free technologies have emerged that can recapitulate native tissue function without the use of an exogenous scaffold. This chapter will survey, in particular, the self-assembling and self-organization processes as scaffold-free techniques. Characteristics and benefits of each process are described, and key examples of tissues created using these scaffold-free processes are examined to provide guidance for future tissue engineering developments. This chapter aims to explore the potential of self-assembly and self-organization scaffold-free approaches, detailing the recent progress in the in vitro tissue engineering of biomimetic tissues with these methods, toward generating functional tissue replacements. PMID:28348174

GMP-Compliant Expansion of Clinical-Grade Human Mesenchymal Stromal/Stem Cells Using a Closed Hollow Fiber Bioreactor.

PubMed

Barckhausen, Christina; Rice, Brent; Baila, Stefano; Sensebé, Luc; Schrezenmeier, Hubert; Nold, Philipp; Hackstein, Holger; Rojewski, Markus Thomas

2016-01-01

This chapter describes a method for GMP-compliant expansion of human mesenchymal stromal/stem cells (hMSC) from bone marrow aspirates, using the Quantum(®) Cell Expansion System from Terumo BCT. The Quantum system is a functionally closed, automated hollow fiber bioreactor system designed to reproducibly grow cells in either GMP or research laboratory environments. The chapter includes protocols for preparation of media, setup of the Quantum system, coating of the hollow fiber bioreactor, as well as loading, feeding, and harvesting of cells. We suggest a panel of quality controls for the starting material, the interim product, as well as the final product.

The Paradox of "Structured" Methods for Software Requirements Management: A Case Study of an e-Government Development Project

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Conboy, Kieran; Lang, Michael

This chapter outlines the alternative perspectives of "rationalism" and "improvisation" within information systems development and describes the major shortcomings of each. It then discusses how these shortcomings manifested themselves within an e-government case study where a "structured" requirements management method was employed. Although this method was very prescriptive and firmly rooted in the "rational" paradigm, it was observed that users often resorted to improvised behaviour, such as privately making decisions on how certain aspects of the method should or should not be implemented.

Where Have All the Sparrows Gone?: Rethinking Chapter I Services.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Standerford, N. Suzanne

1993-01-01

Describes a restructured Chapter 1 program that provided supplemental support within the students' classrooms to raise expectations for Chapter 1 students' performance. Notes that expectations of teachers and students increased; portfolios of student work showed steady improvement in reading comprehension and writing ability; and standardized test…

Increasing Student Learning through Multimedia Projects.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Simkins, Michael; Cole, Karen; Tavalin, Fern; Means, Barbara

This book discusses enhancing student achievement through project-based learning with multimedia. Chapter 1 describes project-based multimedia learning. Chapter 2 presents a multimedia primer, including the five basic types of media objects (i.e., images, text, sound, motion, and interactivity). Chapter 3 addresses making a real-world connection,…

Jobs in Manufacturing. Job Family Series.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Science Research Associates, Inc., Chicago, IL.

The instructional booklet explores various occupations in the occupational cluster of manufacturing. In the first chapter, the student is briefly introduced to the occupational cluster concept and to the general area of manufacturing. Chapter 2 describes jobs involved in the production of materials and processing of goods. Chapter 3 discusses…

Ecology, Ecosystem Management and Biology Teaching. Biology and Human Welfare.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Spellerberg, Ian F.; Pritchard, Alan J.

This six-chapter document (part of a series on biology and human welfare) focuses on ecology, ecosystem management, and biology teaching. Chapter 1 discusses the basic elements of ecology (considering organisms and their environment, populations, and communities and ecosystems). Chapter 2 describes several aspects of human ecology and resources…

The Homeless in Contemporary Society.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Bingham, Richard D.; And Others

This book consists of 15 chapters on understanding and helping the homeless. The first seven chapters present the "new" homeless in historical context and describe this population and its situation. The remaining eight chapters discuss policy and program options of the government and other organizations in attempting to alleviate the problems of…

State of the Environment: An Assessment at Mid-Decade.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Conservation Foundation, Washington, DC.

This report is divided into two parts. The three chapters in part 1 describe environmental conditions and trends. Chapter 1 deals with underlying trends, primarily population growth and economic factors. Chapter 2 covers environmental contaminants, including toxic substances, hazardous waste, air and water pollutants, and overall waste production.…

Applications of Advanced Experimental Methods to Visual Technology Research Simulator Studies: Supplemental Techniques.

DTIC Science & Technology

1981-01-01

straight line. Those that are larger than might be expected by chance will deviate i.oticeably from the line. Wilk and Gnanadesikan (1964; also see Roy... Gnanadesikan , and Srivasta, 1971, Chapter VIII; also see Simon, 1977a, pp 151-158 for a general description of the procedure) describe how to use a...by Wilk and Gnanadesikan is rather involved and is explained in matrix algebra terms, it is described b-low along with an example to facilitate its

NASA directives master list and index

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

1995-01-01

This handbook sets forth in two parts, Master List of Management Directives and Index to NASA Management Directives, the following information for the guidance of users of the NASA Management Directives System. Chapter 1 contains introductory information material on how to use this handbook. Chapter 2 is a complete master list of agencywide management directives, describing each directive by type, number, effective date, expiration date, title, and organization code of the office responsible for the directive. Chapter 3 includes a consolidated numerical list of all delegations of authority and a breakdown of such delegation by the office or center to which special authority is assigned. Chapter 4 sets forth a consolidated list of all NASA handbooks (NHB's) and important footnotes covering the control and ordering of such documents. Chapter 5 is a consolidated list of NASA management directives applicable to the Jet Propulsion Laboratory. Chapter 6 is a consolidated list of NASA regulations published in the Code of Federal Regulations. Chapter 7 is a consolidated list of NASA regulations published in Title 14 of the Code of Federal Regulations. Complementary manuals to the NASA Management Directives System are described in Chapter 8. The second part contains an in depth alphabetical index to all NASA management directives other than handbooks, most of which are indexed by titles only.

Algorithms and data structures for automated change detection and classification of sidescan sonar imagery

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Gendron, Marlin Lee

During Mine Warfare (MIW) operations, MIW analysts perform change detection by visually comparing historical sidescan sonar imagery (SSI) collected by a sidescan sonar with recently collected SSI in an attempt to identify objects (which might be explosive mines) placed at sea since the last time the area was surveyed. This dissertation presents a data structure and three algorithms, developed by the author, that are part of an automated change detection and classification (ACDC) system. MIW analysts at the Naval Oceanographic Office, to reduce the amount of time to perform change detection, are currently using ACDC. The dissertation introductory chapter gives background information on change detection, ACDC, and describes how SSI is produced from raw sonar data. Chapter 2 presents the author's Geospatial Bitmap (GB) data structure, which is capable of storing information geographically and is utilized by the three algorithms. This chapter shows that a GB data structure used in a polygon-smoothing algorithm ran between 1.3--48.4x faster than a sparse matrix data structure. Chapter 3 describes the GB clustering algorithm, which is the author's repeatable, order-independent method for clustering. Results from tests performed in this chapter show that the time to cluster a set of points is not affected by the distribution or the order of the points. In Chapter 4, the author presents his real-time computer-aided detection (CAD) algorithm that automatically detects mine-like objects on the seafloor in SSI. The author ran his GB-based CAD algorithm on real SSI data, and results of these tests indicate that his real-time CAD algorithm performs comparably to or better than other non-real-time CAD algorithms. The author presents his computer-aided search (CAS) algorithm in Chapter 5. CAS helps MIW analysts locate mine-like features that are geospatially close to previously detected features. A comparison between the CAS and a great circle distance algorithm shows that the CAS performs geospatial searching 1.75x faster on large data sets. Finally, the concluding chapter of this dissertation gives important details on how the completed ACDC system will function, and discusses the author's future research to develop additional algorithms and data structures for ACDC.

Longterm lightcurves of X-ray binaries

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Clarkson, William

The X-ray Binaries (XRB) consist of a compact object and a stellar companion, which undergoes large-scale mass-loss to the compact object by virtue of the tight ( P orb usually hours-days) orbit, producing an accretion disk surrounding the compact object. The liberation of gravitational potential energy powers exotic high-energy phenomena, indeed the resulting accretion/ outflow process is among the most efficient energy-conversion machines in the universe. The Burst And Transient Source Experiment (BATSE) and RXTE All Sky Monitor (ASM) have provided remarkable X-ray lightcurves above 1.3keV for the entire sky, at near-continuous coverage, for intervals of 9 and 7 years respectively (with ~3 years' overlap). With an order of magnitude increase in sensitivity compared to previous survey instruments, these instruments have provided new insight into the high-energy behaviour of XRBs on timescales of tens to thousands of binary orbits. This thesis describes detailed examination of the long-term X-ray lightcurves of the neutron star XRB X2127+119, SMC X-1, Her X- 1, LMC X-4, Cyg X-2 and the as yet unclassified Circinus X-1, and for Cir X-1, complementary observations in the IR band. Chapters 1 & 2 introduce X-ray Binaries in general and longterm periodicities in particular. Chapter 3 introduces the longterm datasets around which this work is based, and the chosen methods of analysis of these datasets. Chapter 4 examines the burst history of the XRB X2127+119, suggesting three possible interpretations of the apparently contradictory X-ray emission from this system, including a possible confusion of two spatially distinct sources (which was later vindicated by high-resolution imaging). Chapters 5 and 6 describe the characterisation of accretion disk warping, providing observational verification of the prevailing theoretical framework for such disk-warps. Chapters 7 & 8 examine the enigmatic XRB Circinus X-1 with high-resolution IR spectroscopy (chapter 7) and the RXTE/ASM (chapter 8), establishing an improved orbital ephemeris and suggesting the system may be in a state of rapid post- supernova evolution. In chapter 8 we follow this up with a direct search for the X-ray supernova remnant expected from such a system, concluding that with present observations the diffuse emission from Cir X-1 is indistinguishable from scattering by dust-grains in the interstellar medium.

Still Teaching Ourselves.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Leistico, Agnes

This book is the sequel to "I Learn Better By Teaching Myself," which argued that parents need to follow their personal parenting instincts and to trust that their students know what is best for themselves. Chapter 1 describes how the author's family became involved in home schooling. The second chapter describes how they set standards in the form…

The changing southwest

USGS Publications Warehouse

David M. Theobald,; William Travis,; Drummond, Mark A.; Eric Gordon,; Michelle Betsill,

2013-01-01

This chapter describes important geographical and socio-economic characteristics and trends in the Southwest—such as population and economic growth and changes in land ownership, land use, and land cover—that provide the context for how climate change will likely affect the Southwest. The chapter also describes key laws and institutions relevant to adaptive management of resources.

Solar Physics in the Space Age.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Dittmer, Phil D.; And Others

This amply illustrated booklet provides a physical description of the sun as well as present and future tasks for solar physics study. The first chapter, an introduction, describes the history of solar study, solar study in space, and the relevance of solar study. The second chapter describes the five heliographic domains including the interior,…

Can Ethics Be Taught? Perspectives, Challenges, and Approaches at Harvard Business School.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Piper, Thomas R.; And Others

This book describes in five chapters how the Harvard Business School has redeveloped its curriculum to place leadership, ethics, and corporate responsibility at the center of its mission. Chapter 1, "Rediscovery of Purpose: The Genesis of the Leadership, Ethics, and Corporate Responsibility Initiative," (Thomas R. Piper) describes the…

Instructional Technology: A Systematic Approach to Remedying Everyday Educational/Classroom Challenge.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Williams, W. Wes; Hasazi, Susan E.

The authors describe program organization and teaching/learning procedures which can be employed in the remediation of mildly to severely handicapped students. Following an introductory chapter, Chapter 2 describes ways to manage educational resources such as time, aides, support staff, and student teachers to maximize learning. A brief third…

A Forest Products Technology Program for Washington Community Colleges. Final Report.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Grotefend, Robert T.

This report describes a project to develop a forest product technology curriculum that prepares students at the technical level, junior management, to work in the manufacturing of wood and bark into lumber, plywood, particle board, laminates, and pulp chips. Chapter 1 describes project objectives and procedures followed. In chapter 2 the history…

SYSTHESIS OF VOLCANISM STUDIES FOR THE YUCCA MOUNTAIN SITE CHARACTERIZATION PROJECT

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Perry, F. V.; Crowe, G. A.; Valentine, G. A.

1997-09-23

This report synthesizes the results of volcanism studies conducted by scientists at the Los Alamos National Laboratory and collaborating institutions on behalf of the Department of Energy's Yucca Mountain Project. Chapter 1 introduces the volcanism issue for the Yucca Mountain site and provides the reader with an overview of the organization, content, and significant conclusions of this report. The hazard of future basaltic volcanism is the primary topic of concern including both events that intersect a potential repository and events that occur near or within the waste isolation system of a repository. Future volcanic events cannot be predicted with certaintymore » but instead are estimated using formal methods of probabilistic volcanic hazard assessment (PVHA). Chapter 2 describes the volcanic history of the Yucca Mountain region (YMR) and emphasizes the Pliocene and Quaternary volcanic record, the interval of primary concern for volcanic risk assessment. The distribution, eruptive history, and geochronology of Plio-Quaternary basalt centers are described by individual center emphasizing the younger postcaldera basalt (<5 Ma). The Lathrop Wells volcanic center is described in detail because it is the youngest basalt center in the YMR. The age of the Lathrop Wells center is now confidently determined to be about 75 thousand years old. Chapter 3 describes the tectonic setting of the YMR and presents and assesses the significance of multiple alternative tectonic models. The distribution of Pliocene and Quaternary basaltic volcanic centers is evaluated with respect to tectonic models for detachment, caldera, regional and local rifting, and the Walker Lane structural zone. Geophysical data are described for the YMR and are used as an aid to understand the distribution of past basaltic volcanic centers and possible future magmatic processes. Chapter 4 discusses the petrologic and geochemical features of basaltic volcanism in the YMR, the southern Great Basin and the Basin and Range province. Geochemical and isotopic data are presented for post-Miocene basalts of the Yucca Mountain region. Alternative petrogenetic models are assessed for the formation of the Lathrop Wells volcanic center. Based on geochemical data, basaltic ash in fault trenches near Yucca Mountain is shown to have originated from the Lathrop Wells center. Chapter 5 synthesizes eruptive and subsurface effects of basaltic volcanism on a potential repository and summarizes current concepts of the segregation, ascent, and eruption of basalt magma. Chapter 6 synthesizes current knowledge of the probability of disruption of a potential repository at Yucca Mountain. In 1996, an Expert Elicitation panel was convened by DOE that independently conducted PVHA for the Yucca Mountain site. Chapter 6 does not attempt to revise this PVHA; instead, it further examines the sensitivity of variables in PVHA. The approaches and results of PVHA by the expert judgment panel are evaluated and incorporated throughout this chapter. The disruption ratio (E2) is completely re-evaluated using simulation modeling that describes volcanic events based on the geometry of basaltic feeder dikes. New estimates of probability bounds are developed. These comparisons show that it is physically implausible for the probability of magmatic disruption of the Yucca Mountain site to be greater than 10{sup -7} events per year. Bounding probability estimates are used to assess possible implications of not drilling aeromagnetic anomalies in the Arnargosa Valley and Crater Flat. The results of simulation modeling are used to assess the sensitivity of the disruption probability for the location of northeast boundaries of volcanic zones near the Yucca Mountain site. A new section on modeling of radiological releases associated with surface and subsurface magmatic activity has been added to chapter 6. The modeling results are consistent with past total system performance assessments that show future volcanic and magmatic events are not significant components of repository performance and volcanism is not a priority issue for performance assessment studies.« less

Fabrication of functional devices using soft lithography and unconventional micropatterning

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Deng, Tao

In this thesis, I present part of our work in the fabrication of functional devices using soft lithography, and also describe unconventional micropatterning techniques involving photographic films. Soft lithography is a set of techniques that are complementary to photolithography, but not limited to planar patterning. It offers the capability of generating micro and nanostructures to a larger community than that familiar with conventional fabrication facilities. The first part of this thesis (chapter 1--4) focuses on the fabrication of microelectronic and micromagnetic devices. These successful demonstrations establish the compatibility of soft lithography with multilayer fabrication of functional devices, and open the door for the further development in these areas. Chapter 1 and 2 describe the use of microtransfer molding (muTM), micromolding in capillaries (MIMIC), and microcontact (muCP) for fabricating Schottky diodes and half-wave rectifier circuits. The fabrication processes involve multiple soft lithography steps and address the registrations between different layer of structures. Room temperature characteristics of these devices resemble those of diodes and rectifiers fabricated by photolithography. Chapter 3 and 4 demonstrate the fabrication of micromagnetic systems. In chapter 3, a one-dimensional bead motor is reported. Based on current-carrying wire systems, the bead motor can trap and transfer magnetic beads suspended in aqueous solutions. Chapter 4 shows a microfiltration system that uses arrays of nickel posts positioned in a polydimethylsiloxane (PDMS) microfluidic channel as the filtering elements. Turning on or off the magnetic field that is localized by these nickel posts can trap or release magnetic beads flowing by. The second part of this thesis (chapter 5--7) focuses on the development of unconventional microfabrication. The major objective underlying this work is to explore the simplest and most broadly available techniques that we could identify for forming patterns with features useful in functional microstructures. Chapter 5 and 6 describe the use of photographic films (microfiche and slide film) and transparencies printed using different printers as photomasks in the fabrication of PDMS stamps/molds for soft lithography. In chapter 6, we also compare different methods of generating microstructures using facilities readily and inexpensively available to chemistry and biology laboratories. Among the films and transparencies investigated, microfiche carries the highest resolution. It can generate structures as small as ˜10 mum in lateral dimensions. Chapter 7 shows a new rapid prototyping process for the fabrication of metallic microstructures using silver halide-based photographic film. The whole process, which involves photographic development and electrochemical deposition, only takes ˜2 hours, starting from a computer design file. It can generate electrically continuous structures with the smallest dimension of ˜30 mum in the plane of the film. The resulting structures---either supported on the film backing, or freed from it---are appropriate for use as passive, structural materials such as wire frames or meshes, and can also be used in microfluidic, microanalytical, and microelectromechanical systems (MEMS).

Self-assembled electrical materials from contorted aromatics

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Xiao, Shengxiong

This thesis describes the design, synthesis, self-assembly and electrical properties of new types of contorted polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons. These topologically interesting contorted aromatics show promising transistor characteristics as new building blocks for organic field-effect transistors (OFETs) at different length scales. In chapter 2, a class of pentacenes that are substituted along their long edges with aromatic rings were synthesized. Their solid-state assemblies were studied by X-ray crystallography. Their performance as thin film transistors (TFTs) and single crystal field effect transistors (SCFETs) were systematically evaluated. A structure-property relationship between these highly phenylated pentacenes was found. Chapter 3 explores the new concept of whether a non-planar aromatic core could yield efficacious electronic materials, as the ultimate success in the organic electronics will require a holistic approach to creating new building blocks. Synthesis, functionalization and assembly of a new type of contorted hexabenzocoronene (HBC) whose aromatic core is heavily distorted away from planarity due to the steric congestion around its proximal carbons were discussed. Structural studies by X-ray crystallography showed that these HBC molecules stack into columnar structures in the solid state, which are ideal for conduction. Chapter 4 describes that microscale liquid crystalline thin film OFETs of tetradodecyloxy HBC showed the best transistor properties of all discotic columnar materials. Chapter 5 details the fabrication and characterization of nanoscale single crystalline fiber OFETs of octadodecyloxyl HBC. In Chapter 6 we show that a molecular scale monolayer of HBC acid chlorides could be self-assembled on SiO2 insulating layer and could be organized laterally between the ends of 2 nm carbon nanotube gaps to form high quality FETs that act as environmental and chemical sensors. Chapter 7 details the enforced one-dimensional photoconductivity studies of core-cladding HBCs in thin films. Physical properties, such as charge generation, separation/recombination, and transport in HBCs liquid crystalline thin films were discussed. Chapter 8 describes the synthesis and electrical properties of the second generation of contorted aromatics octabenzocircumbiphenyl (OBC). The significant finding about OBCs is that they can be reversibly protonated with Bronsted acids. The significance of those results is that the conductance of the semiconductive thin film could be controlled and attenuated by doping with acid, which can lead to switchable electronics. Chapter 9 presents our studies of extending the HBC synthetic strategies to the formation of other curved aromatics using "wet chemistry". First a series of nonplanar polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons was made starting from the olefination of pentacenequinone. Then we utilize chemical reactivity, X-ray crystallography, and DFT calculations to explore three types of olefins of increasing structural complexity. Chapter 10 discusses the transformation of HBCs into bowl-shaped molecules on ruthenium metal surfaces. Surface chemistry studies using scanning tunneling microscopy (STM), reflectance absorbance infrared spectroscopy (RAIRS), and temperature-programmed desorption (TPD) characterization methods, referred to as "dry chemistry", showed the formation of an aromatic hemisphere, which is the end cap of a (6,6) arm-chair single-walled carbon nanotube.

Prototype Engineered Barrier System Field Test (PEBSFT); Final report

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Ramirez, A.L.; Buscheck, T.; Carlson, R.

1991-08-01

This final report represents a summary of data and interpretations obtained from the Prototype Engineered Barrier System Field Test (PEBSFT) performed in G-Tunnel within the Nevada Test Site. The PEBSFT was conducted to evaluate the applicability of measurement techniques, numerical models, and procedures developed for future field tests that will be conducted in the Exploratory Studies Facilities (ESF) at Yucca Mountain. The primary objective of the test was to provide a basis for determining whether tests planned for the ESF have the potential to be successful. Chapter 1 on high frequency electromagnetic tomography discusses the rock mass electromagnetic permittivity andmore » attenuation rate changes that were measured to characterize the water distribution in the near field of a simulated waste container. The data are used to obtain quantitative estimates of how the moisture content in the rock mass changes during heating and to infer properties of the spatial variability of water distribution, leading to conclusions about the role of fractures in the system. Chapter 2 discusses the changes in rock moisture content detected by the neutron logging probe. Chapter 3 permeability tests discusses the characterization of the in-situ permeability of the fractured tuff around the borehole. The air permeability testing apparatus, the testing procedures, and the data analysis are presented. Chapter 4 describes the moisture collection system installed in the heater borehole to trap and measure the moisture volumes. Chapter 5 describes relative humidity measurements made with the thermocouple psychrometer and capacitance sensors. Chapter 6 discusses gas pressure measurements in the G-Tunnel, addressing the calibration and installation of piezoresistive-gaged transducers. Chapter 7 describes the calibration and installation of thermocouples for temperature measurements. Chapter 8 discusses the results of the PEBSFT.« less

Measurement of Differential Cross-Sections in the t$$\\bar{t}$$ → ℓ+jets Channel at √s= 1.96 TeV with the D0 Experiment at Fermilab

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Kvita, J

2009-04-01

The analysis presented in this thesis focuses on kinematic distributions in the tmore » $$\\bar{t}$$ system and studies in detail selected differential cross sections of top quarks as well as the reconstructed t$$\\bar{t}$$ pair, namely the top quark transverse momentum and the t$$\\bar{t}$$ system mass. The structure of the thesis is organized as follows: first the Standard Model of the particle physics is briefly introduced in Chapter 1, with relevant aspects of electroweak and strong interactions discussed. The physics of the top quark and its properties are then outlined in Chapter 2, together with the motivation for measuring the transverse top quark momentum and other kinematic-related variables of the t$$\\bar{t}$$ system. The concepts of present-day high energy physics collider experiments and the explicit example of Fermilab Tevatron collider and the D0 detector in Chapters 3 and 4 are followed by the description of basic detector-level objects, i.e. tracks, leptons and jets, in Chapter 5; their identification and calibration following in next chapter with the emphasis on the jet energy scale in Chapter 6 and jet identification at the D0. The analysis itself is outlined in Chapter 7 and is structured so that first the data and simulation samples and the basic preselection are described in Chapter 8 and 9, followed by the kinematic reconstruction part in Chapter 10. Chapter 11 on background normalization and Chapter 12 with raw reconstructed spectra results (at the detector-smeared level) are followed by the purity-based background subtraction method and examples of signal-level corrected spectra in Chapter 13. Next, the procedure of correcting measured spectra for detector effects (unfolding) is described in Chapters 14-15, including migration matrix studies, acceptance correction determination as well as the regularized unfolding procedure itself. Final differential cross sections are presented in Chapter 16 with the main results in Figures 16.19-16.20. Summary and discussion close the main analysis part in Chapter 17, supplemented by appendices on the wealthy of analysis control plots of the t$$\\bar{t}$$ → ℓ + jets channel, selected D0 event displays and finally the list of publications and references. Preliminary results of this analysis have been documented in D0 internal notes [UnfoldTop], [p17Top], [p14Top]; as well as presented at conferences [APS08], [APS05]. The author has also been a co-author of more than 135 D0 collaboration publications since 2005. The author has taken part in the jet energy scale calibration efforts performing final closure tests and deriving a correction to jet energy offset due to the suppression of the calorimeter signal. The author has also co-performed the Φ-intercalibration of the hadronic calorimeter and co-supervised the electromagnetic Φ-intercalibration; recently has also been involved in maintaining the jet identification efficiencies measurement as a JetID convener. During the years in Fermilab, many events have taken place in the course of the analysis in persuasion, including more than 170 shifts served for the D0 detector with or without the beam, 168 talks presented with mixed results and reactions; and tens of thousands of code lines in C (and sometimes perhaps even really C++) written while terabytes of data were processed, analyzed, and sometimes also lost. It has been a long but profoundly enriching chapter of my life.« less

Development of a SARS Coronavirus Vaccine from Recombinant Spike Protein Plus Delta Inulin Adjuvant.

PubMed

McPherson, Clifton; Chubet, Richard; Holtz, Kathy; Honda-Okubo, Yoshikazu; Barnard, Dale; Cox, Manon; Petrovsky, Nikolai

2016-01-01

Given periodic outbreaks of fatal human infections caused by coronaviruses, development of an optimal coronavirus vaccine platform capable of rapid production is an ongoing priority. This chapter describes the use of an insect cell expression system for rapid production of a recombinant vaccine against severe acute respiratory syndrome coronavirus (SARS). Detailed methods are presented for expression, purification, and release testing of SARS recombinant spike protein antigen, followed by adjuvant formulation and animal testing. The methods herein described for rapid development of a highly protective SARS vaccine are equally suited to rapid development of vaccines against other fatal human coronavirus infections, e.g., the MERS coronavirus.

Multiobjective Decision Analysis With Engineering and Business Applications

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Wood, Eric

The last 15 years have witnessed the development of a large number of multiobjective decision techniques. Applying these techniques to environmental, engineering, and business problems has become well accepted. Multiobjective Decision Analysis With Engineering and Business Applications attempts to cover the main multiobjective techniques both in their mathematical treatment and in their application to real-world problems.The book is divided into 12 chapters plus three appendices. The main portion of the book is represented by chapters 3-6, Where the various approaches are identified, classified, and reviewed. Chapter 3 covers methods for generating nondominated solutions; chapter 4, continuous methods with prior preference articulation; chapter 5, discrete methods with prior preference articulation; and chapter 6, methods of progressive articulation of preferences. In these four chapters, close to 20 techniques are discussed with over 20 illustrative examples. This is both a strength and a weakness; the breadth of techniques and examples provide comprehensive coverage, but it is in a style too mathematically compact for most readers. By my count, the presentation of the 20 techniques in chapters 3-6 covered 85 pages, an average of about 4.5 pages each; therefore, a sound basis in linear algebra and linear programing is required if the reader hopes to follow the material. Chapter 2, “Concepts in Multiobjective Analysis,” also assumes such a background.

Chapter 1: Creating Opportunities for Success through Replacement Services. Chapter 1 Replacement Class Collaborative Teaming and Intensive Teaching Time. A Model for Student Success in Newark City Schools.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Stout, Kathleen

This collection of documents describes the Chapter 1 programs of the Newark (Ohio) City Schools and presents a model for programs to increase student success. Newark is a midsized city district with 1 high school, 3 middle schools, and 12 elementary schools, 7 of which receive Chapter 1 services. Collaborative efforts include replacement classes.…

Stimulus-Response Compatibility in Spatial Precuing and Symbolic Identification: Effects of Coding Practice, Retention and Transfer

DTIC Science & Technology

1989-05-31

for the effects. Most of the pqychophysiological research has examined event-related potentials (ERPs). Bashore (Chapter 7 ), Ragot (Chapter 8), and...flanking noise letters I signaled a response that was incongruent with the resTcnse i:.dicated b., a target letter. Bashore (Chapter 7 ) describes a...forms. First, compatibility effects have been used as estimates of interhemispheric transmission time (Bashore, I Chapter 7 ). The logic, articulated

Hanford Site National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) Characterization

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Neitzel, Duane A.; Antonio, Ernest J.; Eschbach, Tara O.

2001-09-01

This document describes the U.S. Department of Energy's (DOE) Hanford Site environment. It is updated each year and is intended to provide a consistent description of the Hanford Site environment for the many National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) documents being prepared by DOE contractors. No statements of significance or environmental consequences are provided. This year's report is the thirteenth revision of the original document published in 1988 and is (until replaced by the fourteenth revision) the only version that is relevant for use in the preparation of Hanford NEPA, State Environmental Policy Act (SEPA), and Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, andmore » Liability Act (CERCLA) documents. The two chapters included in this document (Chapters 4 and 6) are numbered to correspond to the chapters where such information is typically presented in environmental impact statements (Weiss) and other Hanford Site NEPA or CERCLA documentation. Chapter 4.0 (Affected Environment) describes Hanford Site climate and meteorology, geology, hydrology, ecology, cultural, archaeological, and historical resources, socioeconomics, occupational safety, and noise. Chapter 6.0 (Statutory and Regulatory Requirements) describes federal and state laws and regulations, DOE directives and permits, and presidential executive orders that are applicable to the NEPA documents prepared for Hanford Site activities.« less

Hanford Site National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) Characterization

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Neitzel, Duane A.; Bunn, Amoret L.; Duncan, Joanne P.

2002-09-01

This document describes the U.S. Department of Energy's (DOE) Hanford Site environment. It is updated each year and is intended to provide a consistent description of the Hanford Site environment for the many National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) documents being prepared by DOE contractors. No statements of significance or environmental consequences are provided. This year's report is the thirteenth revision of the original document published in 1988 and is (until replaced by the fourteenth revision) the only version that is relevant for use in the preparation of Hanford NEPA, State Environmental Policy Act (SEPA), and Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, andmore » Liability Act (CERCLA) documents. The two chapters included in this document (Chapters 4 and 6) are numbered to correspond to the chapters where such information is typically presented in environmental impact statements (Weiss) and other Hanford Site NEPA or CERCLA documentation. Chapter 4.0 (Affected Environment) describes Hanford Site climate and meteorology, geology, hydrology, ecology, cultural, archaeological, and historical resources, socioeconomics, occupational safety, and noise. Chapter 6.0 (Statutory and Regulatory Requirements) describes federal and state laws and regulations, DOE directives and permits, and presidential executive orders that are applicable to the NEPA documents prepared for Hanford Site activities.« less

Hanford Site National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) Characterization, Revision 15

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Neitzel, Duane A.; Bunn, Amoret L.; Burk, Kenneth W.

2003-09-01

This document describes the U.S. Department of Energy's (DOE) Hanford Site environment. It is updated each year and is intended to provide a consistent description of the Hanford Site environment for the many National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) documents being prepared by DOE contractors. No statements of significance or environmental consequences are provided. This year's report is the thirteenth revision of the original document published in 1988 and is (until replaced by the fourteenth revision) the only version that is relevant for use in the preparation of Hanford NEPA, State Environmental Policy Act (SEPA), and Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, andmore » Liability Act (CERCLA) documents. The two chapters included in this document (Chapters 4 and 6) are numbered to correspond to the chapters where such information is typically presented in environmental impact statements (Weiss) and other Hanford Site NEPA or CERCLA documentation. Chapter 4.0 (Affected Environment) describes Hanford Site climate and meteorology, geology, hydrology, ecology, cultural, archaeological, and historical resources, socioeconomics, occupational safety, and noise. Chapter 6.0 (Statutory and Regulatory Requirements) describes federal and state laws and regulations, DOE directives and permits, and presidential executive orders that are applicable to the NEPA documents prepared for Hanford Site activities.« less

Excited State Structural Dynamics of Carotenoids and ChargeTransfer Systems

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Van Tassle, Aaron Justin

This dissertation describes the development andimplementation of a visible/near infrared pump/mid-infrared probeapparatus. Chapter 1 describes the background and motivation ofinvestigating optically induced structural dynamics, paying specificattention to solvation and the excitation selection rules of highlysymmetric molecules such as carotenoids. Chapter 2 describes thedevelopment and construction of the experimental apparatus usedthroughout the remainder of this dissertation. Chapter 3 will discuss theinvestigation of DCM, a laser dye with a fluorescence signal resultingfrom a charge transfer state. By studying the dynamics of DCM and of itsmethyl deuterated isotopomer (an otherwise identical molecule), we areable to investigate the origins of the charge transfer statemore » and provideevidence that it is of the controversial twisted intramolecular (TICT)type. Chapter 4 introduces the use of two-photon excitation to the S1state, combined with one-photon excitation to the S2 state of thecarotenoid beta-apo-8'-carotenal. These 2 investigations show evidencefor the formation of solitons, previously unobserved in molecular systemsand found only in conducting polymers Chapter 5 presents an investigationof the excited state dynamics of peridinin, the carotenoid responsiblefor the light harvesting of dinoflagellates. This investigation allowsfor a more detailed understanding of the importance of structuraldynamics of carotenoids in light harvesting.« less

Change detection using vegetation indices and multiplatform satellite imagery at multiple temporal and spatial scales

USGS Publications Warehouse

Glenn, Edward P.; Nagler, Pamela L.; Huete, Alfredo R.; Weng, Qihao

2014-01-01

This chapter describes emerging methods for using satellite imagery across temporal and spatial scales using a case study approach to illustrate some of the opportunities now available for combining observations across scales. It explores the use of multiplatform sensor systems to characterize ecological change, as exemplified by efforts to scale the effects of a biocontrol insect (the leaf beetle Diorhabda carinulata) on the phenology and water use of Tamarix shrubs (Tamarix ramosissima and related species and hybrids) targeted for removal on western U.S. rivers, from the level of individual leaves to the regional level of measurement. Finally, the chapter summarizes the lessons learned and emphasize the need for ground data to calibrate and validate remote sensing data and the types of errors inherent in scaling point data over wide areas, illustrated with research on evapotranspiration (ET) of Tamarix using a wide range of ground measurement and remote sensing methods.

Rheological Principles for Food Analysis

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Daubert, Christopher R.; Foegeding, E. Allen

Food scientists are routinely confronted with the need to measure physical properties related to sensory texture and processing needs. These properties are determined by rheological methods, where rheology is a science devoted to the deformation and flow of all materials. Rheological properties should be considered a subset of the textural properties of foods, because the sensory detection of texture encompasses factors beyond rheological properties. Specifically, rheological methods accurately measure "force," "deformation," and "flow," and food scientists and engineers must determine how best to apply this information. For example, the flow of salad dressing from a bottle, the snapping of a candy bar, or the pumping of cream through a homogenizer are each related to the rheological properties of these materials. In this chapter, we describe fundamental concepts pertinent to the understanding of the subject and discuss typical examples of rheological tests for common foods. A glossary is included as Sect. 30.6 to clarify and summarize rheological definitions throughout the chapter.

Implications of fire management on cultural resources [Chapter 9

Treesearch

Rebecca S. Timmons; Leonard deBano; Kevin C. Ryan

2012-01-01

Previous chapters in this synthesis have identified the important fuel, weather, and fire relationships associated with damage to cultural resources (CR). They have also identified the types of effects commonly encountered in various fire situations and provided some guidance on how to recognize damages and minimize their occurrence. This chapter describes planning...

The Chief Student Affairs Officer: Leader, Manager, Mediator, Educator.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Sandeen, Arthur

This book examines the leadership role of higher education chief student affairs officers (CSAO). Organized in three parts, Part One consists of four chapters that survey the CSAO's responsibilities as a campus leader. The first chapter describes the various roles and functions of the position and discusses its origins and evolution. Chapter Two…

Money and Education: A Guide to Illinois School Finance.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

McMaster, Donald; Sinkin, Judy G.

Illinois' education finance plan is described in the first of this report's two chapters, and the second chapter considers the finance plan's equity. Chapter 1 covers the state's Resource Equalizer Aid Program and the tax revenue it guarantees districts; the calculation of maximum tax guarantees and local shares; the apportionment of state aid;…

Federal Standards for Child Abuse and Neglect Prevention and Treatment Programs and Projects.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Higgs, A. Catherine

Presented are federal standards designed to synthesize and describe the knowledge available on the prevention and treatment of child abuse and negect. A summary chapter (Chapter I) covers background information, organization and content of the standards, and utilization of the standards. Chapter II discusses the relationships among children,…

Pension Policy for a Mobile Labor Force.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Turner, John A.; And Others

This book analyzes what happens to the pension benefits of workers who quit or are laid off jobs. The first chapter reviews the connection between job mobility and pension portability. Chapter 2 portrays a labor market undergoing changes that often result in reductions in retirement benefits. Chapter 3 describes job change further by examining…

Leading a Friends Helping Friends Peer Program.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Painter, Carol

This manual is a guide for the adult learner who is developing and maintaining a peer counselor program. The first chapter presents an overview of peer counseling. The second chapter describes a model for a high school peer counseling program. Training, placements and programs, and a typical week's schedule are included. The third chapter presents…

Consumer Advertising: Its Role in Bringing a Product to Market. Revised Edition.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Procter and Gamble Educational Services, Cincinnati, OH.

This kit, designed for high school classes, considers advertising from both consumers' and manufacturers' perspectives. The role of advertising in relation to free enterprise principles is discussed in chapter 1, while chapter 2 provides a history of U.S. advertising processes and development. Chapter 3 describes advertising's role in bringing a…

Historical Beginnings...The Federal Reserve.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Johnson, Roger T.

The booklet presents an historical narrative of banks and banking events leading to the establishment of the Federal Reserve System in 1914. The document is divided into three chapters. Chapter I discusses attempts to establish a bank before the 20th century, describing the creation of two central banks whose chapters were allowed to lapse, the…

Developmental Education: Preparing Successful College Students. Monograph Series #24.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Higbee, Jeanne L., Ed.; Dwinell, Patricia L., Ed.

The 16 chapters of this volume describe a wide variety of developmental programs intended to promote skill development and enhance academic performance for high-risk students at all levels of higher education. Following an introductory chapter by the editors, the chapters are: (1) "The Origin, Scope, and Outcomes of Developmental Education in the…

A Story About You.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Southard, Helen

This pamphlet describes the process of human growth from conception to adolescence and is designed for use in grades four through six. Chapter One discusses growth and Chapter Two discusses the beginning of life. Chapter Three is concerned with growth from conception on to birth. The birth of the babies, both human and other mammals, and helping…

Chapter 9. Benefits of International Collaboration | Science ...

EPA Pesticide Factsheets

In this chapter, we share what we have learned from working with our Brazilian colleagues on a multi university, multiyear, and multi basin ecological assessment and how those experiences were transmitted more broadly. These lessons (each of which is described in subsequent paragraphs) included 1) learning about markedly different ecosystems; 2) values to the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA) of testing monitoring protocols in those ecosystems; 3) applying lessons from the CEMIG (Companhia Energética de Minas Gerais) project to research on other continents and elsewhere in Brazil; 4) advantages of academic team research; 5) benefits of corporate-sponsored research and federal student scholarships; 6) communicating with the general public; 7) the research web that has developed out of our work in Brazil; and 8) experiencing Brazilian culture. The USEPA’s NARS survey designs and field methods are being applied in large basin stream surveys in countries outside of the U.S. These applications not only provide valuable tests of the NARS approaches, but enhance International cooperation and generate new understandings of natural and anthropogenic controls on biota and physical habitat in streams. These understandings not only aid interpretation of the condition of streams in the regions surveyed, but also refine approaches for interpreting aquatic resource surveys elsewhere. In this book chapter, Robert Hughes and Philip Kaufmann describe th

Very High Frequency Epr: Instrument and Applications

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Wang, Wei

Most Electron Paramagnetic Resonance (EPR, also known as ESR or EMR) experiments are performed at conventional 9 GHz or 35 GHz frequency. But there are numerous situations in which a large increase in the microwave frequency (and/or magnetic field) will result in substantial increase in the information content in EPR spectra. This has motivated us to construct a very high frequency (VHF, 95 GHz) EPR spectrometer at Illinois EPR Research Center. Many advantages of VHF EPR are demonstrated through examples in Chapter 1. The spectrometer and some unique aspects of the instrument are described and documented in Chapter 2. Chapter 3 reports use of the VHF EPR technique to study the structure/spectral relationship of a homologous series of thiophenes, which may be constituents of coal. Two successful methods to generate the cation radicals of these organic sulfur compounds are found. The g matrices (tensors) of the thiophenic radicals are obtained for the first time. The small differences between anisotropic components of the g matrices can be unambiguously resolved. Correlations of the experimentally measured g matrices with the molecular and electronic structures are reported. The g shifts correlate linearly with lambda of their Huckel molecular orbitals; the largest g components are proportional to the pi spin densities on sulfur. In addition, the small proton hyperfine interactions of dibenzothiophene (DBT) are observed for the first time by continuous wave VHF EPR. A multifrequency approach, including auxiliary 2-4 GHz pulsed measurement, has shown that a single set of spin Hamiltonian parameters describes the spin system of DBT over a microwave frequency span of 3 to 95 GHz. These newly available, detailed, and accurate data provide a valuable opportunity to test, and perhaps to improve, the existing theoretical models for predictions on g matrices of organic radicals. Finally, Chapter 4 reports trial calculations of g matrices by several molecular orbital methods.

Volcanism Studies: Final Report for the Yucca Mountain Project

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Bruce M. Crowe; Frank V. Perry; Greg A. Valentine

1998-12-01

This report synthesizes the results of volcanism studies conducted by scientists at the Los Alamos National Laboratory and collaborating institutions on behalf of the Department of Energy's Yucca Mountain Project. An assessment of the risk of future volcanic activity is one of many site characterization studies that must be completed to evaluate the Yucca Mountain site for potential long-term storage of high-level radioactive waste. The presence of several basaltic volcanic centers in the Yucca Mountain region of Pliocene and Quaternary age indicates that there is a finite risk of a future volcanic event occurring during the 10,000-year isolation period ofmore » a potential repository. Chapter 1 introduces the volcanism issue for the Yucca Mountain site and provides the reader with an overview of the organization, content, and significant conclusions of this report. The risk of future basaltic volcanism is the primary topic of concern including both events that intersect a potential repository and events that occur near or within the waste isolation system of a repository. Future volcanic events cannot be predicted with certainty but instead are estimated using formal methods of probabilistic volcanic hazard assessment (PVHA). Chapter 2 describes the volcanic history of the Yucca Mountain region (YMR) and emphasizes the Pliocene and Quaternary volcanic record, the interval of primary concern for volcanic risk assessment. The distribution, eruptive history, and geochronology of Plio-Quaternary basalt centers are described by individual center emphasizing the younger postcaldera basalt (<5 Ma). The Lathrop Wells volcanic center is described in detail because it is the youngest basalt center in the YMR. The age of the Lathrop Wells center is now confidently determined to be about 75 thousand years old. Chapter 3 describes the tectonic setting of the YMR and presents and assesses the significance of multiple alternative tectonic models. The Crater Flat volcanic zone is defined and described as one of many alternative models of the structural controls of the distribution of Plio-Quaternary basalt centers in the YMR. Geophysical data are described for the YMR and are used as an aid to understand the distribution of basaltic volcanic centers. Chapter 4 discusses the petrologic and geochemical features of basaltic volcanism in the YMR, the southern Great Basin and the Basin and Range province. Geochemical and isotopic data are presented for post-Miocene basalts of the Yucca Mountain region. Alternative petrogenetic models are assessed for the formation of the Lathrop Wells volcanic center. Based on geochemical data, basaltic ash in fault trenches near Yucca Mountain is shown to have originated from the Lathrop Wells center. Chapter 5 synthesizes eruptive and subsurface effects of basaltic volcanism on a potential repository and summarizes current concepts of the segregation, ascent, and eruption of basalt magma. Chapter 6 synthesizes current knowledge of the probability of disruption of a potential repository at Yucca Mountain. In 1996, an Expert Elicitation panel was convened by DOE that independently conducted PVHA for the Yucca Mountain site. Chapter 6 does not attempt to revise this PVHA; instead, it further examines the sensitivity of variables in PVHA. The approaches and results of PVHA by the expert judgment panel are evaluated and incorporated throughout this chapter. The disruption ratio (E2) is completely re-evaluated using simulation modeling that describes volcanic events based on the geometry of basaltic feeder dikes. New estimates of probability bounds are developed. These comparisons show that it is physically implausible for the probability of magmatic disruption of the Yucca Mountain site to be > than about 7 x 10{sup {minus}8} events yr{sup {minus}1} . Simple probability estimates are used to assess possible implications of not drilling aeromagnetic anomalies in the Amargosa Valley. The sensitivity of the disruption probability to the location of northeast boundaries of volcanic zones near the Yucca Mountain sit« less

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Kondo, Shinichiro

The format of this dissertation is as follows. In the remainder of Chapter 1, brief introductions and reviews are given to the topics of frustration, heavy fermions and spinels including the precedent work of LiV 2O 4. In Chapter 2, as a general overview of this work the important publication in Physical Review Letters by the author of this dissertation and collaborators regarding the discovery of the heavy fermion behavior in LiV 2O 4 is introduced [removed for separate processing]. The preparation methods employed by the author for nine LiV 2O 4 and two Li 1+xTi 2-xO 4 (x =more » 0 and 1/3) polycrystalline samples are introduced in Chapter 3. The subsequent structural characterization of the LiV 2O 4 and Li 1+xT 2-xO 4 samples was done by the author using thermogravimetric analysis (TGA), x-ray diffraction measurements and their structural refinements by the Rietveld analysis. The results of the characterization are detailed in Chapter 3. In Chapter 4 magnetization measurements carried out by the author are detailed. In Chapter 5, after briefly discussing the resistivity measurement results including the single-crystal work by Rogers et al., for the purpose of clear characterization of LiV 2O 4 it is of great importance to introduce in the following chapters the experiments and subsequent data analyses done by his collaborators. Heat capacity measurements (Chapter 6) were carried out and analyzed by Dr. C.A. Swenson, and modeled theoretically by Dr. D.C. Johnston. In Chapter 7 a thermal expansion study using neutron diffraction by Dr. O. Chmaissem et al. and capacitance dilatometry measurements by Dr. C.A. Swenson are introduced. The data analyses for the thermal expansion study were mainly done by Dr. O. Chmaissem (for neutron diffraction) and Dr. C.A. Swendon (for dilatometry), with assistances by Dr. J.D. Jorgensen, Dr. D.C. Johnston, and S. Kondo the author of this dissertation. Chapter 8 describes nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) measurements and analyses by Dr. A.V. Mahajan, R. Sala, E. Lee and Dr. F. Borsa. In the final chapter, a summary and discussion are given.« less

Forest management practices and silviculture. Chapter 12.

Treesearch

Donald A. Perala; Elon S. Verry

2011-01-01

This chapter is an overview of forest management and silviculture practices, and lessons learned, on the Marcell Experimental Forest (MEF). The forests there are a mosaic of natural regeneration and conifer plantations. Verry (1969) described forest-plant communities in detail for the study watersheds (Sl through S6) on the MEF. The remaining area is described in...

Technical Report and Data File User's Manual for the 1992 National Adult Literacy Survey.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Kirsch, Irwin; Yamamoto, Kentaro; Norris, Norma; Rock, Donald; Jungeblut, Ann; O'Reilly, Patricia; Berlin, Martha; Mohadjer, Leyla; Waksberg, Joseph; Goksel, Huseyin; Burke, John; Rieger, Susan; Green, James; Klein, Merle; Campbell, Anne; Jenkins, Lynn; Kolstad, Andrew; Mosenthal, Peter; Baldi, Stephane

Chapter 1 of this report and user's manual describes design and implementation of the 1992 National Adult Literacy Survey (NALS). Chapter 2 reviews stages of sampling for national and state survey components; presents weighted and unweighted response rates for the household component; and describes non-incentive and prison sample designs. Chapter…

The Family Transition Program: Implementation and Three-Year Impacts of Florida's Initial Time-Limited Welfare Program.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Bloom, Dan; Farrell, Mary; Kemple, James J.; Verma, Nandita

This report focuses on implementation, impacts, and time limit in Florida's Family Transition Program (FTP), a welfare reform initiative. Chapter 1 describes FTP and evaluation, target population, and data. Chapter 2 describes implementation of FTP in Escambia County: staffing and organizational structure of FTP and traditional Aid to Families…

National Job Corps Study: Report on the Process Analysis. Research and Evaluation Report Series.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Johnson, Terry; Gritz, Mark; Jackson, Russell; Burghardt, John; Boussy, Carol; Leonard, Jan; Orians, Carlyn

This report presents results of a process analysis that describes and documents Job Corps services and operations. Chapter one provides overviews of Job Corps, the national Job Corps study, and the process analysis. Chapter two describes the administrative structure of Job Corps and presents data on the geographic distribution and characteristics…

In First Person Plural: Growing Up with a Disadvantaged Community.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Salach, Simcha

From the perspective of the project leader, this book traces the growth and development of the Early Childhood and Family Education Project in Morasha, Israel, during the 8 years of its existence (1982-1990). Chapter 1 describes Morasha, a poor, immigrant neighborhood in Ramat HaSharon, and the author's childhood there. Chapter 2 describes the…

An Evaluation of the Self-Service Approach in One-Stop Career Centers. Final Report.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

D'Amico, Ronald; Fedrau, Ruth; Kimball, Mary; Midling, Michael; Soukamneuth, Sengsouvanh

This report presents findings from a study of self-service systems in eight One-Stop Career Centers that were identified as being particularly efficacious or noteworthy for completeness of resources, ease of use, or outreach to special populations. Chapter I describes the study design. Chapter II describes physical facilities. It focuses on the…

Establishing a Group Counseling Program for Elementary School Children Who Have Experienced Parental Divorce.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Goldstein, Alan

This practicum report describes a counseling program established in the school setting for young children who have experienced parental divorce. Chapter I describes the Merrytown Energyville Regional School System, New Jersey, in which the program was established and notes the author's role and responsibilities. Chapter II presents the results of…

Development of silicon photonic microring resonator biosensors for multiplexed cytokine assays and in vitro diagnostics

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Luchansky, Matthew Sam

In order to guide critical care therapies that are personalized to a patient's unique disease state, a diagnostic or theranostic medical device must quickly provide a detailed biomolecular understanding of disease onset and progression. This detailed molecular understanding of cellular processes and pathways requires the ability to measure multiple analytes in parallel. Though many traditional sensing technologies for biomarker analysis and fundamental biological studies (i.e. enzyme-linked immunosorbent assays, real-time polymerase chain reaction, etc.) rely on single-parameter measurements, it has become increasingly clear that the inherent complexity of many human illnesses and pathways necessitates quantitative and multiparameter analysis of biological samples. Currently used analytical methods are deficient in that they often provide either highly quantitative data for a single biomarker or qualitative data for many targets, but methods that simultaneously provide highly quantitative analysis of many targets have yet to be adequately developed. Fields such as medical diagnostics and cellular biology would benefit greatly from a technology that enables rapid, quantitative and reproducible assays for many targets within a single sample. In an effort to fill this unmet need, this doctoral dissertation describes the development of a clinically translational biosensing technology based on silicon photonics and developed in the chemistry research laboratory of Ryan C. Bailey. Silicon photonic microring resonators, a class of high-Q optical sensors, represent a promising platform for rapid, multiparameter in vitro measurements. The original device design utilizes 32-ring arrays for real-time biomolecular sensing without fluorescent labels, and these optical biosensors display great potential for more highly multiplexed (100s-1000s) measurements based on the impressive scalability of silicon device fabrication. Though this technology can be used to detect a variety of molecules, this dissertation establishes the utility of microring resonator chips for multiparameter analysis of several challenging protein targets in cell cultures, human blood sera, and other clinical samples such as cerebrospinal fluid. Various sandwich immunoassay formats for diverse protein analytes are described herein, but the bulk of this dissertation focuses on applying the technology to cytokine analysis. Cytokines are small signaling proteins that are present in serum and cell secretomes at concentrations in the pg/mL or ng/mL range. Cytokines are very challenging to quantitate due to their low abundance and small size, but play important roles in a variety of immune response and inflammatory pathways; cytokine quantitation is thus important in fundamental biological studies and diagnostics, and complex and overlapping cytokine roles make multiplexed measurements especially vital. In a typical experiment, microfluidics are used to spatially control chip functionalization by directing capture antibodies against a variety of protein targets to groups of microring sensors. In each case, binding of analytes to the rings causes a change in the local refractive index that is transduced into a real-time, quantitative optical signal. This photonic sensing modality is based on the interaction of the propagating evanescent field with molecules near the ring surface. Since each microring sensor in the array is monitored independently, this technology allows multiple proteins to be quantified in parallel from a single sample. This dissertation describes the fabrication, characterization, development, and application of silicon photonic microring resonator technology to multiplexed protein measurements in a variety of biological systems. Chapter 1 introduces the field of high-Q optical sensors and places microring resonator technology within the broader context of related whispering gallery mode devices. The final stages of cleanroom device fabrication, in which 8" silicon wafers that contain hundreds of ring resonator arrays are transformed into individual functional chips, are described in Chapter 2. Chapter 3 characterizes the physical and optical properties of the microring resonator arrays, especially focusing on the evanescent field profile and mass sensitivity metrics. Chapter 4 demonstrates the ability to apply ring resonator technology to cytokine detection and T cell secretion analysis. Chapter 5 builds on the initial cytokine work to demonstrate the simultaneous detection of multiple cytokines with higher throughput to enable studies of T cell differentiation. In preparation for reaching the goal of cytokine analysis in clinical samples, Chapter 6 describes magnetic bead-based signal enhancement of sandwich immunoassays for serum analysis. Additional examples of the utility of nanoparticles and sub-micron beads for signal amplification are described in Chapter 7, also demonstrating the ability to monitor single bead binding events. Chapter 8 describes an alternative cytokine signal enhancement strategy based on enzymatic amplification for human cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) analysis. Chapter 9 adds work with other CSF protein targets that are relevant to the continuing development of a multiparameter Alzheimer's Disease diagnostic chip. Future directions for multiplexed protein analysis as it pertains to important immunological studies and in vitro diagnostic applications are defined in Chapter 10. (Abstract shortened by UMI.).

A Volcano Rekindled: The Renewed Eruption of Mount St. Helens, 2004-2006

USGS Publications Warehouse

Sherrod, David R.; Scott, William E.; Stauffer, Peter H.

2008-01-01

Mount St. Helens began a dome-building eruption in September 2004 after nearly two decades of quiescence. Dome growth was initially robust, became more sluggish with time, and ceased completely in late January 2008. The volcano has been quiet again since January 2008. Professional Paper 1750 describes the first 1 1/2 years of this eruptive activity, chiefly from September 2004 until December 2005. Its 37 chapters contain contributions of 87 authors from 23 institutions, including the U.S. Geological Survey, Forest Service, many universities, and local and State emergency management agencies. Chapter topics range widely - from seismology, geology, geodesy, gas geochemistry, and petrology to the human endeavor required for managing the public volcanic lands and distributing information during the hectic early days of a renewed eruption. In PDF format, the book may be downloaded in its entirety or by its topical sections, each section including a few prefatory paragraphs that describe the general findings, recurrent themes, and, in some cases, the unanswered questions that arise repeatedly. Those readers who prefer downloading the smaller files of only a chapter or two have this option available as well. Readers are directed to chapter 1 for a general overview of the eruption and the manner in which different chapters build our knowledge of events. More detailed summaries for specific topics can be found in chapter 2 (seismology), chapter 9 (geology), chapter 14 (deformation), chapter 26 (gas geochemistry), and chapter 30 (petrology). The printed version of the book may be purchased as a hardback weighty tome (856 printed pages) that includes a DVD replete with the complete online version, including all chapters and several additional appendixes not in the printed book.

Potato (Solanum tuberosum L.).

PubMed

Chetty, Venkateswari J; Narváez-Vásquez, Javier; Orozco-Cárdenas, Martha L

2015-01-01

Agrobacterium-mediated transformation is the most common method for the incorporation of foreign genes into the genome of potato as well as many other species in the Solanaceae family. This chapter describes protocols for the genetic transformation of three species of potato: Solanum tuberosum subsp. tuberosum (Desiréé), S. tuberosum subsp. andigenum (Blue potato), and S. tuberosum subsp. andigena using internodal segments as explants.

Final Report for Dynamic Models for Causal Analysis of Panel Data. Preface.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Hannan, Michael T.; Tuma, Nancy Brandon

This document introduces research aimed to explore methods that could be used to make inferences about causual effects of educational change over time when data are from an educational panel. This preface, the first in a series of 14 chapters described in SO 011 760-772, discusses an educational research project designed to examine affects of…

Pattern Discovery in Biomolecular Data – Tools, Techniques, and Applications | Center for Cancer Research

Cancer.gov

Finding patterns in biomolecular data, particularly in DNA and RNA, is at the center of modern biological research. These data are complex and growing rapidly, so the search for patterns requires increasingly sophisticated computer methods. This book provides a summary of principal techniques. Each chapter describes techniques that are drawn from many fields, including graph

A risk analysis for production processes with disposable bioreactors.

PubMed

Merseburger, Tobias; Pahl, Ina; Müller, Daniel; Tanner, Markus

2014-01-01

: Quality management systems are, as a rule, tightly defined systems that conserve existing processes and therefore guarantee compliance with quality standards. But maintaining quality also includes introducing new enhanced production methods and making use of the latest findings of bioscience. The advances in biotechnology and single-use manufacturing methods for producing new drugs especially impose new challenges on quality management, as quality standards have not yet been set. New methods to ensure patient safety have to be established, as it is insufficient to rely only on current rules. A concept of qualification, validation, and manufacturing procedures based on risk management needs to be established and realized in pharmaceutical production. The chapter starts with an introduction to the regulatory background of the manufacture of medicinal products. It then continues with key methods of risk management. Hazards associated with the production of medicinal products with single-use equipment are described with a focus on bioreactors, storage containers, and connecting devices. The hazards are subsequently evaluated and criteria for risk evaluation are presented. This chapter concludes with aspects of industrial application of quality risk management.

The Art of Investing School District Funds: Rules of the Game.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Flynn, Jeffrey

The "art" of investment and the relationships between the cash manager and the outside professionals who implement the steps that entail cash management are the subjects of the 11 chapters of this guide to investing school district funds. Chapter 1 describes the role and responsibility of the small school district cash manager. Chapter 2 discusses…

Managing Asbestos in Place: A Building Owner's Guide to Operations and Maintenance Programs for Asbestos-Containing Materials.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, DC.

Instructions for building owners on the selection and application of appropriate asbestos control and abatement actions are presented in this guidebook. Chapter 1 offers background information on the asbestos problem. Chapter 2 describes the purpose and scope of an operations and maintenance (O&M) program. The third chapter discusses planning…

Calculus, Part 3, Teacher's Commentary, Unit No. 71. Revised Edition.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Beck, A.; And Others

This is part three of a three-part manual for teachers using SMSG high school text materials. The overall purpose for each of the chapters is described and the mathematical development detailed. Background information for key concepts and answers for all exercises in each chapter are provided. Chapter topics include: (1) vectors and curves; (2)…

Planning a Successful Conference. Survival Skills for Scholars, Volume 13.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Winter, Cynthia

This book is designed to guide a university faculty member through each stage of conference planning. Each chapter in the book describes a step in the meeting planning process. The first chapter is devoted to learning about professional conferences and meetings from an attendee's perspective. Other chapters address: designing a meeting (who, what,…

Adlerian Counseling: A Practical Approach for a New Decade. Third Edition.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Sweeney, Thomas J.

This book describes the practical applications of the psychology of Alfred Adler. The first chapter provides a short introduction to Adler and his work. Chapter 2 contains a compendium of the latest research and practices on the characteristics of healthy persons as they relate to individual psychology. Chapters 3 and 4 explain dimensions and uses…

Guide to Non-Sexist Early Childhood Education.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Sprung, Barbara

This guide describes the development of a nonsexist early childhood curriculum designed to make teachers and parents more aware of the sexism existing in society and reflected in our schools. The guide is divided into six chapters: Chapter 1 presents a brief history of the Non-Sexist Child Development Project; Chapter 2 examines some of the basic…

Ultracool Dwarfs and their companions

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Blake, Cullen H.

This thesis explores new techniques for making precise measurements of low-mass stars and brown dwarfs, collectively known as Ultracool Dwarfs (UCDs). These new techniques are directly applicable to the search for extrasolar planets and efforts to test theoretical models of stellar structure and evolution at the bottom of the main sequence. The first three chapters of this thesis describe the development and application of a new technique for making radial velocity measurements of UCDs at near infrared (NIR) wavelengths. The first chapter describes a pilot study that demonstrates a significant improvement over previous work on Doppler measurements in the NIR. Using this technique we have carried out a Doppler survey of 65 L dwarfs. The second chapter describes the discovery of a new spectroscopic binary that may be one of the most important for constraining theoretical models of UCDs. The third chapter describes the Doppler survey in detail and presents measurements of a new spectroscopic binary system that is an excellent candidate for a giant planetary companion to a mid-L dwarf. This chapter also includes a discussion of the of the rotation, space motions, and binarity of the L dwarfs in the survey sample. The fourth chapter describes efforts to obtain precise photometric measurements of UCDs with the Peters Automated Infrared Imaging Telescope (PAIRITEL). Using software scheduling and data reduction systems designed in part by the author, PAIRITEL gathered more than 10 6 seconds of observations of a sample of 20 UCDs. We investigate the limitations to ground-based infrared photometry and characterize the ability of a system like PAIRITEL to detect transits of UCDs by Earth-like planets. The fifth chapter explores the potential impact of future synoptic surveys on studies of UCDs. Surveys like Pan-STARRS and LSST will obtain a small number of high-quality observations of a large number of UCDs. Using data from the Sloan Digital Sky Survey, we demonstrate that such data can be used to reliably detect low-mass eclipsing binary stars. We present the discovery of a double- lined eclipsing binary system that allows us to directly measure the masses and radii of two M dwarfs.

Chapter 3. A multidimensional model for narrative analysis of substance use-related dependency.

PubMed

Larsson, Sam; von Braun, Therese; Lilja, John

2013-11-01

This chapter examines the possibilities and limitations of using a narrative method as a framework within a multidimensional model for exploring and analyzing the use and misuse of alcohol and drugs. It is posited that a multidimensional model, based on narrative reasoning, can give a more detailed and specific understanding of substance users, who represent a heterogeneous population of people, and of substance use-related dependency problems. Such a model describes and analyses the drug-use related problems in a manner that provides holistic and important information and knowledge about the person by contextual and situation interaction processes which are involved in the use/misuse of alcohol and drugs. Tentative conclusions and unresolved critical issues are considered.

Non-melanoma Skin Cancer in Canada Chapter 1: Introduction to the Guidelines.

PubMed

Guenther, Lyn C; Barber, Kirk; Searles, Gordon E; Lynde, Charles W; Janiszewski, Peter; Ashkenas, John

2015-01-01

Non-melanoma skin cancer (NMSC), including basal and squamous cell carcinoma, represents the most common malignancy. The aim of this document is to provide guidance to Canadian health care practitioners on NMSC management. After conducting a literature review, the group developed recommendations for prevention, management, and treatment of basal cell carcinomas, squamous cell carcinomas, and actinic keratoses. These tumour types are considered separately in the accompanying articles. The Grading of Recommendations Assessment, Development and Evaluation system was used to assign strength to each recommendation. This introduction describes the scope and structure of the guidelines and the methods used to develop them. The epidemiology of NMSC is reviewed, as are the pathophysiologic changes occurring with damage to the skin, which lead to the formation of actinic keratoses and invasive squamous or basal cell carcinomas. This introduction describes the need for primary prevention and offers an overview of treatment options that are discussed in later chapters of the guidelines. © The Author(s) 2015.

Safe and Affordable Drinking Water for Developing Countries

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Gadgil, Ashok

2008-09-01

Safe drinking water remains inaccessible for about 1.2 billion people in the world, and the hourly toll from biological contamination of drinking water is 200 deaths mostly among children under five years of age. This chapter summarizes the need for safe drinking water, the scale of the global problem, and various methods tried to address it. Then it gives the history and current status of an innovation ("UV Waterworks™") developed to address this major public health challenge. It reviews water disinfection technologies applicable to achieve the desired quality of drinking water in developing countries, and specifically, the limitations overcome by one particular invention: UV Waterworks. It then briefly describes the business model and financing option than is accelerating its implementation for affordable access to safe drinking water to the unserved populations in these countries. Thus this chapter describes not only the innovation in design of a UV water disinfection system, but also innovation in the delivery model for safe drinking water, with potential for long term growth and sustainability.

Measuring DNA Replication in Hypoxic Conditions.

PubMed

Foskolou, Iosifina P; Biasoli, Deborah; Olcina, Monica M; Hammond, Ester M

2016-01-01

It is imperative that dividing cells maintain replication fork integrity in order to prevent DNA damage and cell death. The investigation of DNA replication is of high importance as alterations in this process can lead to genomic instability, a known causative factor of tumor development. A simple, sensitive, and informative technique which enables the study of DNA replication, is the DNA fiber assay, an adaptation of which is described in this chapter. The DNA fiber method is a powerful tool, which allows the quantitative and qualitative analysis of DNA replication at the single molecule level. The sequential pulse labeling of live cells with two thymidine analogues and the subsequent detection with specific antibodies and fluorescence imaging allows direct examination of sites of DNA synthesis. In this chapter, we describe how this assay can be performed in conditions of low oxygen levels (hypoxia)-a physiologically relevant stress that occurs in most solid tumors. Moreover, we suggest ways on how to overcome the technical problems that arise while using the hypoxic chambers.

G protein-coupled receptor internalization assays in the high-content screening format.

PubMed

Haasen, Dorothea; Schnapp, Andreas; Valler, Martin J; Heilker, Ralf

2006-01-01

High-content screening (HCS), a combination of fluorescence microscopic imaging and automated image analysis, has become a frequently applied tool to study test compound effects in cellular disease-modeling systems. This chapter describes the measurement of G protein-coupled receptor (GPCR) internalization in the HCS format using a high-throughput, confocal cellular imaging device. GPCRs are the most successful group of therapeutic targets on the pharmaceutical market. Accordingly, the search for compounds that interfere with GPCR function in a specific and selective way is a major focus of the pharmaceutical industry today. This chapter describes methods for the ligand-induced internalization of GPCRs labeled previously with either a fluorophore-conjugated ligand or an antibody directed against an N-terminal tag of the GPCR. Both labeling techniques produce robust assay formats. Complementary to other functional GPCR drug discovery assays, internalization assays enable a pharmacological analysis of test compounds. We conclude that GPCR internalization assays represent a valuable medium/high-throughput screening format to determine the cellular activity of GPCR ligands.

Comment on Cross, Fine, Jones, and Walsh (2012): Good Therapeutic Services--Therapeutic Advocacy and Forensic Neutrality

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Connell, Mary

2012-01-01

Cross, Fine, Jones, and Walsh (2012) provided a thoughtful review and critique of a book chapter describing the interview process at Child Advocacy Centers. They observed some of the ways that concerns raised in that chapter are being addressed and described revised guidelines that further clarify issues. Ongoing research and examination of the…

Regional geology and tectonics

USGS Publications Warehouse

Nokleberg, Warren J.; Bundtzen, Thomas K.; Nokleberg, Warren J.; Price, Raymond A.; Scholl, David W.; Stone, David B.

2017-01-01

This chapter describes the regional geology and tectonic origins of the major geologic units for the Northern Cordillera. The goals of the chapter are to: (1) provide a summary and regional overview of this vast region that contains a complicated geologic history; and (2) describe the major geologic units and tectonic events that cover a broad geologic time span from the Proterozoic to the Holocene (Recent).

Experimental Course Development in Introductory Economics at Indiana University. The Journal of Economic Education, Special Issue No. 4, Fall 1975.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Saunders, Phillip

A two part experimental introductory college economics course is described. Data on the combination macroeconomics and microeconomics course have been collected over eight consecutive terms and are presented in nine chapters. Chapter I describes course goals as stimulation of student interest, teaching a few basic economic principles, helping…

Post-16 Provision in CTCs: Bridging the Divide. Number 6 in a Series of CTC Trust Publications.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Jones, Ruth

This document is intended to describe the approach of the City Technology Colleges (CTCs) in Great Britain to provide young people older than 16 with a vocationally oriented curriculum while still ensuring their intellectual and cultural development. Following a summary, the first chapter is an introduction. The second chapter describes the old…

Facilities Information Management: A Guide for State and Local Education Agencies. NCES 2003-400

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

National Center for Education Statistics (ED), Washington, DC.

This Guide has been developed to provide a framework for decision makers, school facility managers, and the public to identify a basic set of school facilities data elements, including definitions that will meet their information needs. Chapter 1 describes the purpose, scope, and intended audience for this guide. Chapter 2 describes how to use the…

Landsat and Thermal Infrared Imaging

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Arvidson, Terry; Barsi, Julia; Jhabvala, Murzy; Reuter, Dennis

2012-01-01

The purpose of this chapter is to describe the collection of thermal images by Landsat sensors already on orbit and to introduce the new thermal sensor to be launched in 2013. The chapter describes the thematic mapper (TM) and enhanced thematic mapper plus (ETM+) sensors, the calibration of their thermal bands, and the design and prelaunch calibration of the new thermal infrared sensor (TIRS).

Formation of Stomach Tissue by Organoid Culture Using Mouse Embryonic Stem Cells.

PubMed

Noguchi, Taka-Aki K; Kurisaki, Akira

2017-01-01

In this chapter, we describe a method for the induction of stomach organoids from mouse embryonic stem (ES) cells. We used an embryoid body-based differentiation method to induce gastric primordial epithelium covered with mesenchyme and further differentiate it in Matrigel by 3D culture. The differentiated organoid contains both corpus- and antrum-specific mature gastric tissue cells. This protocol may be useful for a variety of studies in developmental biology and disease modeling of the stomach.

Electron Microscopy of Ebola Virus-Infected Cells.

PubMed

Noda, Takeshi

2017-01-01

Ebola virus (EBOV) replicates in host cells, where both viral and cellular components show morphological changes during the process of viral replication from entry to budding. These steps in the replication cycle can be studied using electron microscopy (EM), including transmission electron microscopy (TEM) and scanning electron microscopy (SEM), which is one of the most useful methods for visualizing EBOV particles and EBOV-infected cells at the ultrastructural level. This chapter describes conventional methods for EM sample preparation of cultured cells infected with EBOV.

Analyzing Cell Wall Elasticity After Hormone Treatment: An Example Using Tobacco BY-2 Cells and Auxin.

PubMed

Braybrook, Siobhan A

2017-01-01

Atomic force microscopy, and related nano-indentation techniques, is a valuable tool for analyzing the elastic properties of plant cell walls as they relate to changes in cell wall chemistry, changes in development, and response to hormones. Within this chapter I will describe a method for analyzing the effect of the phytohormone auxin on the cell wall elasticity of tobacco BY-2 cells. This general method may be easily altered for different experimental systems and hormones of interest.

Real Options in Defense R and D: A Decision Tree Analysis Approach for Options to Defer, Abandon, and Expand

DTIC Science & Technology

2016-12-01

chosen rather than complex ones , and responds to the criticism of the DTA approach. Chapter IV provides three separate case studies in defense R&D...defense R&D projects. To this end, the first section describes the case study method and the advantages of using simple models over more complex ones ...the analysis lacked empirical data and relied on subjective data, the analysis successfully combined the DTA approach with the case study method and

Chapter 4: Small Commercial and Residential Unitary and Split System HVAC Heating and Cooling Equipment-Efficiency Upgrade Evaluation Protocol. The Uniform Methods Project: Methods for Determining Energy Efficiency Savings for Specific Measures

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Kurnik, Charles W; Jacobson, David; Metoyer, Jarred

The specific measure described here involves improving the overall efficiency in air-conditioning systems as a whole (compressor, evaporator, condenser, and supply fan). The efficiency rating is expressed as the energy efficiency ratio (EER), seasonal energy efficiency ratio (SEER), and integrated energy efficiency ratio (IEER). The higher the EER, SEER or IEER, the more efficient the unit is.

Using Environmental DNA for Invasive Species Surveillance and Monitoring.

PubMed

Mahon, Andrew R; Jerde, Christopher L

2016-01-01

The method employed for environmental DNA (eDNA) surveillance for detection and monitoring of rare species in aquatic systems has evolved dramatically since its first large-scale applications. Both active (targeted) and passive (total diversity) surveillance methods provide helpful information for management groups, but each has a suite of techniques that necessitate proper equipment training and use. The protocols described in this chapter represent some of the latest iterations in eDNA surveillance being applied in aquatic and marine systems.

Types of Faculty Scholars in Community Colleges

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Park, Toby J.; Braxton, John M.; Lyken-Segosebe, Dawn

2015-01-01

This chapter describes three empirically derived types of faculty scholars in community colleges: Immersed Scholars, Scholars of Dissemination, and Scholars of Pedagogical Knowledge. This chapter discusses these types and offers a recommendation.

FDA Bacteriological Analytical Manual, Chapter 10, 2003: Listeria monocytogenes

EPA Pesticide Factsheets

FDA Bacteriological Analytical Manual, Chapter 10 describes procedures for analysis of food samples and may be adapted for assessment of solid, particulate, aerosol, liquid and water samples containing Listeria monocytogenes.

Developing a multimodal biometric authentication system using soft computing methods.

PubMed

Malcangi, Mario

2015-01-01

Robust personal authentication is becoming ever more important in computer-based applications. Among a variety of methods, biometric offers several advantages, mainly in embedded system applications. Hard and soft multi-biometric, combined with hard and soft computing methods, can be applied to improve the personal authentication process and to generalize the applicability. This chapter describes the embedded implementation of a multi-biometric (voiceprint and fingerprint) multimodal identification system based on hard computing methods (DSP) for feature extraction and matching, an artificial neural network (ANN) for soft feature pattern matching, and a fuzzy logic engine (FLE) for data fusion and decision.

Biolistic Transformation of Wheat.

PubMed

Tassy, Caroline; Barret, Pierre

2017-01-01

The wheat genome encodes some 100,000 genes. To understand how the expression of these genes is regulated it will be necessary to carry out many genetic transformation experiments. Robust protocols that allow scientists to transform a wide range of wheat genotypes are therefore required. In this chapter, we describe a protocol for biolistic transformation of wheat that uses immature embryos and small quantities of DNA cassettes. An original method for DNA cassette purification is also described. This protocol can be used to transform a wide range of wheat genotypes and other related species.

A Dual-Color Reporter Assay of Cohesin-Mediated Gene Regulation in Budding Yeast Meiosis.

PubMed

Fan, Jinbo; Jin, Hui; Yu, Hong-Guo

2017-01-01

In this chapter, we describe a quantitative fluorescence-based assay of gene expression using the ratio of the reporter green fluorescence protein (GFP) to the internal red fluorescence protein (RFP) control. With this dual-color heterologous reporter assay, we have revealed cohesin-regulated genes and discovered a cis-acting DNA element, the Ty1-LTR, which interacts with cohesin and regulates gene expression during yeast meiosis. The method described here provides an effective cytological approach for quantitative analysis of global gene expression in budding yeast meiosis.

Fundamentals of biomechanics in tissue engineering of bone.

PubMed

Athanasiou, K A; Zhu, C; Lanctot, D R; Agrawal, C M; Wang, X

2000-08-01

The objective of this review is to provide basic information pertaining to biomechanical aspects of bone as they relate to tissue engineering. The review is written for the general tissue engineering reader, who may not have a biomechanical engineering background. To this end, biomechanical characteristics and properties of normal and repair cortical and cancellous bone are presented. Also, this chapter intends to describe basic structure-function relationships of these two types of bone. Special emphasis is placed on salient classical and modern testing methods, with both material and structural properties described.

Chemically functionalized gold nanoparticles: Synthesis, characterization, and applications

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Daniel, Weston Lewis

This thesis focuses on the development and application of gold nanoparticle based detection systems and biomimetic structures. Each class of modified nanoparticle has properties that are defined by its chemical moieties that interface with solution and the gold nanoparticle core. In Chapter 2, a comparison of the biomolecular composition and binding properties of various preparations of antibody oligonucleotide gold nanoparticle conjugates is presented. These constructs differed significantly in terms of their structure and binding properties. Chapter 3 reports the use of electroless gold deposition as a light scattering signal enhancer in a multiplexed, microarray-based scanometric immunoassay using the gold nanoparticle probes evaluated in Chapter 2. The use of gold development results in greater signal enhancement than the typical silver development, and multiple rounds of metal development were found to increase the resulting signal compared to one development. Chapter 4 describes an amplified scanometric detection method for human telomerase activity. Gold nanoparticles functionalized with specific oligonucleotide sequences can efficiently capture telomerase enzymes and subsequently be elongated. Both the elongated and unmodified oligonucleotide sequences are simultaneously measured. At low telomerase concentrations, elongated strands cannot be detected, but the unmodified sequences, which come from the same probe particles, can be detected because their concentration is higher, providing a novel form of amplification. Chapter 5 reports the development of a novel colorimetric nitrite and nitrate ion assay based upon gold nanoparticle probes functionalized with Griess reaction reagents. This assay takes advantage of the distance-dependent plasmonic properties of the gold nanoparticles and the ability of nitrite ion to facilitate the cross coupling of novel nanoparticle probes. The assay works on the concept of a kinetic end point and can be triggered at the EPA limit for this ion in drinking water. Finally, Chapter 6 describes the synthesis of high density lipoprotein biomimetic nanoparticles capable of binding cholesterol. These structures use a gold nanoparticle core to template the assembly of a mixed phospholipid layer and the adsorption of apolipoprotein A-I. These synthesized structures have the general size and surface composition of natural HDL and bind free cholesterol with a Kd of 4 nM.

Enabling Technologies for Microfluidic Flow Control and Detection

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Leslie, Daniel Christopher

Advances in microfluidic technologies have expanded conventional chemical and biological techniques to the point where we can envision rapid, inexpensive and portable analysis. Among the numerous challenges in the development of portable, chip-based technologies are simple flow control and detection strategies, which will be essential to widespread acceptance and implementation at both the point-of-care and in locales with limited facilities/resources. The research presented in this dissertation is focused on the development of precise flow control techniques and new, simplified detection technologies aimed at addressing these challenges. An introduction to the concepts important to microfluidics and a brief history to the field are presented in Chapter 1. Chapter 2 will present the development of a technique for the precise control of small volumes of liquids, where well-studied electrical circuit concepts are employed to create frequency-dependent microfluidic circuits. In this system, elastomeric thin films act as fluidic capacitors and diodes, which, when combined with resistors (channels), make fluidic circuits that are described by analytical models. Metering of two separate chemical inputs with a single oscillatory pneumatic control line is demonstrated by combining simple fluidic circuits (i.e., band-pass filters) to significantly reduce the external hardware required for microfluidic flow control. In order to quantify multiple flow profiles in microfluidic circuits, a novel multiplexed flow measurement method using visible dyes is introduced in Chapter 3 and rapidly determines individual flow in connected channels, post-fabrication device quality and solution viscosity. Another thrust of this dissertation research has been to develop miniaturized bioanalytical systems. Chapter 4 describes the adaption of a nucleic-acid-tagged antibody protein detection reaction to a microfluidic platform for detection of down to 5 E. coli O157:H7 cells. Furthermore, a completely non-contact temperature control platform is developed in Chapter 5 for forensic human identification reactions, based on interferometric temperature sensing and infrared-mediated heating, which simplifies the microfluidic device and its operation. Finally, possible future directions are outlined in Chapter 6 including further simplification of microfluidic instrumentation.

Ambient Intelligence in Multimeda and Virtual Reality Environments for the rehabilitation

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Benko, Attila; Cecilia, Sik Lanyi

This chapter presents a general overview about the use of multimedia and virtual reality in rehabilitation and assistive and preventive healthcare. This chapter deals with multimedia, virtual reality applications based AI intended for use by medical doctors, nurses, special teachers and further interested persons. It describes methods how multimedia and virtual reality is able to assist their work. These include the areas how multimedia and virtual reality can help the patients everyday life and their rehabilitation. In the second part of the chapter we present the Virtual Therapy Room (VTR) a realized application for aphasic patients that was created for practicing communication and expressing emotions in a group therapy setting. The VTR shows a room that contains a virtual therapist and four virtual patients (avatars). The avatars are utilizing their knowledge base in order to answer the questions of the user providing an AI environment for the rehabilitation. The user of the VTR is the aphasic patient who has to solve the exercises. The picture that is relevant for the actual task appears on the virtual blackboard. Patient answers questions of the virtual therapist. Questions are about pictures describing an activity or an object in different levels. Patient can ask an avatar for answer. If the avatar knows the answer the avatars emotion changes to happy instead of sad. The avatar expresses its emotions in different dimensions. Its behavior, face-mimic, voice-tone and response also changes. The emotion system can be described as a deterministic finite automaton where places are emotion-states and the transition function of the automaton is derived from the input-response reaction of an avatar. Natural language processing techniques were also implemented in order to establish highquality human-computer interface windows for each of the avatars. Aphasic patients are able to interact with avatars via these interfaces. At the end of the chapter we visualize the possible future research field.

Gate-controlled-diodes in silicon-on-sapphire: A computer simulation

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Gassaway, J. D.

1974-01-01

The computer simulation of the electrical behavior of a Gate-Controlled Diode (GCD) fabricated in Silicon-On-Sapphire (SOS) was described. A procedure for determining lifetime profiles from capacitance and reverse current measurements on the GCD was established. Chapter 1 discusses the SOS structure and points out the need of lifetime profiles to assist in device design for GCD's and bipolar transistors. Chapter 2 presents the one-dimensional analytical formula for electrostatic analysis of the SOS-GCD which are useful for data interpretation and setting boundary conditions on a simplified two-dimensional analysis. Chapter 3 gives the results of a two-dimensional analysis which treats the field as one-dimensional until the silicon film is depleted and the field penetrates the sapphire substrate. Chapter 4 describes a more complete two-dimensional model and gives results of programs implementing the model.

Method Engineering: A Service-Oriented Approach

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Cauvet, Corine

In the past, a large variety of methods have been published ranging from very generic frameworks to methods for specific information systems. Method Engineering has emerged as a research discipline for designing, constructing and adapting methods for Information Systems development. Several approaches have been proposed as paradigms in method engineering. The meta modeling approach provides means for building methods by instantiation, the component-based approach aims at supporting the development of methods by using modularization constructs such as method fragments, method chunks and method components. This chapter presents an approach (SO2M) for method engineering based on the service paradigm. We consider services as autonomous computational entities that are self-describing, self-configuring and self-adapting. They can be described, published, discovered and dynamically composed for processing a consumer's demand (a developer's requirement). The method service concept is proposed to capture a development process fragment for achieving a goal. Goal orientation in service specification and the principle of service dynamic composition support method construction and method adaptation to different development contexts.

Hanford Site National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) Characterization Report

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Neitzel, Duane A.; Bunn, Amoret L.; Cannon, Sandra D.

2004-09-22

This document describes the U.S. Department of Energy's (DOE) Hanford Site environment. It is updated each year and is intended to provide a consistent description of the Hanford Site environment for the many National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) documents being prepared by DOE contractors. No statements of significance or environmental consequences are provided. This year's report is the sixteenth revision of the original document published in 1988 and is (until replaced by the seventeenth revision) the only version that is relevant for use in the preparation of Hanford NEPA, State Environmental Policy Act (SEPA), and Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, andmore » Liability Act (CERCLA) documents. The two chapters included in this document (Chapters 4 and 6) are numbered to correspond to the chapters where such information is typically presented in environmental impact statements (Weiss) and other Hanford Site NEPA or CERCLA documentation. Chapter 4.0 (Affected Environment) describes Hanford Site climate and meteorology, geology, hydrology, ecology, cultural, archaeological, and historical resources, socioeconomics, occupational safety and health, and noise. Chapter 6.0 (Statutory and Regulatory Requirements) describes federal and state laws and regulations, DOE directives and permits, and presidential executive orders that are applicable to the NEPA documents prepared for Hanford Site activities.« less

Theory and modeling of particles with DNA-mediated interactions

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Licata, Nicholas A.

In recent years significant attention has been attracted to proposals which utilize DNA for nanotechnological applications. Potential applications of these ideas range from the programmable self-assembly of colloidal crystals, to biosensors and nanoparticle based drug delivery platforms. In Chapter I we introduce the system, which generically consists of colloidal particles functionalized with specially designed DNA markers. The sequence of bases on the DNA markers determines the particle type. Due to the hybridization between complementary single-stranded DNA, specific, type-dependent interactions can be introduced between particles by choosing the appropriate DNA marker sequences. In Chapter II we develop a statistical mechanical description of the aggregation and melting behavior of particles with DNA-mediated interactions. A quantitative comparison between the theory and experiments is made by calculating the experimentally observed melting profile. In Chapter III a model is proposed to describe the dynamical departure and diffusion of particles which form reversible key-lock connections. The model predicts a crossover from localized to diffusive behavior. The random walk statistics for the particles' in plane diffusion is discussed. The lateral motion is analogous to dispersive transport in disordered semiconductors, ranging from standard diffusion with a renormalized diffusion coefficient to anomalous, subdiffusive behavior. In Chapter IV we propose a method to self-assemble nanoparticle clusters using DNA scaffolds. An optimal concentration ratio is determined for the experimental implementation of our self-assembly proposal. A natural extension is discussed in Chapter V, the programmable self-assembly of nanoparticle clusters where the desired cluster geometry is encoded using DNA-mediated interactions. We determine the probability that the system self-assembles the desired cluster geometry, and discuss the connections to jamming in granular and colloidal systems. In Chapter VI we consider a nanoparticle based drug delivery platform for targeted, cell specific chemotherapy. A key-lock model is proposed to describe the results of in-vitro experiments, and the situation in-vivo is discussed. The cooperative binding, and hence the specificity to cancerous cells, is kinetically limited. The implications for optimizing the design of nanoparticle based drug delivery platforms is discussed. In Chapter VII we present prospects for future research: the connection between DNA-mediated colloidal crystallization and jamming, and the inverse problem in self-assembly.

A Process Evaluation of Project Developmental Continuity. Interim Report II, Part B: Recommendations for Measuring Program Impact.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Love, John M.; And Others

This report presents recommendations for measures to be used in assessing the impact of Project Developmental Continuity (PDC). Chapter I reviews the purpose of the impact study and presents the basic considerations guiding the selection of measures. Chapter II describes the review process that led to the final recommendations. Chapter III…

Do Pretests Increase Student Achievement as Measured by Posttests?

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Bancroft, Roger J.

This report describes a study of the effects of using pretests in science classes on chapter test achievement results. The targeted population consisted of eighth grade science students at a junior high school from 1992 to 2001. Whether giving a pretest followed by a posttest at the end of the chapter, or giving only the test at chapter end…

Developing an On-Line Textbook: Question-led Teaching and the World Wide Web.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

McCain, Roger A.

1999-01-01

Describes a demonstration project of a textbook chapter created with a vision for an active and interactive question-led textbook commenting on the content of the demonstration chapter, using HTML and Javascript in creating it, and aspects of the chapter as it is actually experienced. Includes reactions by Michael K. Salemi and Kailash Khandke.…

Research and Development Funding in the Proposed Fiscal Year 1985 Budget. Special Study.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Schorsch, Louis; Dailey, Theresa

This report discusses in detail the research and development (R&D) elements of the Reagan Administration's budget for Fiscal Year (FY) 1985. Following an introduction (chapter I), chapter II presents an overview of R&D funding in the President's FY 1985 budget. The chapter begins by describing overall R&D spending in terms of the major catagories…

Educational Issues in Utah: Governance, Legislation, Technology, and Finance. 1994-95 Conditions of Education in Utah Yearbook.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Galvin, Patrick F., Ed.; Johnson, Bob L., Jr., Ed.

This document is the third edition of "Conditions of Education in Utah," covering the 1994-95 academic year. The first three chapters analyze issues relative to distance education and the Internet. Chapters 1 and 2 examine the pros and cons of distance education, and chapter 3 describes the construction, maintenance, and staffing costs…

Chapter 10. Developing a habitat monitoring program: three examples from national forest planning

Treesearch

Michael I. Goldstein; Lowell H. Suring; Christina D. Vojta; Mary M. Rowland; Clinton. McCarthy

2013-01-01

This chapter reviews the process steps of wildlife habitat monitoring described in chapters 2 through 9 and provides three case examples that illustrate how the process steps apply to specific situations. It provides the reader an opportunity to synthesize the material while also revealing the potential knowledge gaps and pitfalls that may complicate completion of a...

Family Needs and Family Quality of Life for Taiwanese Families of Children with Intellectual Disability and Developmental Delay

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Chiu, Chun-Yu

2013-01-01

This dissertation consists of four related chapters including an introductory overview of all four chapters, a report on family needs, a report on family quality of life, and a summary of implications for the conceptual framework. Chapter 1, the introductory overview, presents background information of Taiwan and describes the family quality of…

Equality of Opportunity and Vocational Training Five Years on...Vocational Training Measures for Women in the European Community. Synthesis Report and Recommendations.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Oels, Monika; Seeland, Suzanne

This document includes four chapters, a bibliography, notes, and two appendices. Chapter 1 briefly indicates the purpose of the report, to look retrospectively at innovative vocational training programs initiated for women in the European Community (EC). Chapter 2 describes general developments since 1978, including the legal background, the…

Toward Ubiquitous BCIs

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Allison, Brendan Z.

The preceding chapters in this book described modern BCI systems. This concluding chapter instead discusses future directions. While there are some specific predictions, I mainly analyze key factors and trends relating to practical mainstream BCI development. While I note some disruptive technologies that could dramatically change BCIs, this chapter focuses mainly on realistic, incremental progress and how progress could affect user groups and ethical issues.

State School Finance Reform in the 1970's (Excerpted from School Finance Reform: A Legislators' Handbook).

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

National Conference of State Legislatures, Washington, DC.

This report describes and evaluates the record of reform in several states that have revised their school finance systems since 1971. The introductory chapter provides an overview of reform's recent successes, shortcomings, and prospects. Six subsequent chapters offer a close look at its main features. Chapters 2 and 3 analyze new school aid…

Investigations of Galaxy Clusters Using Gravitational Lensing

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Wiesner, Matthew P.

2014-08-01

In this dissertation, we discuss the properties of galaxy clusters that have been determined using strong and weak gravitational lensing. A galaxy cluster is a collection of galaxies that are bound together by the force of gravity, while gravitational lensing is the bending of light by gravity. Strong lensing is the formation of arcs or rings of light surrounding clusters and weak lensing is a change in the apparent shapes of many galaxies. In this work we examine the properties of several samples of galaxy clusters using gravitational lensing. In Chapter 1 we introduce astrophysical theory of galaxy clusters andmore » gravitational lensing. In Chapter 2 we examine evidence from our data that galaxy clusters are more concentrated than cosmology would predict. In Chapter 3 we investigate whether our assumptions about the number of galaxies in our clusters was valid by examining new data. In Chapter 4 we describe a determination of a relationship between mass and number of galaxies in a cluster at higher redshift than has been found before. In Chapter 5 we describe a model of the mass distribution in one of the ten lensing systems discovered by our group at Fermilab. Finally in Chapter 6 we summarize our conclusions.« less

SeaWiFS technical report series. Volume 28: SeaWiFS algorithms, part 1

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Hooker, Stanford B. (Editor); Firestone, Elaine R. (Editor); Acker, James G. (Editor); Mcclain, Charles R.; Arrigo, Kevin; Esaias, Wayne E.; Darzi, Michael; Patt, Frederick S.; Evans, Robert H.; Brown, James W.

1995-01-01

This document provides five brief reports that address several algorithm investigations sponsored by the Calibration and Validation Team (CVT) within the Sea-viewing Wide Field-of-view Sensor (SeaWiFS) Project. This volume, therefore, has been designated as the first in a series of algorithm volumes. Chapter 1 describes the initial suite of masks, used to prevent further processing of contaminated radiometric data, and flags, which are employed to mark data whose quality (due to a variety of factors) may be suspect. In addition to providing the mask and flag algorithms, this chapter also describes the initial strategy for their implementation. Chapter 2 evaluates various strategies for the detection of clouds and ice in high latitude (polar and sub-polar regions) using Coastal Zone Color Scanner (CZCS) data. Chapter 3 presents an algorithm designed for detecting and masking coccolithosphore blooms in the open ocean. Chapter 4 outlines a proposed scheme for correcting the out-of-band response when SeaWiFS is in orbit. Chapter 5 gives a detailed description of the algorithm designed to apply sensor calibration data during the processing of level-1b data.

Renormalizable Quantum Field Theories in the Large -n Limit

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Guruswamy, Sathya

1995-01-01

In this thesis, we study two examples of renormalizable quantum field theories in the large-N limit. Chapter one is a general introduction describing physical motivations for studying such theories. In chapter two, we describe the large-N method in field theory and discuss the pioneering work of 't Hooft in large-N two-dimensional Quantum Chromodynamics (QCD). In chapter three we study a spherically symmetric approximation to four-dimensional QCD ('spherical QCD'). We recast spherical QCD into a bilocal (constrained) theory of hadrons which in the large-N limit is equivalent to large-N spherical QCD for all energy scales. The linear approximation to this theory gives an eigenvalue equation which is the analogue of the well-known 't Hooft's integral equation in two dimensions. This eigenvalue equation is a scale invariant one and therefore leads to divergences in the theory. We give a non-perturbative renormalization prescription to cure this and obtain a beta function which shows that large-N spherical QCD is asymptotically free. In chapter four, we review the essentials of conformal field theories in two and higher dimensions, particularly in the context of critical phenomena. In chapter five, we study the O(N) non-linear sigma model on three-dimensional curved spaces in the large-N limit and show that there is a non-trivial ultraviolet stable critical point at which it becomes conformally invariant. We study this model at this critical point on examples of spaces of constant curvature and compute the mass gap in the theory, the free energy density (which turns out to be a universal function of the information contained in the geometry of the manifold) and the two-point correlation functions. The results we get give an indication that this model is an example of a three-dimensional analogue of a rational conformal field theory. A conclusion with a brief summary and remarks follows at the end.

Purification of SUMO conjugating enzymes and kinetic analysis of substrate conjugation

PubMed Central

Yunus, Ali A.; Lima, Christopher D.

2009-01-01

SUMO conjugation to protein substrates requires the concerted action of a dedicated E2 ubiquitin conjugation enzyme (Ubc9) and associated E3 ligases. Although Ubc9 can directly recognize and modify substrate lysine residues that occur within a consensus site for SUMO modification, E3 ligases can redirect specificity and enhance conjugation rates during SUMO conjugation in vitro and in vivo. In this chapter, we will describe methods utilized to purify SUMO conjugating enzymes and model substrates which can be used for analysis of SUMO conjugation in vitro. We will also describe methods to extract kinetic parameters during E3-dependent or E3-independent substrate conjugation. PMID:19107417

Experimental Systems to Study Yeast Pexophagy.

PubMed

Yamashita, Shun-Ichi; Oku, Masahide; Sakai, Yasuyoshi; Fujiki, Yukio

2017-01-01

Peroxisome abundance is tightly regulated according to the physiological contexts, through regulations of both proliferation and degradation of the organelles. Here, we describe detailed methods to analyze processes for autophagic degradation of peroxisomes, termed pexophagy, in yeast organisms. The assay systems include a method for biochemical detection of pexophagy completion, and one for microscopic visualization of specialized membrane structures acting in pexophagy. As a model yeast organism utilized in studies of pexophagy, the methylotrophic yeast Komagataella phaffii (Pichia pastoris) is referred to in this chapter and related information on the studies with baker's yeast (Saccharomyces cerevisiae) is also included. The described techniques facilitate elucidation of molecular machineries for pexophagy and understanding of peroxisome-selective autophagic pathways.

Forest landscape analysis and design: a process for developing and implementing land management objectives for landscape patterns.

Treesearch

Nancy Diaz; Dean Apostol

1992-01-01

This publication presents a Landscape Design and Analysis Process, along with some simple methods and tools for describing landscapes and their function. The information is qualitative in nature and highlights basic concepts, but does not address landscape ecology in great depth. Readers are encouraged to consult the list of selected references in Chapter 2 if they...

Quantifying Electrical Interactions between Cardiomyocytes and Other Cells in Micropatterned Cell Pairs

PubMed Central

Nguyen, Hung; Badie, Nima; McSpadden, Luke; Pedrotty, Dawn; Bursac, Nenad

2014-01-01

Micropatterning is a powerful technique to control cell shape and position on a culture substrate. In this chapter, we describe the method to reproducibly create large numbers of micropatterned heterotypic cell pairs with defined size, shape, and length of cell–cell contact. These cell pairs can be utilized in patch clamp recordings to quantify electrical interactions between cardiomyocytes and non-cardiomyocytes. PMID:25070342

If Maslow Taught Writing: A Way to Look at Motivation in the Composition Classroom. Writing Teachers at Work.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Hill, Ada; Boone, Beth

Intended for use by teachers at both the college and the secondary school level, this booklet describes a method of getting students to write using the motivation theories developed by the psychologist Abraham Maslow. The first chapter of the booklet reviews Maslow's basic principles as they apply to the teaching of writing, but includes a…

Teaching Standard English as a Second Dialect to Primary School Children in Hilo, Hawaii. Volume I of II Volumes. Final Report.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Peterson, Robert O. H.

This document describes a four-year program designed to develop and test a method for teaching standard English to nonstandard dialect speakers in the first four grades of elementary school in Hilo, Hawaii. Chapters in this first volume are (1) Introduction, (2) Project Site and Evaluation Strategy, (3) Instrumentation, (4) Development of Lesson…

Methods used for analyzing the cumulative watershed effects of fuel management on sediment in the Eastern United States

Treesearch

Daniel A. Marion; J. Alan Clingenpeel

2012-01-01

Previous chapters have described how various resource systems within a watershed can experience cumulative effects from fuel management activities like prescribed burning. As noted before, a cumulative effect is “the impact on the environment which results from the incremental impact of the action when added to other past, present, and reasonably foreseeable future...

The Acceleration of the Barycenter of Solar System Obtained from VLBI Observations and Its Impact on the ICRS

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Xu, M. H.

2016-03-01

Since 1998 January 1, instead of the traditional stellar reference system, the International Celestial Reference System (ICRS) has been realized by an ensemble of extragalactic radio sources that are located at hundreds of millions of light years away (if we accept their cosmological distances), so that the reference frame realized by extragalactic radio sources is assumed to be space-fixed. The acceleration of the barycenter of solar system (SSB), which is the origin of the ICRS, gives rise to a systematical variation in the directions of the observed radio sources. This phenomenon is called the secular aberration drift. As a result, the extragalactic reference frame fixed to the space provides a reference standard for detecting the secular aberration drift, and the acceleration of the barycenter with respect to the space can be determined from the observations of extragalactic radio sources. In this thesis, we aim to determine the acceleration of the SSB from astrometric and geodetic observations obtained by Very Long Baseline Interferometry (VLBI), which is a technique using the telescopes globally distributed on the Earth to observe a radio source simultaneously, and with the capacity of angular positioning for compact radio sources at 10-milliarcsecond level. The method of the global solution, which allows the acceleration vector to be estimated as a global parameter in the data analysis, is developed. Through the formal error given by the solution, this method shows directly the VLBI observations' capability to constrain the acceleration of the SSB, and demonstrates the significance level of the result. In the next step, the impact of the acceleration on the ICRS is studied in order to obtain the correction of the celestial reference frame (CRF) orientation. This thesis begins with the basic background and the general frame of this work. A brief review of the realization of the CRF based on the kinematical and the dynamical methods is presented in Chapter 2, along with the definition of the CRF and its relationship with the inertial reference frame. Chapter 3 is divided into two parts. The first part describes various effects that modify the geometric direction of an object, especially the parallax, the aberration, and the proper motion. Then the derivative model and the principle of determination of the acceleration are introduced in the second part. The VLBI data analysis method, including VLBI data reduction (solving the ambiguity, identifying the clock break, and determining the ionospheric effect), theoretical delay model, parameterization, and datum definition, is discussed in detail in Chapter 4. The estimation of the acceleration by more than 30-year VLBI observations and the results are then described in Chapter 5. The evaluation and the robust check of our results by different solutions and the comparison to that from another research group are performed. The error sources for the estimation of the acceleration, such as the secular parallax caused by the velocity of the barycenter in space, are quantitatively studied by simulation and data analysis in Chapter 6. The two main impacts of the acceleration on the CRF, the apparent proper motion with the magnitude of the μ as\\cdot yr^{-1} level and the global rotation in the CRF due to the un-uniformed distribution of radio sources on the sky, are discussed in Chapter 7. The definition and the realization of the epoch CRF are presented as well. The future work concerning the explanation of the estimated acceleration and potential research on several main problems in modern astrometry are discussed in the last chapter.

Dynamics of an island agroecosystem: Where to now?

Treesearch

Marjorie V. C. Falanruw;  Francis Ruegorong

2015-01-01

This chapter describes past interaction of human populations with habitats on mainland Yap and the dynamics of the agroecosystem that developed. Recent changes in this system on mainland Yap are described, followed by a description of the nature and threats to agriculture in the Outer Islands. The chapter concludes by asking “Where to now?” and considers a past...

Wood-based composite materials : panel products, glued-laminated timber, structural composite lumber, and wood-nonwood composite materials

Treesearch

Nicole M. Stark; Zhiyong Cai; Charles Carll

2010-01-01

This chapter gives an overview of the general types and composition of wood-based composite products and the materials and processes used to manufacture them. It describes conventional wood-based composite panels and structural composite materials intended for general construction, interior use, or both. This chapter also describes wood–nonwood composites. Mechanical...

Child Support Enforcement (9th Annual Report to Congress for the Period Ending September 30, 1984).

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Office of Child Support Enforcement (DHHS), Washington, DC.

Described in this report are fiscal year 1984 activities of the Child Support Enforcement (CSE) program, a program established in 1975 as part D of title IV of the Social Security Act. Following an executive summary, chapter I describes the mission and organization of the CSE. Chapter II reviews the child support enforcement amendments of 1984,…

Higher Education and Employment in Japan: Trends and Issues. RIHE International Publication Series No. 5.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Kaneko, Motohisa

This book describes and examines the crisis within higher education in Japan as it applies to what is taught as compared to the labor market needs of the country. The book is divided into three chapters. Chapter 1 describes the higher education system in Japan and its enrollment, the distribution of enrollment by field of study, and the flow of…

Finding the Higgs boson of the standard model in the channel ZH → e +e -b$$\\bar{b}$$ with the D0 detector at the Tevatron; Recherche du boson de Higgs du nideke standard dans le canal ZH → e +e -b$$\\bar{b}$$ avec le detecteur DØ aupres du Tevatron (in French)

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Calpas, Betty Constante

2010-06-11

The organization of this thesis consists of three main ideas: the first presents the theoretical framework and experimental, as well as objects used in the analysis and the second relates to the various work tasks of service that I performed on the calorimeter, and the third is the search for the Higgs boson in the channel ZH → e +e -bmore » $$\\bar{b}$$. Thus, this thesis has the following structure: Chapter 1 is an introduction to the standard model of particle physics and the Higgs mechanism; Chapter 2 is an overview of the complex and the acceleration of the Tevatron at Fermilab DØ detector; Chapter 3 is an introduction to physical objects used in this thesis; Chapter 4 presents the study made on correcting the energy measured in the calorimeter; Chapter 5 describes the study of certification of electrons in the calorimeter; Chapter 6 describes the study of certification of electrons in the intercryostat region of calorimeter; Chapter 7 Detailed analysis on the search for Higgs production in the channel ZH → e +e -b$$\\bar{b}$$; and Chapter 8 presents the final results of the calculations of upper limits to the production cross section of the Higgs boson on a range of low masses.« less

Pesticide Registration Manual: Chapter 12 - Applying for an Experimental Use Permit

EPA Pesticide Factsheets

This chapter of the pesticide registration manual describes the all requirements for Experimental Use Permits (EUP), and includes how to apply for an EUP, labeling requirements, application format, and data reporting requirements.

The vegetative communities associated with mammals of the South. Chapter 2

Treesearch

Beverly Collins; Philip E. Hyatt; Margaret K. Trani

2007-01-01

This chapter describes the ecoregions and vegetation types associated with mammals of the South. The distribution of mammals in the South reflects historic biogeographical processes as well as physiography and vegetation.

Hanford Waste Vitrification Plant technical manual

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Larson, D.E.; Watrous, R.A.; Kruger, O.L.

1996-03-01

A key element of the Hanford waste management strategy is the construction of a new facility, the Hanford Waste Vitrification Plant (HWVP), to vitrify existing and future liquid high-level waste produced by defense activities at the Hanford Site. The HWVP mission is to vitrify pretreated waste in borosilicate glass, cast the glass into stainless steel canisters, and store the canisters at the Hanford Site until they are shipped to a federal geological repository. The HWVP Technical Manual (Manual) documents the technical bases of the current HWVP process and provides a physical description of the related equipment and the plant. Themore » immediate purpose of the document is to provide the technical bases for preparation of project baseline documents that will be used to direct the Title 1 and Title 2 design by the A/E, Fluor. The content of the Manual is organized in the following manner. Chapter 1.0 contains the background and context within which the HWVP was designed. Chapter 2.0 describes the site, plant, equipment and supporting services and provides the context for application of the process information in the Manual. Chapter 3.0 provides plant feed and product requirements, which are primary process bases for plant operation. Chapter 4.0 summarizes the technology for each plant process. Chapter 5.0 describes the engineering principles for designing major types of HWVP equipment. Chapter 6.0 describes the general safety aspects of the plant and process to assist in safe and prudent facility operation. Chapter 7.0 includes a description of the waste form qualification program and data. Chapter 8.0 indicates the current status of quality assurance requirements for the Manual. The Appendices provide data that are too extensive to be placed in the main text, such as extensive tables and sets of figures. The Manual is a revision of the 1987 version.« less

The NOvA Technical Design Report

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Ayres, D.S.; Drake, G.R.; Goodman, M.C.

Technical Design Report (TDR) describes the preliminary design of the NOvA accelerator upgrades, NOvA detectors, detector halls and detector sites. Compared to the March 2006 and November 2006 NOvA Conceptual Design Reports (CDR), critical value engineering studies have been completed and the alternatives still active in the CDR have been narrowed to achieve a preliminary technical design ready for a Critical Decision 2 review. Many aspects of NOvA described this TDR are complete to a level far beyond a preliminary design. In particular, the access road to the NOvA Far Detector site in Minnesota has an advanced technical design atmore » a level appropriate for a Critical Decision 3a review. Several components of the accelerator upgrade and new neutrino detectors also have advanced technical designs appropriate for a Critical Decision 3a review. Chapter 1 is an Executive Summary with a short description of the NOvA project. Chapter 2 describes how the Fermilab NuMI beam will provide a narrow band beam of neutrinos for NOvA. Chapter 3 gives an updated overview of the scientific basis for the NOvA experiment, focusing on the primary goal to extend the search for {nu}{sub {mu}} {yields} {nu}{sub e} oscillations and measure the sin{sup 2}(2{theta}{sub 13}) parameter. This parameter has not been measured in any previous experiment and NOvA would extend the search by about an order of magnitude beyond the current limit. A secondary goal is to measure the dominant mode oscillation parameters, sin{sup 2}(2{theta}{sub 23}) and {Delta}m{sub 32}{sup 2} to a more precise level than previous experiments. Additional physics goals for NOvA are also discussed. Chapter 4 describes the Scientific Design Criteria which the Fermilab accelerator complex, NOvA detectors and NOvA detector sites must satisfy to meet the physics goals discussed in Chapter 3. Chapter 5 is an overview of the NOvA project. The changes in the design relative to the NOvA CDR are discussed. Chapter 6 summarizes the NOvA design performance relative to the Design Criteria set out in Chapter 4. Chapter 7 presents the Work Breakdown Structure dictionary at Level 3 and the Milestone dictionary. Chapters 8 through 17 then take each Level 2 WBS element of the NOvA project and present each part of the design in more detail than the overview given in Chapter 5. Specific technical design criteria are delineated for each part of the project in addition to the scientific design criteria outlined in Chapter 4. Changes in the design since the NOvA CDR are discussed in detail. The work remaining to bring each part of this preliminary design to a final design is outlined. Appendix A is a guide to other NOvA Project documentation with links to those documents.« less

The Radiative Heat Transfer Properties of Molten Salts and Their Relevance to the Design of Advanced Reactors

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Chaleff, Ethan Solomon

Molten salts, such as the fluoride salt eutectic LiF-NaF-KF (FLiNaK) or the transition metal fluoride salt KF-ZrF4, have been proposed as coolants for numerous advanced reactor concepts. These reactors are designed to operate at high temperatures where radiative heat transfer may play a significant role. If this is the case, the radiative heat transfer properties of the salt coolants are required to be known for heat transfer calculations to be performed accurately. Chapter 1 describes the existing literature and experimental efforts pertaining to radiative heat transfer in molten salts. The physics governing photon absorption by halide salts is discussed first, followed by a more specific description of experimental results pertaining to salts of interest. The phonon absorption edge in LiF-based salts such as FLiNaK is estimated and the technique described for potential use in other salts. A description is given of various spectral measurement techniques which might plausibly be employed in the present effort, as well as an argument for the use of integral techniques. Chapter 2 discusses the mathematical treatments required to approximate and solve for the radiative flux in participating materials. The differential approximation and the exact solutions to the radiative flux are examined, and methods are given to solve radiative and energy equations simultaneously. A coupled solution is used to examine radiative heat transfer to molten salt coolants. A map is generated of pipe diameters, wall temperatures, and average absorption coefficients where radiative heat transfer will increase expected heat transfer by more than 10% compared to convective methods alone. Chapter 3 presents the design and analysis of the Integral Radiative Absorption Chamber (IRAC). The IRAC employs an integral technique for the measurement of the entire electromagnetic spectrum, negating some of the challenges associated with the methods discussed in Chapter 1 at the loss of spectral information. The IRAC design is validated by modeling the experiment in Fluent which shows that the IRAC should be capable of measuring absorption coefficients within 10%. Chapter 4 contains a parallel effort to experimental techniques, whereby information on absorption in salts is pursued using the Density Functional Theory code VASP. Photon-electron interactions are studied in pure salts such as LiF and are shown to be broadly transparent. Transition metal Fluoride salts such as KF-ZrF4 are shown to be broadly opaque. The addition of small amounts of transition metal impurities is studied by insertion of Chromium into the salt mixtures, which causes otherwise transparent salts to exhibit absorption coefficients significant to heat transfer. The spectral absorption coefficient for FLiNaK with Chromium is presented as is the average absorption coefficient as a function of impurity concentration. Chapter 5 discusses experimental efforts undertaken at The Ohio State University. Challenges with the constructed experimental apparatus are discussed and suggestions for future improvement on the technique are included. Finally, Chapter 6 contains broad conclusions pertaining to radiative transfer in advanced reactors.

Chapter 3: choosing the important outcomes for a systematic review of a medical test.

PubMed

Segal, Jodi B

2012-06-01

In this chapter of the Evidence-based Practice Centers Methods Guide for Medical Tests, we describe how the decision to use a medical test generates a broad range of outcomes and that each of these outcomes should be considered for inclusion in a systematic review. Awareness of these varied outcomes affects how a decision maker balances the benefits and risks of the test; therefore, a systematic review should present the evidence on these diverse outcomes. The key outcome categories include clinical management outcomes and direct health effects; emotional, social, cognitive, and behavioral responses to testing; legal and ethical outcomes, and costs. We describe the challenges of incorporating these outcomes in a systematic review, suggest a framework for generating potential outcomes for inclusion, and describe the role of stakeholders in choosing the outcomes for study. Finally, we give examples of systematic reviews that either included a range of outcomes or that might have done so. The following are the key messages in this chapter: Consider both the outcomes that are relevant to the process of testing and those that are relevant to the results of the test. Consider inclusion of outcomes in all five domains: clinical management effects, direct test effects; emotional, social, cognitive and behavioral effects; legal and ethical effects, and costs. Consider to which group the outcomes of testing are most relevant. Given resource limitations, prioritize which outcomes to include. This decision depends on the needs of the stakeholder(s), who should be assisted in prioritizing the outcomes for inclusion.

Statistical methods for nuclear material management

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Bowen W.M.; Bennett, C.A.

1988-12-01

This book is intended as a reference manual of statistical methodology for nuclear material management practitioners. It describes statistical methods currently or potentially important in nuclear material management, explains the choice of methods for specific applications, and provides examples of practical applications to nuclear material management problems. Together with the accompanying training manual, which contains fully worked out problems keyed to each chapter, this book can also be used as a textbook for courses in statistical methods for nuclear material management. It should provide increased understanding and guidance to help improve the application of statistical methods to nuclear material managementmore » problems.« less

The northern pike, a prized native but disastrous invasive: Chapter 14

USGS Publications Warehouse

Rutz, David; Massengill, Robert L.; Sepulveda, Adam; Dunker, Kristine J.

2018-01-01

As the chapters in this book describe, the northern pike Esox lucius Linneaus, 1758 is a fascinating fish that plays an important ecological role in structuring aquatic communities (chapter 8), has the capacity to aid lake restoration efforts (chapter 11), and contributes substantially to local economies, both as a highlysought after sport fish (chapter 12) and as a commercial fishing resource (chapter 13). However, despite the magnificent attributes of this fish, there is another side to its story. Specifically, what happens when northern pike, a highly efficient predator, becomes established outside its natural range? To explore this question, this chapter will investigate observed consequences from many locations where northern pike (hereafter referred to as “pike”) have been introduced and discuss potential reasons why pike, under the right circumstances, can be considered an invasive species.

A Brief History of Research on Mitotic Mechanisms.

PubMed

McIntosh, J Richard; Hays, Thomas

2016-12-21

This chapter describes in summary form some of the most important research on chromosome segregation, from the discovery and naming of mitosis in the nineteenth century until around 1990. It gives both historical and scientific background for the nine chapters that follow, each of which provides an up-to-date review of a specific aspect of mitotic mechanism. Here, we trace the fruits of each new technology that allowed a deeper understanding of mitosis and its underlying mechanisms. We describe how light microscopy, including phase, polarization, and fluorescence optics, provided descriptive information about mitotic events and also enabled important experimentation on mitotic functions, such as the dynamics of spindle fibers and the forces generated for chromosome movement. We describe studies by electron microscopy, including quantitative work with serial section reconstructions. We review early results from spindle biochemistry and genetics, coupled to molecular biology, as these methods allowed scholars to identify key molecular components of mitotic mechanisms. We also review hypotheses about mitotic mechanisms whose testing led to a deeper understanding of this fundamental biological event. Our goal is to provide modern scientists with an appreciation of the work that has laid the foundations for their current work and interests.

A Brief History of Research on Mitotic Mechanisms

PubMed Central

McIntosh, J. Richard; Hays, Thomas

2016-01-01

This chapter describes in summary form some of the most important research on chromosome segregation, from the discovery and naming of mitosis in the nineteenth century until around 1990. It gives both historical and scientific background for the nine chapters that follow, each of which provides an up-to-date review of a specific aspect of mitotic mechanism. Here, we trace the fruits of each new technology that allowed a deeper understanding of mitosis and its underlying mechanisms. We describe how light microscopy, including phase, polarization, and fluorescence optics, provided descriptive information about mitotic events and also enabled important experimentation on mitotic functions, such as the dynamics of spindle fibers and the forces generated for chromosome movement. We describe studies by electron microscopy, including quantitative work with serial section reconstructions. We review early results from spindle biochemistry and genetics, coupled to molecular biology, as these methods allowed scholars to identify key molecular components of mitotic mechanisms. We also review hypotheses about mitotic mechanisms whose testing led to a deeper understanding of this fundamental biological event. Our goal is to provide modern scientists with an appreciation of the work that has laid the foundations for their current work and interests. PMID:28009830

Etude, par principes premiers, des effets de la correlation entre electrons sur les proprietes electroniques et magnetiques de polymeres pontes et de supraconducteurs a haute temperature critique

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Pesant, Simon

Description of complex systems by Density functional theory is treated in this thesis. First, the Density functional theory and a few functionals used to simulate cristals are presented. Specifically, the LDA and GGA functionnals are described and their limits are exposed. Furthermore, the Hubbard model as well as the LDA+U functionnal are addressed in this chapter. These methods enable the study of highly correlated materials. Then, results obtained on polymers are summarized in two articles. The first one treats the band gap variation of ladder-type polymers compared to non ladder type ones. The second article considers small band gap polymers. In this case, it will be shown that an hybrid functional, which contains exact exchange, is required to describe the electronic properties of the polymers under study. Finally, the last chapter address the study of cuprates superconductors. The LDA+U can account for the localization of electrons in copper orbitals. Consequently, a study of the impact of this functionnal on electronic properties of cuprates is conducted. The chapter is ended by an article treating magnetic orders in doped La 2CuO4. Supplementary materials of the second article and a description of the theory of superconductivity of Bardeen, Cooper and Schrieffer are put in annex. Keywords : Electronic correlation, DFT, LDA+U, cuprates, polymers, magnetic orders

5 CFR Appendix B to 5 Cfr Chapter... - Memorandum Describing the Authority and Assigned Responsibilities of the General Counsel of the...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-01-01

... Assigned Responsibilities of the General Counsel of the Federal Labor Relations Authority B Appendix B to 5... FEDERAL LABOR RELATIONS AUTHORITY AND FEDERAL SERVICE IMPASSES PANEL Ch. XIV, App. B Appendix B to 5 CFR... chapter, (B) file and prosecute complaints under this chapter, and (C) exercise such other powers of the...

5 CFR Appendix B to 5 Cfr Chapter... - Memorandum Describing the Authority and Assigned Responsibilities of the General Counsel of the...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-01-01

... Assigned Responsibilities of the General Counsel of the Federal Labor Relations Authority B Appendix B to 5... FEDERAL LABOR RELATIONS AUTHORITY AND FEDERAL SERVICE IMPASSES PANEL Ch. XIV, App. B Appendix B to 5 CFR... chapter, (B) file and prosecute complaints under this chapter, and (C) exercise such other powers of the...

5 CFR Appendix B to 5 Cfr Chapter... - Memorandum Describing the Authority and Assigned Responsibilities of the General Counsel of the...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-01-01

... Assigned Responsibilities of the General Counsel of the Federal Labor Relations Authority B Appendix B to 5... FEDERAL LABOR RELATIONS AUTHORITY AND FEDERAL SERVICE IMPASSES PANEL Ch. XIV, App. B Appendix B to 5 CFR... chapter, (B) file and prosecute complaints under this chapter, and (C) exercise such other powers of the...

5 CFR Appendix B to 5 Cfr Chapter... - Memorandum Describing the Authority and Assigned Responsibilities of the General Counsel of the...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-01-01

... Assigned Responsibilities of the General Counsel of the Federal Labor Relations Authority B Appendix B to 5... FEDERAL LABOR RELATIONS AUTHORITY AND FEDERAL SERVICE IMPASSES PANEL Ch. XIV, App. B Appendix B to 5 CFR... chapter, (B) file and prosecute complaints under this chapter, and (C) exercise such other powers of the...

The Education of Adults in Britain: A Study of Organisation, Finance and Policy. Newland Papers Number Ten.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Jennings, Bernard

This report updates a 1981 paper on adult education in Britain that was part of a series published by the European Centre for Leisure and Education. It includes five chapters. Chapter 1 provides statistics on the population and labor force of Britain and describes its education and government systems. Chapter 2 provides a brief description of the…

Chinese Biogas Digester. A Potential Model for Small-Scale, Rural Applications. (A Manual for Construction and Operation). Reprint No. R-51.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Nakagawa, Charles H.; Honquilada, Q. L.

This book provides the basic knowledge and guides for the construction and operation of a small-scale, family-size biogas unit. The first chapter discusses the benefits of biogas production and the Chinese biogas model. The second chapter shows the components, design formulas, and sizing units of the biogas model. Chapter 3 describes actual…

Pupil Exchange in the European Community Venice Colloquium (October 24-28, 1977). Collection Studies. Education Series No. 5.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Commission des Communautes Europeennes (Luxembourg).

This publication contains the papers of the Venice Colloquium held in October, 1977 by educators from European countries to discuss the topic of visits and exchanges for pupils. There are seven chapters. Chapter one discusses the context and objectives of the colloquium. Chapter two describes pupil visits and exchanges in the European community.…

SeaWiFS Technical Report Series. Volume 41; Case Studies for SeaWiFS Calibration and Validation

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Yeh, Eueng-nan; Barnes, Robert A.; Darzi, Michael; Kumar, Lakshmi; Early, Edward A.; Johnson, B. Carol; Mueller, James L.; Trees, Charles C.

1997-01-01

This document provides brief reports, or case studies, on a number of investigations sponsored by the Calibration and Validation Team (CVT) within the Sea-viewing Wide Field-of-view Sensor (SeaWiFS) Project. Chapter I describes the calibration and characterization of the GSFC sphere, which was used in the recent recalibration of the SeaWiFS instrument. Chapter 2 presents a revision of the diffuse attenuation coefficient, K(490), algorithm based on the SeaWiFS wavelengths. Chapter 3 provides an implementation scheme for an algorithm to remove out-of-band radiance when using a sensor calibration based on a finite width (truncated) spectral response function, e.g., between the 1% transmission points. Chapter 4 describes the implementation schemes for the stray light quality flag (local area coverage [LAC] and global area coverage [GAC]) and the LAC stray light correction.

Reynolds stress closure in jet flows using wave models

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Morris, Philip J.

1990-01-01

A collection of papers is presented. The outline of this report is as follows. Chapter three contains a description of a weakly nonlinear turbulence model that was developed. An essential part of the application of such a closure scheme to general geometry jets is the solution of the local hydrodynamic stability equation for a given jet cross-section. Chapter four describes the conformal mapping schemes used to map such geometries onto a simple computational domain. Chapter five describes a solution of a stability problem for circular, elliptic, and rectangular geometries. In chapter six linear models for the shock shell structure in non-circular jets is given. The appendices contain reprints of papers also published during this study including the following topics: (1) instability of elliptic jets; (2) a technique for predicting the shock cell structure in non-circular jets using a vortex sheet model; and (3) the resonant interaction between twin supersonic jets.

Spherical Nucleic Acids: A New Form of DNA

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Cutler, Joshua Isaac

Spherical Nucleic Acids (SNAs) are a new class of nucleic acid-based nanomaterials that exhibit unique properties currently being explored in the contexts of gene-based cancer therapies and in the design of programmable nanoparticle-based materials. The properties of SNAs differ from canonical, linear nucleic acids by virtue of their dense packing into an oriented 3-dimensional array. SNAs can be synthesized from a number of useful nanoparticle templates, such as plasmonic gold and silver, magnetic oxides, luminescent semi-conductor quantum dots, and silica. In addition, by crosslinking the oligonucleotides and dissolving the core, they can be made in a hollow form as well. This dissertation describes the evolution of SNAs from initial studies of inorganic nanoparticle-based materials densely functionalized with oligonucleotides to the proving of a hypothesis that their unique properties can be observed in a core-less structure if the nucleic acids are densely packed and highly oriented. Chapter two describes the synthesis of densely functionalized polyvalent oligonucleotide superparamagnetic iron oxide nanoparticles using the copper-catalyzed azide-alkyne cycloaddition reaction. These particles are shown to exhibit cooperative binding in a density- and salt concentration-dependent fashion, with nearly identical behaviors to those of SNA-functionalized gold nanoparticles. Importantly, these particles are the first non-gold particles shown to be capable of entering cells in high numbers via the SNA-mediated cellular uptake pathway, and provided the first evidence that SNA-mediated cellular uptake is core-independent. In the third chapter, a gold nanoparticle catalyzed alkyne cross-linking reaction is described that is capable of forming hollow organic nanoparticles using polymers with alkyne-functionalized backbones. With this method, the alkyne-modified polymers adsorb to the particle surfaces, cross-link on the surface, allowing the gold nanoparticle to be subsequently dissolved oxidatively with KCN or Iodine. The reaction pathway is analyzed through characterization of the reaction progression and resulting products, and a mechanistic pathway is proposed. This is the first report of a gold nanoparticle catalyzed reaction involving the conversion of propargyl ethers to terminal alcohols, which can subsequently cross-link if densely arranged on a gold nanoparticle surface. Importantly, these structures can be synthesized using gold nanoparticles of a range of sizes, thereby providing control over the size and properties of the resulting crosslinked particle. Chapter four returns to the topic of SNAs and builds upon the chemistry of chapter three culminating in the synthesis of cross-linked hollow SNA nanoparticles. These structures are formed by the cross-linking of synthetically modified alkyne-bearing oligonucleotides through the pathway described in chapter three. When the gold core is dissolved, the resulting hollow SNAs exhibit nearly identical binding, nuclease resistance, cellular uptake, and gene regulation properties of SNA-gold nanoparticle conjugates. Indeed, this chapter demonstrates that the unique properties of SNA-nanoparticle conjugates are core-independent and stem solely from the dense ensemble of oligonucleotides arranged on their surfaces. The fifth chapter further asserts the synthetic achievements made in chapter four by showing how hollow SNAs can be substituted for SNA-gold nanoparticles in the context of DNA-programmable assembly. In this case, they can be used as building blocks within binary synthetic schemes to synthesize unique nanoparticle superlattices. It bolsters the design rules of DNA-programmable assembly by showing that the predicted structures form based on the behavior of SNA hybridization, and are universal for any SNA-functionalized nanoparticle.

A circumcision method in an old surgical textbook (Cerrahiyyetul Haniyye): reminding of a forgotten procedure.

PubMed

Senayli, Atilla; Aksu, Murat; Atalar, Munir

2014-07-08

Circumcision is one of the historical surgical procedures. Some sources throughout the history contain various definitions about different circumcision methods. we described the details of the method, and aimed to remind the possibility of contemporary usage. We compared circumcision chapters of Sabuncuoglu and Zahrawi to explain the historical origin of Sabuncuoglu's favorite circumcision method. We found a method which might be summarized as "knotting with rope technique" in one of historical textbooks named as Cerrahiyyetul Haniyye (Imperial Surgery) written by Serefeddin Sabuncuoglu (1385-1468?) in 1465. This circumcision method is not used currently. In addition this method has not been defined in the history of medical literature yet.

Evaluation of PDA Technical Report No 33. Statistical Testing Recommendations for a Rapid Microbiological Method Case Study.

PubMed

Murphy, Thomas; Schwedock, Julie; Nguyen, Kham; Mills, Anna; Jones, David

2015-01-01

New recommendations for the validation of rapid microbiological methods have been included in the revised Technical Report 33 release from the PDA. The changes include a more comprehensive review of the statistical methods to be used to analyze data obtained during validation. This case study applies those statistical methods to accuracy, precision, ruggedness, and equivalence data obtained using a rapid microbiological methods system being evaluated for water bioburden testing. Results presented demonstrate that the statistical methods described in the PDA Technical Report 33 chapter can all be successfully applied to the rapid microbiological method data sets and gave the same interpretation for equivalence to the standard method. The rapid microbiological method was in general able to pass the requirements of PDA Technical Report 33, though the study shows that there can be occasional outlying results and that caution should be used when applying statistical methods to low average colony-forming unit values. Prior to use in a quality-controlled environment, any new method or technology has to be shown to work as designed by the manufacturer for the purpose required. For new rapid microbiological methods that detect and enumerate contaminating microorganisms, additional recommendations have been provided in the revised PDA Technical Report No. 33. The changes include a more comprehensive review of the statistical methods to be used to analyze data obtained during validation. This paper applies those statistical methods to analyze accuracy, precision, ruggedness, and equivalence data obtained using a rapid microbiological method system being validated for water bioburden testing. The case study demonstrates that the statistical methods described in the PDA Technical Report No. 33 chapter can be successfully applied to rapid microbiological method data sets and give the same comparability results for similarity or difference as the standard method. © PDA, Inc. 2015.

Final Report for Dynamic Models for Causal Analysis of Panel Data. Methodological Overview. Part II, Chapter 1.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Hannan, Michael T.

This technical document, part of a series of chapters described in SO 011 759, describes a basic model of panel analysis used in a study of the causes of institutional and structural change in nations. Panel analysis is defined as a record of state occupancy of a sample of units at two or more points in time; for example, voters disclose voting…

Plume Measurement System (PLUMES) Calibration Experiment

DTIC Science & Technology

1994-08-01

calibration chamber was lished and documented. To apply acoustic designed and built Particles were suspended technology to monitoring suspended sedi- in the...procedures are described in Chap- ter 2. Repeatability of the experiments and validity of the results are de - scribed in Chapter 3. In Chapter 4, the range...went into their design . The first two subsections give an overview of the calibration chamber and its characteristics. The remaining subsections describe

Introduction: The SERENITY vision

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Maña, Antonio; Spanoudakis, George; Kokolakis, Spyros

In this chapter we present an overview of the SERENITY approach. We describe the SERENITY model of secure and dependable applications and show how it addresses the challenge of developing, integrating and dynamically maintaining security and dependability mechanisms in open, dynamic, distributed and heterogeneous computing systems and in particular Ambient Intelligence scenarios. The chapter describes the basic concepts used in the approach and introduces the different processes supported by SERENITY, along with the tools provided.

Assay of Deoxyhypusine Synthase Activity

PubMed Central

Wolff, Edith C.; Lee, Seung Bum; Park, Myung Hee

2011-01-01

Deoxyhypusine synthase catalyzes an unusual protein modification reaction. A portion of spermidine is covalently added to one specific lysine residue of one eukaryotic protein, eIF5A (eukaryotic initiation factor 5A) to form a deoxyhypusine residue. The assay measures the incorporation of radioactivity from [1,8-3H]spermidine into the eIF5A protein. The enzyme is specific for the eIF5A precursor protein and does not work on short peptides (<50 amino acids). Optimum conditions for the reaction and four detection methods for the product, deoxyhypusine-containing eIF5A, are described in this chapter. The first, and most specific, method is the measurement of the amount of [3H]deoxyhypusine in the protein hydrolysate after its separation by ion exchange chromatography. However, this method requires some specialized equipment. The second method is counting the radioactivity in TCA-precipitated protein after thorough washing. The third method involves determining the radioactivity in the band of [3H] deoxyhypusine-containing eIF5A after separation by SDS-PAGE. The fourth method is a filter-binding assay. It is important to minimize nonspecific binding of [3H]spermidine to proteins in the assay mixture, especially for methods 2 and 4, as illustrated in a comparison figure in the chapter. PMID:21318875

Live-cell imaging of mammalian RNAs with Spinach2.

PubMed

Strack, Rita L; Jaffrey, Samie R

2015-01-01

The ability to monitor RNAs of interest in living cells is crucial to understanding the function, dynamics, and regulation of this important class of molecules. In recent years, numerous strategies have been developed with the goal of imaging individual RNAs of interest in living cells, each with their own advantages and limitations. This chapter provides an overview of current methods of live-cell RNA imaging, including a detailed discussion of genetically encoded strategies for labeling RNAs in mammalian cells. This chapter then focuses on the development and use of "RNA mimics of GFP" or Spinach technology for tagging mammalian RNAs and includes a detailed protocol for imaging 5S and CGG60 RNA with the recently described Spinach2 tag. © 2015 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

Recombinant Intrinsically Disordered Proteins for NMR: Tips and Tricks.

PubMed

Calçada, Eduardo O; Korsak, Magdalena; Kozyreva, Tatiana

2015-01-01

The growing recognition of the several roles that intrinsically disordered proteins play in biology places an increasing importance on protein sample availability to allow the characterization of their structural and dynamic properties. The sample preparation is therefore the limiting step to allow any biophysical method being able to characterize the properties of an intrinsically disordered protein and to clarify the links between these properties and the associated biological functions. An increasing array of tools has been recruited to help prepare and characterize the structural and dynamic properties of disordered proteins. This chapter describes their sample preparation, covering the most common drawbacks/barriers usually found working in the laboratory bench. We want this chapter to be the bedside book of any scientist interested in preparing intrinsically disordered protein samples for further biophysical analysis.

Storm surge modeling and applications in coastal areas

USGS Publications Warehouse

Dube, Shisir K.; Murty, Tad S.; Feyen, Jesse C.; Cabrera, Reggina; Harper, Bruce A.; Bales, Jerad D.; Amer, Saud A.

2010-01-01

This chapter introduces the reader to a wide spectrum of storm surge modeling systems used to assess the impact of tropical cyclones, covering a range of numerical methods, model domains, forcing and boundary conditions, and purposes. New technologies to obtain data such as deployment of temporary sensors and remote sensing practices to support modeling are also presented. Extensive storm surge modeling applications have been made with existing modeling systems and some of them are described in this chapter.The authors recognize the importance of evaluating river-ocean interactions in coastal environments during tropical cyclones. Therefore, the coupling of hydraulic (riverine) and storm surge models is discussed. In addition, results from studies performed in the coast of India are shown which generated maps to help emergency managers and reduce risk due to coastal inundation.

Two dimensional layered materials: First-principle investigation

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Tang, Youjian

Two-dimensional layered materials have emerged as a fascinating research area due to their unique physical and chemical properties, which differ from those of their bulk counterparts. Some of these unique properties are due to carriers and transport being confined to 2 dimensions, some are due to lattice symmetry, and some arise from their large surface area, gateability, stackability, high mobility, spin transport, or optical accessibility. How to modify the electronic and magnetic properties of two-dimensional layered materials for desirable long-term applications or fundamental physics is the main focus of this thesis. We explored the methods of adsorption, intercalation, and doping as ways to modify two-dimensional layered materials, using density functional theory as the main computational methodology. Chapter 1 gives a brief review of density functional theory. Due to the difficulty of solving the many-particle Schrodinger equation, density functional theory was developed to find the ground-state properties of many-electron systems through an examination of their charge density, rather than their wavefunction. This method has great application throughout the chemical and material sciences, such as modeling nano-scale systems, analyzing electronic, mechanical, thermal, optical and magnetic properties, and predicting reaction mechanisms. Graphene and transition metal dichalcogenides are arguably the two most important two-dimensional layered materials in terms of the scope and interest of their physical properties. Thus they are the main focus of this thesis. In chapter 2, the structure and electronic properties of graphene and transition metal dichalcogenides are described. Alkali adsorption onto the surface of bulk graphite and metal intecalation into transition metal dichalcogenides -- two methods of modifying properties through the introduction of metallic atoms into layered systems -- are described in chapter 2. Chapter 3 presents a new method of tuning the electronic properties of 2D materials: resonant physisorption. An example is given for adsorption of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon molecules onto graphene. The energy levels of these molecules were fine tuned to make them resonate with the graphene Fermi level, thus enhancing the strength of their effect on the graphene electronic structure. Chapter 4 develops the idea of coupling two distinct surface adsorption systems across a suspended atomically thin membrane. We examine a system of dual-sided adsorption of potassium onto a graphene membrane. The sequence of adsorption patterns predicted undergoes a striking devil's staircase of intermediate coverage fractions as the difference in adsorbate chemical potential between the two sides of the membrane varies. Chapter 5 is devoted to magnetic and band structure engineering of transition metal dichalcogenides through introduction of magnetic atoms into the lattice. Semiconducting transition metal dichalcogenide systems such as MoS2 and WS2 have band gaps suitable for electronic and optoelectronic applications, but are not magnetic. By intercalating and doping in a carefully designed stoichiometric ratio that precisely controls the occupation and relative placement of the dopant and host levels, we can convert a semiconducting transition metal dichalcogenide system into a half-metal or -- more surprisingly -- a half-semiconductor, where the conduction band is fully spin polarized and the energy scale for magnetism is the band gap.

Tales of whales: Whalewatching as environmental education?

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Russell, Constance Lorraine

This dissertation, based on a case study conducted in 1996 in Tadoussac, Quebec, critically examined the educational potential of whalewatching. Data collection consisted of participant observation, interviews with thirty-one whalewatchers, and pre-trip, post-trip, and follow-up questionnaires given to these same whalewatchers. The first three chapters are introductory in nature. The first provides an overview of different approaches to environmental education as well as the role of nature experience and the social construction of nature within critical or transformative approaches to environmental education. The second chapter reviews the ecotourism and whalewatching literature. The third describes the research site and methods. The fourth chapter is a presentation of the results and focuses on three central themes: Learning Outcomes and Desires; The Social Construction of Whales; and Opinions on Whalewatching. Although there was diversity in responses, many whalewatchers were dissatisfied with the learning opportunities available during whalewatching and most desired more emphasis be placed on holistic, critical, and activist-oriented interpretation. As well, many were concerned that whalewatching, despite its educational potential, was harming the whales. Overall, the whalewatchers constructed whales in exceedingly positive and general ways (Superwhales), were moved by the opportunity to get close to whales (Intimates), and were in awe of their size and behaviours (Spectacle). The educational implications of these findings are discussed in the fifth chapter, and the dissertation concludes with a sixth chapter containing recommendations for whalewatching practice in Tadoussac and a call for future research.

Analysis of ChIP-seq Data in R/Bioconductor.

PubMed

de Santiago, Ines; Carroll, Thomas

2018-01-01

The development of novel high-throughput sequencing methods for ChIP (chromatin immunoprecipitation) has provided a very powerful tool to study gene regulation in multiple conditions at unprecedented resolution and scale. Proactive quality-control and appropriate data analysis techniques are of critical importance to extract the most meaningful results from the data. Over the last years, an array of R/Bioconductor tools has been developed allowing researchers to process and analyze ChIP-seq data. This chapter provides an overview of the methods available to analyze ChIP-seq data based primarily on software packages from the open-source Bioconductor project. Protocols described in this chapter cover basic steps including data alignment, peak calling, quality control and data visualization, as well as more complex methods such as the identification of differentially bound regions and functional analyses to annotate regulatory regions. The steps in the data analysis process were demonstrated on publicly available data sets and will serve as a demonstration of the computational procedures routinely used for the analysis of ChIP-seq data in R/Bioconductor, from which readers can construct their own analysis pipelines.

A brief review of other notable protein detection methods on acrylamide gels.

PubMed

Kurien, Biji T; Scofield, R Hal

2012-01-01

Several methods have been described to stain proteins analyzed on acrylamide gels. These include ultrasensitive protein detection in one-dimensional and two-dimensional gel electrophoresis using a fluorescent product from the fungus Epicoccum nigrum; a fluorescence-based Coomassie Blue protein staining; visualization of proteins in acrylamide gels using ultraviolet illumination; fluorescence visualization of proteins in sodium dodecyl sulfate-polyacrylamide gels using environmentally benign, nonfixative, saline solution; and increasing the sensitivity four- to sixfold for detecting trace proteins in dye or silver stained polyacrylamide gels using polyethylene glycol 6000. All these methods are reviewed briefly in this chapter.

Chapter 3: Commercial and Industrial Lighting Controls Evaluation Protocol. The Uniform Methods Project: Methods for Determining Energy Efficiency Savings for Specific Measures

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Kurnik, Charles W.; Carlson, Stephen

This Commercial and Industrial Lighting Controls Evaluation Protocol (the protocol) describes methods to account for energy savings resulting from programmatic installation of lighting control equipment in large populations of commercial, industrial, government, institutional, and other nonresidential facilities. This protocol does not address savings resulting from changes in codes and standards, or from education and training activities. When lighting controls are installed in conjunction with a lighting retrofit project, the lighting control savings must be calculated parametrically with the lighting retrofit project so savings are not double counted.

Chapter 10: Peak Demand and Time-Differentiated Energy Savings Cross-Cutting Protocol. The Uniform Methods Project: Methods for Determining Energy Efficiency Savings for Specific Measures

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Kurnik, Charles W; Stern, Frank; Spencer, Justin

Savings from electric energy efficiency measures and programs are often expressed in terms of annual energy and presented as kilowatt-hours per year (kWh/year). However, for a full assessment of the value of these savings, it is usually necessary to consider the measure or program's impact on peak demand as well as time-differentiated energy savings. This cross-cutting protocol describes methods for estimating the peak demand and time-differentiated energy impacts of measures implemented through energy efficiency programs.

Elemental Analysis in Biological Matrices Using ICP-MS.

PubMed

Hansen, Matthew N; Clogston, Jeffrey D

2018-01-01

The increasing exploration of metallic nanoparticles for use as cancer therapeutic agents necessitates a sensitive technique to track the clearance and distribution of the material once introduced into a living system. Inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry (ICP-MS) provides a sensitive and selective tool for tracking the distribution of metal components from these nanotherapeutics. This chapter presents a standardized method for processing biological matrices, ensuring complete homogenization of tissues, and outlines the preparation of appropriate standards and controls. The method described herein utilized gold nanoparticle-treated samples; however, the method can easily be applied to the analysis of other metals.

Book Review:

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Parthasarathy, R.

2005-06-01

This book gives a clear exposition of quantum field theory at the graduate level and the contents could be covered in a two semester course or, with some effort, in a one semester course. The book is well organized, and subtle issues are clearly explained. The margin notes are very useful, and the problems given at the end of each chapter are relevant and help the student gain an insight into the subject. The solutions to these problems are given in chapter 12. Care is taken to keep the numerical factors and notation very clear. Chapter 1 gives a clear overview and typical scales in high energy physics. Chapter 2 presents an excellent account of the Lorentz group and its representation. The decomposition of Lorentz tensors under SO(3) and the subsequent spinorial representations are introduced with clarity. After giving the field representation for scalar, Weyl, Dirac, Majorana and vector fields, the Poincaré group is introduced. Representations of 1-particle states using m2 and the Pauli Lubanski vector, although standard, are treated lucidly. Classical field theory is introduced in chapter 3 and a careful treatment of the Noether theorem and the energy momentum tensor are given. After covering real and complex scalar fields, the author impressively introduces the Dirac spinor via the Weyl spinor; Abelian gauge theory is also introduced. Chapter 4 contains the essentials of free field quantization of real and complex scalar fields, Dirac fields and massless Weyl fields. After a brief discussion of the CPT theorem, the quantization of electromagnetic field is carried out both in radiation gauge and Lorentz gauge. The presentation of the Gupta Bleuler method is particularly impressive; the margin notes on pages 85, 100 and 101 invaluable. Chapter 5 considers the essentials of perturbation theory. The derivation of the LSZ reduction formula for scalar field theory is clearly expressed. Feynman rules are obtained for the λphi4 theory in detail and those of QED briefly. The basic idea of renormalization is explained using the λphi4 theory as an example. There is a very lucid discussion on the `running coupling' constant in section 5.9. Chapter 6 explains the use of the matrix elements, formally given in the previous chapter, to compute decay rates and cross sections. The exposition is such that the reader will have no difficulty in following the steps. However, bearing in mind the continuity of the other chapters, this material could have been consigned to an appendix. In the short chapter 7, the QED Lagrangian is shown to respect P, C and T invariance. One-loop divergences are described. Dimensional and Pauli Villars regularization are introduced and explained, although there is no account of their use in evaluating a typical one-loop divergent integral. Chapter 8 describes the low energy limit of the Weinberg Salam theory. Examples for μ-→ e-barnueν μ, π+→ l+νl and K0→ π-l+νl are explicitly solved, although the serious reader should work them out independently. On page 197 the `V-A structure of the currents proposed by Feynman and Gell-Mann' is stated; the first such proposal was by E C G Sudarshan and R E Marshak. In chapter 9 the path integral quantization method is developed. After deriving the transition amplitude as the sum over all paths, in quantum mechanics, a demonstration that the integration of functions in the path integral gives the expectation value of the time ordered product of the corresponding operators is given and applied to real scalar free field theory to get the Feynman propagator. Then the Euclidean formulation is introduced and its `tailor made' role in critical phenomena is illustrated with the 2-d Ising model as an example, including the RG equation. Chapter 10 introduces Yang Mills theory. After writing down the typical gauge invariant Lagrangian and outlining the ingredients of QCD, the adjoint representation for fields is given. It could have been made complete by giving the Feynman rules for the cubic and quartic vertices for non-Abelian gauge fields, although the reader can obtain them from the last term in equation 10.27. In chapter 11, spontaneous symmetry breaking in quantum field theory is described. The difference in quantum mechanics and QFT with respect to the degenerate vacua is clearly brought out by considering the tunnelling amplitude between degenerate vacua. This is very good, as this aspect is mostly overlooked in many textbooks. The Goldstone theorem is then illustrated by an example. The Higgs mechanism is explained in Abelian and non-Abelian (SU(2)) gauge theories and the situation in SU(2)xU(1) gauge theory is discussed. This book certainly covers most of the modern developments in quantum field theory. The reader will be able to follow the content and apply it to specific problems. The bibliography is certainly useful. It will be an asset to libraries in teaching and research institutions.

The ABCs of an evolutionary education science: The academic, behavioral, and cultural implications of an evolutionary approach to education theory and practice

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Kauffman, Rick, Jr.

Calls for improving research-informed policy in education are everywhere. Yet, while there is an increasing trend towards science-based practice, there remains little agreement over which of the sciences to consult and how to organize a collective effort between them. What Education lacks is a general theoretical framework through which policies can be constructed, implemented, and assessed. This dissertation submits that evolutionary theory can provide a suitable framework for coordinating educational policies and practice, and can provide the entire field of education with a clearer sense of how to better manage the learning environment. This dissertation explores two broad paths that outline the conceptual foundations for an Evolutionary Education Science: "Teaching Evolution" and "Using Evolution to Teach." Chapter 1 introduces both of these themes. After describing why evolutionary science is best suited for organizing education research and practice, Chapter 1 proceeds to "teach" an overview of the "evolutionary toolkit"---the mechanisms and principles that underlie the modern evolutionary perspective. The chapter then employs the "toolkit" in examining education from an evolutionary perspective, outlining the evolutionary precepts that can guide theorizing and research in education, describing how educators can "use evolution to teach.". Chapters 2-4 expand on this second theme. Chapters 2 and 3 describe an education program for at-risk 9th and 10th grade students, the Regents Academy, designed entirely with evolutionary principles in mind. The program was rigorously assessed in a randomized control design and has demonstrated success at improving students' academic performance (Chapter 2) and social & behavioral development (Chapter 3). Chapter 4 examines current teaching strategies that underlie effective curriculum-instruction-assessment practices and proposes a framework for organizing successful, evidence-based strategies for neural-/cognitive-focused learning goals. Chapter 5 explores the cognitive effects that "teaching evolution" has on the learner. This chapter examines the effects that a course on evolutionary theory has on university undergraduate students in understanding and applying evolution and how learning the evolutionary toolkit affects critical thinking skills and domain transfer of knowledge. The results demonstrate that a single course on evolutionary theory increases students' acceptance and understanding of evolution and science, and, in effect, increases critical thinking performance.

Plasmonics analysis of nanostructures for bioapplications

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Xie, Qian

Plasmonics, the science and technology of the plasmons, is a rapidly growing field with substantial broader impact in numerous different fields, especially for bio-applications such as bio-sensing, bio-photonics and photothermal therapy. Resonance effects associated with plasmatic behavior i.e. surface Plasmon resonance (SPR) and localize surface Plasmon resonance (LSPR), are of particular interest because of their strong sensitivity to the local environment. In this thesis, plasmonic resonance effects are discussed from the basic theory to applications, especially the application in photothermal therapy, and grating bio-sensing. This thesis focuses on modeling different metallic nanostructures, i.e. nanospheres, nanorods, core-shell nanoparticles, nanotori and hexagonal closed packed nanosphere structures, to determine their LSPR wavelengths for use in various applications. Experiments regarding photothermal therapy using gold nanorods are described and a comparison is presented with results obtained from simulations. Lastly, experiments of grating-based plasmon-enhanced bio-sensing are also discussed. In chapter one, the physics of plasmonics is reviewed, including surface plasmon resonance (SPR) and localized surface plasmon resonance (LSPR). In the section on surface plasmon resonance, the physics behind the phenomenon is discussed, and also, the detection methods and applications in bio-sensing are described. In the section on localized surface plasmon resonance (LSPR), the phenomenon is described with respect to sub wavelength metallic nanoparticles. In chapter two, specific plasmonic-based bio-applications are discussed including plasmonic and magneto-plasmonic enhanced photothermal therapy and grating-based SPR bio-sening. In chapter three, which is the most important part in the thesis, optical modeling of different gold nanostructures is presented. The modeling tools used in this thesis are Comsol and custom developed Matlab programs. In Comsol, the geometries of different metallic nanostructures are drawn and simulated using finite element-based computational electromagnetics. The power absorption of the nanostructures is plotted as a function of wavelength to identify the LSPR wavelength, i.e. the wavelength of peak absorption. In Matlab, Mie scattering theory is programmed in terms of semi-analytical mathematical equations, which predict the power absorption for specific plasmonic geometries, i.e. nanospheres, nanorods and core-shell particles. These predictions, which are much faster than the Comsol analysis, are validated using corresponding numerical simulations. In chapter four, experiments involving novel magneto-plasmonic Nano platforms are described, and experimental data is presented to illustrate the use of the modeling in analyzing these particles. Simulations are performed to determine the influence on the laser absorption of magnetic nanospheres in proximity to metallic nanorods. These results are compared with experimental data. In the last chapter, experiments using a grating-based SPR sensor are described, and modeling results are also presented. In summary, this thesis discusses the physics of plasmonics, electromagnetic analysis for predicting the absorption spectra of metallic nanoparticles and bio-applications that utilize these effects.

Strategic Integration of Open Educational Resources in Higher Education

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Schaffert, Sandra

Open Educational Resources (OERs) can be seen as social movement but are also implemented as strategic measures in higher education institutions (HEIs). This chapter describes the current aims and experiences of OERs in HEIs. Starting with definitions and milestones in respect of the current status, this chapter gives an overview of projects and implementation objectives and it describes two concrete case studies, i.e., the Massachusetts Institute of Technology Open CourseWare project and the OpenLearn project at the Open University in the United Kingdom. The aim of this chapter is to give a comprehensive overview to decision makers and policy drivers within higher education organizations, and thus it develops a blueprint of an implementation model.

Realising the Potential of Serenity in Emerging AmI Ecosystems:Implications and Challenges

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Armenteros, Álvaro; García, Laura; Muñoz, Antonio; Maña, Antonio

In this chapter we describe the potential of SERENITY in Ambient Intelligence (AmI) Ecosystems. As a proof of concept, we describe the implementation of a prototype based on the application of the SERENITY model (including processes, artefacts and tools) to an industrial AmI scenario. A complete description of this prototype, along with all Security and Dependability (S&D) artefacts used is provided in this chapter. Besides, the chapter also provides a complete description of one of the S&D Patterns used in the prototype, in order both, to give a global view of SERENITY and to provide useful details about the realization of this scenario.

Fourth - generation languages. Volume 2. Representative 4GLs

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Martin, J.

1986-01-01

The chapters in Part II each describe one representative product marketed by a vendor other than IBM. (Volume III of this work covers IBM languages.) The chapters in Part II cover the following 4GLs: ADS/ONLINE, APPLICATION FACTORY, DATATRIEVE, FOCUS, IDEAL, INTELLECT, MANTIS, MIMER, NATURAL, NOMAD2, RAMIS II, SYSTEM W, and USE-IT. The Perspective section of Part II presents a general overview of the product and describes its role in the marketplace. The Tutorial section describes how a user employs the language in application development.

Urban Image Classification: Per-Pixel Classifiers, Sub-Pixel Analysis, Object-Based Image Analysis, and Geospatial Methods. 10; Chapter

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Myint, Soe W.; Mesev, Victor; Quattrochi, Dale; Wentz, Elizabeth A.

2013-01-01

Remote sensing methods used to generate base maps to analyze the urban environment rely predominantly on digital sensor data from space-borne platforms. This is due in part from new sources of high spatial resolution data covering the globe, a variety of multispectral and multitemporal sources, sophisticated statistical and geospatial methods, and compatibility with GIS data sources and methods. The goal of this chapter is to review the four groups of classification methods for digital sensor data from space-borne platforms; per-pixel, sub-pixel, object-based (spatial-based), and geospatial methods. Per-pixel methods are widely used methods that classify pixels into distinct categories based solely on the spectral and ancillary information within that pixel. They are used for simple calculations of environmental indices (e.g., NDVI) to sophisticated expert systems to assign urban land covers. Researchers recognize however, that even with the smallest pixel size the spectral information within a pixel is really a combination of multiple urban surfaces. Sub-pixel classification methods therefore aim to statistically quantify the mixture of surfaces to improve overall classification accuracy. While within pixel variations exist, there is also significant evidence that groups of nearby pixels have similar spectral information and therefore belong to the same classification category. Object-oriented methods have emerged that group pixels prior to classification based on spectral similarity and spatial proximity. Classification accuracy using object-based methods show significant success and promise for numerous urban 3 applications. Like the object-oriented methods that recognize the importance of spatial proximity, geospatial methods for urban mapping also utilize neighboring pixels in the classification process. The primary difference though is that geostatistical methods (e.g., spatial autocorrelation methods) are utilized during both the pre- and post-classification steps. Within this chapter, each of the four approaches is described in terms of scale and accuracy classifying urban land use and urban land cover; and for its range of urban applications. We demonstrate the overview of four main classification groups in Figure 1 while Table 1 details the approaches with respect to classification requirements and procedures (e.g., reflectance conversion, steps before training sample selection, training samples, spatial approaches commonly used, classifiers, primary inputs for classification, output structures, number of output layers, and accuracy assessment). The chapter concludes with a brief summary of the methods reviewed and the challenges that remain in developing new classification methods for improving the efficiency and accuracy of mapping urban areas.

Determination of HIV-1 co-receptor usage.

PubMed

Cavarelli, Mariangela; Scarlatti, Gabriella

2014-01-01

Human immunodeficiency virus type I (HIV-1) infects target cells through interaction with the CD4 molecule and chemokine receptors, mainly the β-chemokine receptor 5 (CCR5) and the α-chemokine receptor 4 (CXCR4). Viral isolates can be phenotypically classified based on the co-receptor they utilize to infect target cells. In this chapter, methods to determine the co-receptor usage of HIV-1 variants are described.

The Earliest Reference to ADHD in the Medical Literature? Melchior Adam Weikard's Description in 1775 of "Attention Deficit" (Mangel der Aufmerksamkeit, Attentio Volubilis)

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Barkley, Russell A.; Peters, Helmut

2012-01-01

Objective: The present article reports on the discovery and translation of a chapter in a 1775 medical textbook by the German physician, Melchior Adam Weikard, which describes attention disorders. This article is believed to be the earliest reference to the syndrome that today is known as attention deficit hyperactivity disorder, or ADHD. Method:…

Maize (Zea mays L.).

PubMed

Frame, Bronwyn; Warnberg, Katey; Main, Marcy; Wang, Kan

2015-01-01

Agrobacterium tumefaciens-mediated transformation is an effective method for introducing genes into maize. In this chapter, we describe a detailed protocol for genetic transformation of the maize genotype Hi II. Our starting plant material is immature embryos cocultivated with an Agrobacterium strain carrying a standard binary vector. In addition to step-by-step laboratory transformation procedures, we include extensive details in growing donor plants and caring for transgenic plants in the greenhouse.

Determination of saccharides and ethanol from biomass conversion using Raman spectroscopy: Effects of pretreatment and enzyme composition

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Shih, Chien-Ju

2010-01-01

This dissertation focuses on the development of facile and rapid quantitative Raman spectroscopy measurements for the determination of conversion products in producing bioethanol from corn stover. Raman spectroscopy was chosen to determine glucose, xylose and ethanol in complex hydrolysis and fermentation matrices. Chapter 1 describes the motives and main goals of this work, and includes an introduction to biomass, commonly used pretreatment methods, hydrolysis and fermentation reactions. The principles of Raman spectroscopy, its advantages and applications related to biomass analysis are also illustrated. Chapter 2 and 3 comprise two published or submitted manuscripts, and the thesis concludes with an appendix.more » In Chapter 2, a Raman spectroscopic protocol is described to study the efficiency of enzymatic hydrolysis of cellulose by measuring the main product in hydrolysate, glucose. Two commonly utilized pretreatment methods were investigated in order to understand their effect on glucose measurements by Raman spectroscopy. Second, a similar method was set up to determine the concentration of ethanol in fermentation broth. Both of these measurements are challenged by the presence of complex matrices. In Chapter 3, a quantitative comparison of pretreatment protocols and the effect of enzyme composition are studied using systematic methods. A multipeak fitting algorithm was developed to analyze spectra of hydrolysate containing two analytes: glucose and xylose. Chapter 4 concludes with a future perspective of this research area. An appendix describes a convenient, rapid spectrophotometric method developed to measure cadmium in water. This method requires relatively low cost instrumentation and can be used in microgravity, such as space shuttles or the International Space Station. This work was performed under the supervision of Professor Marc Porter while at Iowa State University. Research related to producing biofuel from bio-renewable resources, especially bioethanol from biomass, has grown significantly in the past decade due to the high demand and rising costs of fossil fuels. More than 3 percent of the energy consumption in the U.S. is derived from renewable biomass, mostly through industrial heat and steam production by the pulp and paper industry, and electricity generation from municipal solid waste (MSW) and forest industry residues. The utilization of food-based biomass to make fuels has been widely criticized because it may increase food shortages throughout the world and raise the cost of food. Thus, nonfood-based and plentiful lignocellulosic feedstocks, such as corn stover, perennial grass, bagasse, sorghum, wheat/rice straw, herbaceous and woody crops, have great potential to be new bio-renewable sources for energy production. Given that many varieties of biomass are available, there is need for a rapid, simple, high-throughput method to screen the conversion of many plant varieties. The most suitable species for each geographic region must be determined, as well as the optimal stage of harvest, impacts of environmental conditions (temperature, soil, pH, etc.). Various genetically modified plants should be studied in order to establish the desired biomass in bioethanol production. The main screening challenge, however, is the complexity of plant cell wall structures that make reliable and sensitive analysis difficult. To date, one of the most popular methods to produce lignocellulosic ethanol is to perform enzymatic hydrolysis followed by fermentation of the hydrolysate with yeast. There are several vital needs related to the field of chemistry that have been suggested as primary research foci needed to effectively improve lignocellulosic ethanol production. These topics include overcoming the recalcitrance of cellulosic biomass, the pervasiveness of pretreatment, advanced biological processing and better feedstocks. In this thesis, a novel approach using Raman spectroscopy has been developed to address important issues related to bioethanol generation, which will aid the research aimed to solve the topics mentioned above.« less

A mass spectrometry primer for mass spectrometry imaging

PubMed Central

Rubakhin, Stanislav S.; Sweedler, Jonathan V.

2011-01-01

Mass spectrometry imaging (MSI), a rapidly growing subfield of chemical imaging, employs mass spectrometry (MS) technologies to create single- and multi-dimensional localization maps for a variety of atoms and molecules. Complimentary to other imaging approaches, MSI provides high chemical specificity and broad analyte coverage. This powerful analytical toolset is capable of measuring the distribution of many classes of inorganics, metabolites, proteins and pharmaceuticals in chemically and structurally complex biological specimens in vivo, in vitro, and in situ. The MSI approaches highlighted in this Methods in Molecular Biology volume provide flexibility of detection, characterization, and identification of multiple known and unknown analytes. The goal of this chapter is to introduce investigators who may be unfamiliar with MS to the basic principles of the mass spectrometric approaches as used in MSI. In addition to guidelines for choosing the most suitable MSI method for specific investigations, cross-references are provided to the chapters in this volume that describe the appropriate experimental protocols. PMID:20680583

One Billion Illiterates. One Billion Reasons for Action. Report and Extracts from Papers of an International Seminar on Co-operating for Literacy (Berlin, West Germany, October 1983).

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Fordham, Paul, Ed.

This document contains the report and edited papers from an international seminar emphasizing the sharing of ideas and resources to eliminate illiteracy. Chapter I of the seven-chapter report offers background information and seminar objectives. Chapter II provides a world overview, which describes the general development context of literacy. In…

A Guide to IRUS-II Application Development

DTIC Science & Technology

1989-09-01

Stallard (editors). Research and Develo; nent in Natural Language b’nderstan,;ng as Part of t/i Strategic Computing Program . chapter 3, pages 27-34...Development in Natural Language Processing in the Strategic Computing Program . Compi-nrional Linguistics 12(2):132-136. April-June, 1986. [24] Sidner. C.L...assist developers interested in adapting IRUS-11 to new application domains Chapter 2 provides a general introduction and overviev ,. Chapter 3 describes

20 CFR 416.925 - Listing of Impairments in appendix 1 of subpart P of part 404 of this chapter.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-04-01

... subpart P of part 404 of this chapter. 416.925 Section 416.925 Employees' Benefits SOCIAL SECURITY... Blindness Medical Considerations § 416.925 Listing of Impairments in appendix 1 of subpart P of part 404 of... listings) is in appendix 1 of subpart P of part 404 of this chapter. For adults, it describes for each of...

20 CFR 416.925 - Listing of Impairments in appendix 1 of subpart P of part 404 of this chapter.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-04-01

... subpart P of part 404 of this chapter. 416.925 Section 416.925 Employees' Benefits SOCIAL SECURITY... Blindness Medical Considerations § 416.925 Listing of Impairments in appendix 1 of subpart P of part 404 of... listings) is in appendix 1 of subpart P of part 404 of this chapter. For adults, it describes for each of...

Regional demand forecasting and simulation model: user's manual. Task 4, final report

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Parhizgari, A M

1978-09-25

The Department of Energy's Regional Demand Forecasting Model (RDFOR) is an econometric and simulation system designed to estimate annual fuel-sector-region specific consumption of energy for the US. Its purposes are to (1) provide the demand side of the Project Independence Evaluation System (PIES), (2) enhance our empirical insights into the structure of US energy demand, and (3) assist policymakers in their decisions on and formulations of various energy policies and/or scenarios. This report provides a self-contained user's manual for interpreting, utilizing, and implementing RDFOR simulation software packages. Chapters I and II present the theoretical structure and the simulation of RDFOR,more » respectively. Chapter III describes several potential scenarios which are (or have been) utilized in the RDFOR simulations. Chapter IV presents an overview of the complete software package utilized in simulation. Chapter V provides the detailed explanation and documentation of this package. The last chapter describes step-by-step implementation of the simulation package using the two scenarios detailed in Chapter III. The RDFOR model contains 14 fuels: gasoline, electricity, natural gas, distillate and residual fuels, liquid gases, jet fuel, coal, oil, petroleum products, asphalt, petroleum coke, metallurgical coal, and total fuels, spread over residential, commercial, industrial, and transportation sectors.« less

Formal methods and digital systems validation for airborne systems

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Rushby, John

1993-01-01

This report has been prepared to supplement a forthcoming chapter on formal methods in the FAA Digital Systems Validation Handbook. Its purpose is as follows: to outline the technical basis for formal methods in computer science; to explain the use of formal methods in the specification and verification of software and hardware requirements, designs, and implementations; to identify the benefits, weaknesses, and difficulties in applying these methods to digital systems used on board aircraft; and to suggest factors for consideration when formal methods are offered in support of certification. These latter factors assume the context for software development and assurance described in RTCA document DO-178B, 'Software Considerations in Airborne Systems and Equipment Certification,' Dec. 1992.

An analysis of temperature-induced errors for an ultrasound distance measuring system. M. S. Thesis

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Wenger, David Paul

1991-01-01

The presentation of research is provided in the following five chapters. Chapter 2 presents the necessary background information and definitions for general work with ultrasound and acoustics. It also discusses the basis for errors in the slant range measurements. Chapter 3 presents a method of problem solution and an analysis of the sensitivity of the equations to slant range measurement errors. It also presents various methods by which the error in the slant range measurements can be reduced to improve overall measurement accuracy. Chapter 4 provides a description of a type of experiment used to test the analytical solution and provides a discussion of its results. Chapter 5 discusses the setup of a prototype collision avoidance system, discusses its accuracy, and demonstrates various methods of improving the accuracy along with the improvements' ramifications. Finally, Chapter 6 provides a summary of the work and a discussion of conclusions drawn from it. Additionally, suggestions for further research are made to improve upon what has been presented here.

40 CFR 75.22 - Reference test methods.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-07-01

... appendix A to part 60 of this chapter, except for Methods 2B and 2E, are the reference methods for... provided in appendix A to part 60 of this chapter, except for Methods 2B and 2E, for determining volumetric...

40 CFR 75.22 - Reference test methods.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-07-01

... appendix A to part 60 of this chapter, except for Methods 2B and 2E, are the reference methods for... provided in appendix A to part 60 of this chapter, except for Methods 2B and 2E, for determining volumetric...

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Barnes, Charles Ashley

In Chapter 2 several experimental and data analysis methods used in this thesis are described. In Chapter 3 steady-state fluorescence spectroscopy was used to determine the concentration of the efflux pump inhibitors (EPIs), pheophorbide a and pyropheophorbide a, in the feces of animals and it was found that their levels far exceed those reported to be inhibitory to efflux pumps. In Chapter 4 the solvation dynamics of 6-Propionyl-2-(N,Ndimethyl) aminonaphthalene (PRODAN) was studied in reverse micelles. The two fluorescent states of PRODAN solvate on different time scales and as such care must be exercised in solvation dynamic studies involving it andmore » its analogs. In Chapter 5 we studied the experimental and theoretical solvation dynamics of coumarin 153 (C153) in wild-type (WT) and modified myoglobins. Based on the nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) spectroscopy and time-resolved fluorescence studies, we have concluded that it is important to thoroughly characterize the structure of a protein and probe system before comparing the theoretical and experimental results. In Chapter 6 the photophysical and spectral properties of a derivative of the medically relevant compound curcumin called cyclocurcumin was studied. Based on NMR, fluorescence, and absorption studies, the ground- and excited-states of cyclocurcumin are complicated by the existence of multiple structural isomers. In Chapter 7 the hydrolysis of cellulose by a pure form of cellulase in an ionic liquid, HEMA, and its aqueous mixtures at various temperatures were studied with the goal of increasing the cellulose to glucose conversion for biofuel production. It was found that HEMA imparts an additional stability to cellulase and can allow for faster conversion of cellulose to glucose using a pre-treatment step in comparison to only buffer.« less

Experimental statistics for biological sciences.

PubMed

Bang, Heejung; Davidian, Marie

2010-01-01

In this chapter, we cover basic and fundamental principles and methods in statistics - from "What are Data and Statistics?" to "ANOVA and linear regression," which are the basis of any statistical thinking and undertaking. Readers can easily find the selected topics in most introductory statistics textbooks, but we have tried to assemble and structure them in a succinct and reader-friendly manner in a stand-alone chapter. This text has long been used in real classroom settings for both undergraduate and graduate students who do or do not major in statistical sciences. We hope that from this chapter, readers would understand the key statistical concepts and terminologies, how to design a study (experimental or observational), how to analyze the data (e.g., describe the data and/or estimate the parameter(s) and make inference), and how to interpret the results. This text would be most useful if it is used as a supplemental material, while the readers take their own statistical courses or it would serve as a great reference text associated with a manual for any statistical software as a self-teaching guide.

Effects of Heat Treatments and Compositional Modification on Carbide Network and Matrix Microstructure in Ultrahigh Carbon Steels

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Hecht, Matthew David

This dissertation investigates microstructure/property relations in ultrahigh carbon steel (UHCS) with the aim of improving toughness while retaining high hardness. Due to high C contents (ranging from 1 to 2 wt%), UHCS exhibit high strength, hardness, and wear resistance. Despite this, applications for UHCS are currently limited because they typically contain a continuous network of proeutectoid cementite that greatly reduces ductility and toughness. In previous research, thermomechanic processing had seen considerable success in breaking up the network. However, the processing is difficult and has thus far seen very limited industrial application. Chemical modification of the steel composition has also seen some success in network break-up, but is still not well understood. There have been relatively few fundamental studies of microstructure evolution in UHCS; studies in the literature typically focused on lower C steels (up to 1 wt% C) or on cast irons (>2.1 wt% C). Thus, this work was undertaken to gain a better understanding of microstructural changes that occur during heat treatment and/or chemical modification of UHCS with a focus on the distribution of proeutectoid cementite within the microstructure. This dissertation is composed of eight chapters. The first chapter presents an introduction to phases found in UHCS, descriptions of research materials used in each chapter, and the hypotheses and objectives guiding the work. The second chapter describes a study of the microstructure found in a 2C-4Cr UHCS before and after an industrial-scale austenitizating heat treatment that increased hardness and toughness and also produced discrete carbide particles in the matrix. The third chapter establishes and demonstrates a metric for measuring connectivity in carbide networks. The fourth chapter describes a series of heat treatments designed to investigate kinetics of spheroidization and coarsening of carbide particles and denuded zones near cementite network branches in 2C-4Cr UHCS. The fifth chapter describes an additional series of heat treatments comparing coarsening kinetics in 2C-1Cr and 2C-4Cr UHCS. Lowering the Cr content caused clustering of cementite particles near grain boundaries, in contrast to the denuded zones observed in the higher Cr UHCS. The fifth chapter details four in situ confocal laser scanning microscopy heat treatments of 2C-4Cr UHCS. The seventh chapter investigates the effects of a 2wt% Nb addition on 2C-4Cr UHCS. The eighth and final chapter summarizes the findings of all the experiments of the previous chapters and revisits the objectives and conclusions.

Rational design and synthesis of efficient Carbon and/or Silica functional nanomaterials for electrocatalysis and nanomedicine

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Da Silva, Rafael

In nanomaterials there is a strong correlation between structure and properties. Thus, the design and synthesis of nanomaterials with well-defined structures and morphology is essential in order to produce materials with not only unique but also tailorable properties. The unique properties of nanomaterials in turn can be taken advantage of to create materials and nanoscale devices that can help address important societal issues, such as meeting renewable energy sources and efficient therapeutic and diagnostic methods to cure a range of diseases. In this thesis, the different synthetic approaches I have developed to produce functional nanomaterials composed of earth-abundant elements (mainly carbon and silica) at low cost in a very sustainable manner are discussed. In Chapter 1, the fundamental properties of nanomaterials and their properties and potential applications in many areas are introduced. In chapter 2, a novel synthetic method that allows polymerization of polyaniline (PANI), a conducting polymer, inside cylindrical channel pores of nanoporous silica (SBA-15) is discussed. In addition, the properties of the III resulting conducting polymer in the confined nanochannel spaces of SBA-15, and more importantly, experimental demonstration of the use of the resulting hybrid material (PANI/SBA-15 material) as electocatalyst for electrooxidation reactions with good overpotential, close to zero, are detailed. In chapter 3, the synthetic approach discussed in Chapter 2 is further extended to afford nitrogen- and oxygen-doped mesoporous carbons. This is possible by pyrolysis of the PANI/SBA-15 composite materials under inert atmosphere, followed by etching away their silica framework. The high catalytic activity of resulting carbon-based materials towards oxygen reduction reaction despite they do not possess any metal dopants is also included. The potential uses of nanomaterials in areas such as nanomedicine need deep understanding of the biocompatibility/ toxicity of the materials. In Chapter 4, comparative in vitro and in vivo assessments of the biological properties and murine lung toxicity (biocompatibility) of the carbon-based nanomaterials synthesized above and in core-shell architectures containing carbon, silica and cobalt is presented. The results indicate that silica shell is essential for biocompatibility. Furthermore, cobalt oxide is the preferred phase over the zero valent Co(0) phase to impart biocompatibility to cobalt-based nanoparticles. This study is a result of collaboration between Asefa's research group at Rutgers University and Souid's research group at United Arab Emirates University. In Chapter 5, a new synthetic method to carbon nanoneedles (or a new class of carbon nanomaterials with high aspect ratios) is presented. In the work, cellulose nanocrystals are prepared and used as precursor for carbon nanostructures. Unlike other types of carbon nanomaterials, carbon IV nanoneedles possess high surface area and large proportion of edge planes, which have outstanding charge transfer and catalytic properties. The resulting metal-free, carbon nanoneedles are shown to serve as effective electrocatalysts for oxidation of hydrazine. In Chapter 6, the synthesis of amorphous carbon nanoneedles containing cobalt and their catalytic activities for oxygen reduction reaction is discussed. Even though the activity of the materials is lower than the one discussed in Chapter 3 for polyaniline-derived mesoporous carbons, the result and discussion in this chapter provides new insights on the effects and advantages of carbon nanoneedles on the electrocatalytic activity of the materials. In addition, the effects of cobalt content and nanoneedles' structures on the catalytic activity of the materials are described. In chapter 7, the synthesis of very small Au nanoparticles within SBA-15 mesoporous silica host materials by galvanic exchange reactions is described. The resulting Au/SBA-15 materials with different size Au nanoparticles are shown to have very interesting surface plasmon resonance (SPR) activity as a result of the confinement of large numbers of Au nanoparticles side-to-side in a row within the cylindrical channel pores of SBA-15 and the many SPR hot spots they formed. The surface enhanced Raman scattering (SERS) property of the materials in form of powder, showing reasonably high SERS enhancement factor for analytes is discussed. Finally in Chapter 8, Conclusions and Future Prospects are discussed.

Highly Efficient Agrobacterium-Mediated Transformation of Wheat Via In Planta Inoculation

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Risacher, Thierry; Craze, Melanie; Bowden, Sarah; Paul, Wyatt; Barsby, Tina

This chapter details a reproducible method for the transformation of spring wheat using Agrobacterium tumefaciens via the direct inoculation of bacteria into immature seeds in planta as described in patent WO 00/63398(1. Transformation efficiencies from 1 to 30% have been obtained and average efficiencies of at least 5% are routinely achieved. Regenerated plants are phenotypically normal with 30-50% of transformation events carrying introduced genes at single insertion sites, a higher rate than is typically reported for transgenic plants produced using biolistic transformation methods.

Chapter 10 Human Oocyte Vitrification.

PubMed

Rienzi, Laura; Cobo, Ana; Ubaldi, Filippo Maria

2017-01-01

Discovery and widespread application of successful cryopreservation methods for MII-phase oocytes was one of the greatest successes in human reproduction during the past decade. Although considerable improvements in traditional slow-rate freezing were also achieved, the real breakthrough was the result of introduction of vitrification. Here we describe the method that is most commonly applied for this purpose, provides consistent survival and in vitro developmental rates, results in pregnancy and birth rates comparable to those achievable with fresh oocytes, and does not result in higher incidence of gynecological or postnatal complications.

Lagrangian methods in nonlinear plasma wave interaction

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Crawford, F. W.

1980-01-01

Analysis of nonlinear plasma wave interactions is usually very complicated, and simplifying mathematical approaches are highly desirable. The application of averaged-Lagrangian methods offers a considerable reduction in effort, with improved insight into synchronism and conservation (Manley-Rowe) relations. This chapter indicates how suitable Lagrangian densities have been defined, expanded, and manipulated to describe nonlinear wave-wave and wave-particle interactions in the microscopic, macroscopic and cold plasma models. Recently, further simplifications have been introduced by the use of techniques derived from Lie algebra. These and likely future developments are reviewed briefly.

Preliminary Understanding of Surface Plasmon-Enhanced Circular Dichroism Spectroscopy by Single Particle Imaging

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Zhan, Kangshu

Monitoring chiral optical signals of biomolecules as their conformation changes is an important means to study their structures, properties, and functions. Most measurements, however, are ensemble measurements because chiral optical signals from a single biomolecule is often too weak to be detected. In this dissertation, I present my early attempts to study conformational changes of adsorbed proteins by taking advantage of the enhanced electromagnetic (EM) field around a well-designed plasmonic nanofeature. In particular, I discuss the detection of protein adsorption and denaturation on metallic nanoparticles using single particle scattering and CD spectroscopic imaging. Particles of two distinctively different sizes were compared and two different sample protein molecules were studied. A combination of experimental and computational tools was used to simulate and interpret the collected scattering and CD results. The first chapter provides a brief overview of the state-of-art research in CD spectroscopic studies at the single particle level. Three different means to make particles capable of chiral detection are discussed. Various applications beyond single particle imaging are presented to showcase the potential of the described research project, beyond our immediate goals. The second chapter describes my initial characterization of large, metallic, anisotropic nanorods and the establishment of experimental procedures used later for spectrum reconstruction, data visualization and analysis. The physical shape and structure of the particles were imaged by scanning electron microscopy (SEM), the chemical composition by energy dispersive X-ray Spectroscopy (EDS), and the optical properties by darkfield microscopy. An experimental protocol was developed to connect information collected from separate techniques for the same particle, with the aims of discovering any possible structural-property correlation. The reproducibility of the single particle imaging method was evaluated. Full spectrum reconstruction using a set of selected optical filters was carried out and data visualization using a Matlab based 3D mapping method was demonstrated. The third chapter describes the introduction of biomolecules in chiral particle studies. By measuring the circular dichroism spectrum and image of nanorods during lysozyme adsorption and denaturation, I was able to monitor the conformation change of proteins on large gapped nanorods. Experiment results suggested that the conformational change of absorbed protein could lead to the change of chiral signal of nanoparticles, suggesting the potentials of detecting biomolecular structural changes at the single nanoparticle level, though much uncertainty still present. The inherent high background of large, gapped nanoparticles when they interact with biomolecules led to the research described in the 4th chapter where I studied small palladium-silver coreshell nanoparticle properties and its interaction with proteins. SEM was used to characterize particles structures; UV-Vis and darkfield microscopy was used to capture particles' optical responses; and the finite-difference time-domain (FDTD) method was used to simulate resulting spectra and to compare with experimental outcomes. Lysozyme and bovine serum albumin (BSA) were used as the model molecules to study their conformational changes after being adsorbed onto particles. Last but the least, the 5th chapter is dedicated to FDTD simulation of a pair of perfectly shaped triangle nanoprisms to illustrate possible CD responses to be expected from extreme particles with sharp corners and much concentrated local EM field. Different coupling modes of triangle nanoprism were analyzed. It is found that many factors, such as particle orientation, spacing, and their relative position, could lead to significantly different coupling efficient, for both homodimers and heterodimers. The modeling data suggested interesting potentials of nanoparticles of extreme geometric features for high sensitivity surface plasmon-enhanced CD imaging at the signal particle level.

The Realm of Physical Geography.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Rea, Patrick S.

This secondary education student geography book contains chapters on climate, landforms, oceans, world vegetation, water resources, and population. Each chapter provides an introduction that describes the unit's topics, descriptive and instructional materials, learning activities, and questions. A glossary of geography-related terms and an…

Overview of Decoding across the Disciplines

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Boman, Jennifer; Currie, Genevieve; MacDonald, Ron; Miller-Young, Janice; Yeo, Michelle; Zettel, Stephanie

2017-01-01

In this chapter we describe the Decoding the Disciplines Faculty Learning Community at Mount Royal University and how Decoding has been used in new and multidisciplinary ways in the various teaching, curriculum, and research projects that are presented in detail in subsequent chapters.

Reproducible Bioinformatics Research for Biologists

USDA-ARS?s Scientific Manuscript database

This book chapter describes the current Big Data problem in Bioinformatics and the resulting issues with performing reproducible computational research. The core of the chapter provides guidelines and summaries of current tools/techniques that a noncomputational researcher would need to learn to pe...

Chapter 9. Benefits of International Collaboration

EPA Science Inventory

In this chapter, we share what we have learned from working with our Brazilian colleagues on a multi university, multiyear, and multi basin ecological assessment and how those experiences were transmitted more broadly. These lessons (each of which is described in subsequent parag...

MONITORING OF INCINERATOR EMISSIONS

EPA Science Inventory

Monitoring of Incinerator Emissions is a chapter to be included in a book entitled Hazardous Waste Incineration, edited by A. Sarofim and D. Pershing, and published by John Wiley and Sons. he chapter describes stack sampling and analysis procedures in use on hazardous waste incin...

Chapter 10:Hardwoods for timber bridges

Treesearch

James P. Wacker; Ed T. Cesa

2005-01-01

This chapter describes the joint efforts of the Forest Service and the FHWA to administer national programs including research, demonstration bridges, and technology transfer components. Summary information on a number of Forest Service-WIT demonstration bridges constructed with hardwoods is also provided.

Mass spectrometry methods for the analysis of biodegradable hybrid materials

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Alalwiat, Ahlam

This dissertation focuses on the characterization of hybrid materials and surfactant blends by using mass spectrometry (MS), tandem mass spectrometry (MS/MS), liquid chromatography (LC), and ion mobility (IM) spectrometry combined with measurement and simulation of molecular collision cross sections. Chapter II describes the principles and the history of mass spectrometry (MS) and liquid chromatography (LC). Chapter III introduces the materials and instrumentation used to complete this dissertation. In chapter IV, two hybrid materials containing poly(t-butyl acrylate) (PtBA) or poly(acrylic acid) (PAA) blocks attached to a hydrophobic peptide rich in valine and glycine (VG2), as well as the poly(acrylic acid) (PAA) and VG2 peptide precursor materials, are characterized by matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization mass spectrometry (MALDI-MS), electrospray ionization mass spectrometry (ESI-MS) and ion mobility mass spectrometry (IM-MS). Collision cross-sections and molecular modeling have been used to determine the final architecture of both hybrid materials. Chapter V investigates a different hybrid material, [BMP-2(HA)2 ], comprised of a dendron with two polyethylene glycol (PEG) branches terminated by a hydroxyapatite binding peptide (HA), and a focal point substituted with a bone morphogenic protein mimicking peptide (BMP-2). MALDI-MS, ESI-MS and IM-MS have been used to characterize the HA and BMP-2 peptides. Collisionally activated dissociation (CAD) and electron transfer dissociation (ETD) have been employed in double stage (i.e. tandem) mass spectrometry (MS/MS) experiments to confirm the sequences of the two peptides HA and BMP-2. The MALDI-MS, ESI-MS and IM-MS methods were also applied to characterize the [BMP-2(HA)2] hybrid material. Collision cross-section measurements and molecular modeling indicated that [BMP-2(HA)2] can attain folded or extended conformation, depending on its degree of protonation (charge state). Chapter VI focuses on the analysis of alkyl polyglycoside (APG) surfactants by MALDI-MS and ESI-MS, MS/MS, and by combining MS and with ion mobility (IM) and/or ultra-performance liquid chromatography (UPLC) separation in LC-IM and LC-IM-MS experiments. Chapter VII summaries this dissertation's findings.

Cell-based flavivirus infection (CFI) assay for the evaluation of dengue antiviral candidates using high-content imaging.

PubMed

Tan, Kah Hin; Ki, Kitti Chan Wing; Watanabe, Satoru; Vasudevan, Subhash G; Krishnan, Manoj

2014-01-01

Large-scale screening of antiviral compounds that target dengue virus life cycle requires a robust cell-based assay that is rapid, easy to conduct, and sensitive enough to be able to assess viral infectivity and cell viability so that antiviral efficacy can be measured. In this chapter we describe a method that uses high-content imaging to evaluate the in vitro antiviral efficacy in a modification to the cell-based flavivirus immunodetection (CFI) assay that was described previously in Wang et al. (Antimicrob Agents Chemother 53(5):1823-1831, 2009).

Nasopharyngeal Infection of Mice with Streptococcus pyogenes and In Vivo Detection of Superantigen Activity.

PubMed

Zeppa, Joseph J; Wakabayashi, Adrienne T; Kasper, Katherine J; Xu, Stacey X; Haeryfar, S M Mansour; McCormick, John K

2016-01-01

Streptococcus pyogenes is a globally prominent human-specific pathogen that is responsible for an enormous burden of infectious disease. Despite intensive experimental efforts to understand the molecular correlates that contribute to invasive infections, there has been less focus on S. pyogenes carriage and local infection of the nasopharynx. This chapter describes an acute nasopharyngeal infection model in mice that is utilized in our laboratory to study the role of superantigen toxins in the biology of S. pyogenes. We also describe a method to detect superantigen-specific T cell activation in vivo.

The social construction of communication climate: An analysis of at-risk students in alternative high school

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Souza, Tasha Jean

1998-12-01

Alternative high schools affect more potential high school dropouts than any other school or program and are designed to meet the needs of students who have had difficulty in conventional schools. This study examines the communication climate and constructions of caring in an alternative school for at-risk students by using a qualitative analysis grounded in the theoretical perspective of social constructionism. Observations and interviews were conducted over a six month time period. The first two chapters provide a review of literature and a detailed account of the methods used to conduct the study. Chapter Three describes the socially constructed nature of the school and the participants and the dialectical tensions of communication climate revealed from the analysis. The six dialectical tensions of communication climate are: (1) freedom/restraint, (2) disengagement/engagement, (3) personal communication/impersonal communication, (4) disconfirmation/confirmation, (5) equality/inequality, and (6) ambiguity/clarity. Although the school climate is comprised of each of these tensions, the data suggest that the interaction within the majority of classes created some common characteristics of the general communication climate at the school and can be characterized as one of freedom, disengagement, personal communication, disconfirmation, equality, and ambiguity. Chapter Four describes how caring was constructed and communicated. Although some students perceived some teachers as caring about students and about student learning, half of the students interviewed thought they were not learning or not learning much. Finally, Chapter Five provides a summary of the findings and a discussion of the results. The results of this study contribute to an understanding of the social construction of communication climate and caring in general, and within an alternative school for at-risk students, in specific. The results contribute to the understanding of the complexity of the jointly produced nature of communication climate and reveal the potential effect of communication climate and constructions of caring on teachers' instructional methods, teacher and student interaction, and student learning. Such information can aid pragmatically in the development or modification of programs designed to serve at-risk students, and theoretically in the understanding of the co-constructed nature of communication climate.

40 CFR Table 4 to Subpart Jjjjjj... - Performance (Stack) Testing Requirements

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-07-01

...-factor methodology in appendix A-7 to part 60 of this chapter. 3. Carbon Monoxide a. Select the sampling... carbon monoxide emission concentration Method 10, 10A, or 10B in appendix A-4 to part 60 of this chapter... location and the number of traverse points Method 1 in appendix A-1 to part 60 of this chapter. b...

40 CFR Table 4 to Subpart Jjjjjj... - Performance (Stack) Testing Requirements

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-07-01

...-factor methodology in appendix A-7 to part 60 of this chapter. 3. Carbon Monoxide a. Select the sampling... carbon monoxide emission concentration Method 10, 10A, or 10B in appendix A-4 to part 60 of this chapter... location and the number of traverse points Method 1 in appendix A-1 to part 60 of this chapter. b...

40 CFR Table 4 to Subpart Jjjjjj... - Performance (Stack) Testing Requirements

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-07-01

...-factor methodology in appendix A-7 to part 60 of this chapter. 3. Carbon Monoxide a. Select the sampling... carbon monoxide emission concentration Method 10, 10A, or 10B in appendix A-4 to part 60 of this chapter... location and the number of traverse points Method 1 in appendix A-1 to part 60 of this chapter. b...

40 CFR Table 4 to Subpart Jjjjjj... - Performance (Stack) Testing Requirements

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-07-01

...-factor methodology in appendix A-7 to part 60 of this chapter. 3. Carbon Monoxide a. Select the sampling... carbon monoxide emission concentration Method 10, 10A, or 10B in appendix A-4 to part 60 of this chapter... location and the number of traverse points Method 1 in appendix A-1 to part 60 of this chapter. b...

Employee Relations. A Guide and Reference Book for Those Involved or Training to Be Involved in Employee Relations in the Hotel and Catering Industry. Seventh Edition.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Martin, Rodney; Hayter, Roy, Ed.

This guide and reference book is designed to help those involved or training to be involved in employee relations in the hotel and catering industry. Chapter 1 attempts to define employee relations. Chapter 2 describes the institutions and parties involved in employee relations in the hotel and catering industry. The focus of chapter 3 is on…

Molecular Properties of Poliovirus Isolates: Nucleotide Sequence Analysis, Typing by PCR and Real-Time RT-PCR.

PubMed

Burns, Cara C; Kilpatrick, David R; Iber, Jane C; Chen, Qi; Kew, Olen M

2016-01-01

Virologic surveillance is essential to the success of the World Health Organization initiative to eradicate poliomyelitis. Molecular methods have been used to detect polioviruses in tissue culture isolates derived from stool samples obtained through surveillance for acute flaccid paralysis. This chapter describes the use of realtime PCR assays to identify and serotype polioviruses. In particular, a degenerate, inosine-containing, panpoliovirus (panPV) PCR primer set is used to distinguish polioviruses from NPEVs. The high degree of nucleotide sequence diversity among polioviruses presents a challenge to the systematic design of nucleic acid-based reagents. To accommodate the wide variability and rapid evolution of poliovirus genomes, degenerate codon positions on the template were matched to mixed-base or deoxyinosine residues on both the primers and the TaqMan™ probes. Additional assays distinguish between Sabin vaccine strains and non-Sabin strains. This chapter also describes the use of generic poliovirus specific primers, along with degenerate and inosine-containing primers, for routine VP1 sequencing of poliovirus isolates. These primers, along with nondegenerate serotype-specific Sabin primers, can also be used to sequence individual polioviruses in mixtures.

Protein 3-Nitrotyrosine in Complex Biological Samples: Quantification by High-Pressure Liquid Chromatography/Electrochemical Detection and Emergence of Proteomic Approaches for Unbiased Identification of Modification Sites

PubMed Central

Nuriel, Tal; Deeb, Ruba S.; Hajjar, David P.; Gross, Steven S.

2008-01-01

Nitration of tyrosine residues by nitric oxide (NO)-derived species results in the accumulation of 3-nitrotyrosine in proteins, a hallmark of nitrosative stress in cells and tissues. Tyrosine nitration is recognized as one of the multiple signaling modalities used by NO-derived species for the regulation of protein structure and function in health and disease. Various methods have been described for the quantification of protein 3-nitrotyrosine residues, and several strategies have been presented toward the goal of proteome-wide identification of protein tyrosine modification sites. This chapter details a useful protocol for the quantification of 3-nitrotyrosine in cells and tissues using high-pressure liquid chromatography with electrochemical detection. Additionally, this chapter describes a novel biotin-tagging strategy for specific enrichment of 3-nitrotyrosine-containing peptides. Application of this strategy, in conjunction with high-throughput MS/MS-based peptide sequencing, is anticipated to fuel efforts in developing comprehensive inventories of nitrosative stress-induced protein-tyrosine modification sites in cells and tissues. PMID:18554526

Motivating Behavioral Change. Revised.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Bricker, William A.; Campbell, Philippa H.

The manual describes approaches the teacher or therapist can use to motivate handicapped students. Chapter 1 considers motivation in terms of the consequences of an action, contingency awareness, and types of motivating conditions. A second chapter offers guidelines for identifying potential reinforcers and discusses examples of motivating…

The science of cheese

USDA-ARS?s Scientific Manuscript database

The book describes the science of cheese in everyday language. The first chapters cover milk, mammals, and principles of cheesemaking and aging, along with lactose intolerance and raw milk cheese. Succeeding chapters deal with a category of cheese along with a class of compounds associated with it...

Solid Lubrication Fundamentals and Applications. Chapter 1; Introduction and Background

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Miyoshi, Kazuhisa

1996-01-01

This chapter presents an introduction and historical background to the field of tribology, especially solid lubrication and lubricants and sets them in the perspective of techniques and materials in lubrication. Also, solid and liquid lubrication films are defined and described.

Sex-Role Psychology.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Wesley, Frank; Wesley, Claire

The book explores the psychological aspects of sex-role development and investigates various approaches which have been suggested to provide greater equality between females and males. Chapter one describes the psychology of women and identifies possible approaches toward integration of male and female characteristics. Chapter two discusses…

Baculoviridae

USDA-ARS?s Scientific Manuscript database

This book chapter describes the nomenclature and organization of the insect virus family Baculoviridae, and is an update of the same chapter from the previously published 8th Report of the International Committee on the Taxonomy of Viruses. Since the publication of the 8th report, the genomes of ba...

The study of electromagnetic wave propagation in photonic crystals via planewave based transfer (scattering) matrix method with active gain material applications

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Li, Ming

In this dissertation, a set of numerical simulation tools are developed under previous work to efficiently and accurately study one-dimensional (1D), two-dimensional (2D), 2D slab and three-dimensional (3D) photonic crystal structures and their defects effects by means of spectrum (transmission, reflection, absorption), band structure (dispersion relation), and electric and/or magnetic fields distribution (mode profiles). Further more, the lasing property and spontaneous emission behaviors are studied when active gain materials are presented in the photonic crystal structures. First, the planewave based transfer (scattering) matrix method (TMM) is described in every detail along with a brief review of photonic crystal history (Chapter 1 and 2). As a frequency domain method, TMM has the following major advantages over other numerical methods: (1) the planewave basis makes Maxwell's Equations a linear algebra problem and there are mature numerical package to solve linear algebra problem such as Lapack and Scalapack (for parallel computation). (2) Transfer (scattering) matrix method make 3D problem into 2D slices and link all slices together via the scattering matrix (S matrix) which reduces computation time and memory usage dramatically and makes 3D real photonic crystal devices design possible; and this also makes the simulated domain no length limitation along the propagation direction (ideal for waveguide simulation). (3) It is a frequency domain method and calculation results are all for steady state, without the influences of finite time span convolution effects and/or transient effects. (4) TMM can treat dispersive material (such as metal at visible light) naturally without introducing any additional computation; and meanwhile TMM can also deal with anisotropic material and magnetic material (such as perfectly matched layer) naturally from its algorithms. (5) Extension of TMM to deal with active gain material can be done through an iteration procedure with gain material expressed by electric field dependent dielectric constant. Next, the concepts of spectrum interpolation (Chapter 3), higher-order incident (Chapter 4) and perfectly matched layer (Chapter 5) are introduced and applied to TMM, with detailed simulation for 1D, 2D, and 3D photonic crystal examples. Curvilinear coordinate transform is applied to the Maxwell's Equations to study waveguide bend (Chapter 6). By finding the phase difference along propagation direction at various XY plane locations, the behaviors of electromagnetic wave propagation (such as light bending, focusing etc) can be studied (Chapter 7), which can be applied to diffractive optics for new devices design. Numerical simulation tools for lasing devices are usually based on rate equations which are not accurate above the threshold and for small scale lasing cavities (such as nano-scale cavities). Recently, we extend the TMM package function to include the capacity of dealing active gain materials. Both lasing (above threshold) and spontaneous emission (below threshold) can be studied in the frame work of our Gain-TMM algorithm. Chapter 8 will illustrate the algorithm in detail and show the simulation results for 3D photonic crystal lasing devices. Then, microwave experiments (mainly resonant cavity embedded at layer-by-layer woodpile structures) are performed at Chapter 9 as an efficient practical way to study photonic crystal devices. The size of photonic crystal under microwave region is at the order of centimeter which makes the fabrication easier to realize. At the same time due to the scaling property, the result of microwave experiments can be applied directly to optical or infrared frequency regions. The systematic TMM simulations for various resonant cavities are performed and consistent results are obtained when compared with microwave experiments. Besides scaling the experimental results to much smaller wavelength, designing potential photonic crystal devices for application at microwave is also an interesting and important topic. Finally, we describe the future development of TMM algorithm such as using localized functions as basis to more efficiently simulate disorder problems (Chapter 10). Future applications of photonic crystal concepts are also discussed at Chapter 10. Along with this dissertation, TMM Photonic Crystal Package User Manual and Gain TMM Photonic Crystal Package User Manual written by me, Dr. Jiangrong Cao (Canon USA) and Dr. Xinhua Hu (Ames Lab) focus more on the programming detail, software user interface, trouble shooting, and step-by-step instructions. This dissertation and the two user manuals are essential documents for TMM software package beginners and advanced users. Future software developments, new version releases and FAQs can be tracked through my web page: http://www.public.iastate.edu/~mli/ In summary, this dissertation has extended the planewave based transfer (scattering) matrix method in many aspects which make the TMM and Gain-TMM software package a powerful simulation tool in photonic crystal study. Comparisons of TMM and GTMM results with other published numerical results and experimental results indicate that TMM and GTMM is accurate and highly efficient in photonic crystal device simulation and design. (Abstract shortened by UMI.)

Blood grouping based on PCR methods and agarose gel electrophoresis.

PubMed

Sell, Ana Maria; Visentainer, Jeane Eliete Laguila

2015-01-01

The study of erythrocyte antigens continues to be an intense field of research, particularly after the development of molecular testing methods. More than 300 specificities have been described by the International Society for Blood Transfusion as belonging to 33 blood group systems. The polymerase chain reaction (PCR) is a central tool for red blood cells (RBC) genotyping. PCR and agarose gel electrophoresis are low cost, easy, and versatile in vitro methods for amplifying defined target DNA (RBC polymorphic region). Multiplex-PCR, AS-PCR (Specific Allele Polymerase Chain Reaction), and RFLP-PCR (Restriction Fragment Length Polymorphism-Polymerase Chain Reaction) techniques are usually to identify RBC polymorphisms. Furthermore, it is an easy methodology to implement. This chapter describes the PCR methodology and agarose gel electrophoresis to identify the polymorphisms of the Kell, Duffy, Kidd, and MNS blood group systems.

Detection of Drug-Resistant Mycobacterium tuberculosis.

PubMed

Engström, Anna; Juréen, Pontus

2015-01-01

Tuberculosis (TB) remains a global health problem. The increasing prevalence of drug-resistant Mycobacterium tuberculosis, the causative agent of TB, demands new measures to combat the situation. Rapid and accurate diagnosis of the pathogen and its drug susceptibility pattern is essential for timely initiation of optimal treatment, and, ultimately, control of the disease. We have developed a molecular method for detection of first- and second-line drug resistance in M. tuberculosis by Pyrosequencing(®). The method consists of seven Pyrosequencing assays for the detection of mutations in the genes or promoter regions, which are most commonly responsible for resistance to the drugs rifampicin, isoniazid, ethambutol, amikacin, kanamycin, capreomycin, and fluoroquinolones. The method was validated on clinical isolates and it was shown that the sensitivity and specificity of the method were comparable to those of Sanger sequencing. In the protocol in this chapter we describe the steps necessary for setting up and performing Pyrosequencing for M. tuberculosis. The first part of the protocol describes the assay development and the second part of the protocol describes utilization of the method.

Surface modification and multiple exciton generation studies of lead(II) sulfide nanoparticles

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Zemke, Jennifer M.

2011-12-01

Solar energy is a green alternative to fossil fuels but solar technologies to date have been plagued by low conversion efficiencies and high input costs making solar power inaccessible to much of the developing world. Semiconductor nanoparticles (NPs) may provide a route to efficient, economical solar devices through a phenomenon called multiple exciton generation (MEG). Through MEG, semiconductor NPs use a high-energy input photon to create more than one exciton (electron-hole pair) per photon absorbed, thereby exhibiting large photoconversion efficiencies. While MEG has been studied in many NP systems, and we understand some of the factors that affect MEG, a rigorous analysis of the NP-ligand interface with respect to MEG is missing. This dissertation describes how the NP ligand shell directly affects MEG and subsequent charge carrier recombination. Chapter I describes the motivation for studying MEG with respect to NP surface chemistry. Chapter II provides an in-depth overview of the transient absorption experiment used to measure MEG in the NP samples. Chapter III highlights the effect of oleic acid and sodium 2, 3-dimercaptopropane sulfonate on MEG in PbS NPs. The differences in carrier recombination were accounted for by two differences between these ligands: the coordinating atom and/or the secondary structure of the ligand. Because of these hypotheses, experiments were designed to elucidate the origin of these effects by controlling the NP ligand shell. Chapter IV details a viable synthetic route to thiol and amine-capped PbS NPs using sodium 3-mercaptopropane sulfonate as an intermediate ligand. With the versatile ligand exchange described in Chapter IV, the MEG yield and carrier recombination was investigated for ligands with varying headgroups but the same secondary structure. The correlation of ligand donor atom to MEG is outlined in Chapter V. Finally, Chapter VI discusses the conclusions and future outlook of the research reported in this dissertation. This dissertation includes previously published and unpublished co-authored material.

Chapter 1 Historical Background on Gamete and Embryo Cryopreservation.

PubMed

Ali, Jaffar; AlHarbi, Naif H; Ali, Nafisa

2017-01-01

This chapter describes the development of the science of cryopreservation of gametes and embryos of various species including human. It attempts to record in brief the main contributions of workers in their attempts to cryopreserve gametes and embryos. The initial difficulties faced and subsequent developments and triumphs leading to present-day state of the art are given in a concise manner. The main players and their contributions are mentioned and the authors' aim is to do justice to them. This work also attempts to ensure that credit is correctly attributed for significant advances in gamete and embryo cryopreservation. In general this chapter has tried to describe the historical development of the science of cryopreservation of gametes and embryos as accurately as possible without bias or partiality.

A visual analytical approach to rock art panel condition assessment

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Vogt, Brandon J.

Rock art is a term for pecked, scratched, or painted symbols found on rock surfaces, most typically joint faces called rock art panels. Because rock art exists on rock at the atmosphere interface, it is highly susceptible to the destructive processes of weathering. Thus, rock weathering scientists, including those that study both natural and cultural surfaces, play a key role towards understanding rock art longevity. The mapping of weathering forms on rock art panels serves as a basis from which to assess overall panel instability. This work examines fissures, case hardened surfaces, crumbly disintegration, and lichen. Knowledge of instability, as measured through these and other weathering forms, provides integral information to land managers and archaeological conservators required to prioritize panels for remedial action. The work is divided into five chapters, three of which are going to be submitted as a peer-reviewed journal manuscript. The second chapter, written as a manuscript for International Newsletter on Rock Art, describes a specific set of criteria that lead to the development of a mapping tool for weathering forms, called 'mapping weathering forms in three dimensions' (MapWeF). The third chapter, written as a manuscript for Remote Sensing of Environment, presents the methodology used to develop MapWeF. The chapter incorporates terrestrial laser scanning, a geographic information system (GIS), geovisualization, image analysis, and exploratory spatial data analysis (ESDA) to identify, map, and quantify weathering features known to cause instability on rock art panels. The methodology implemented in the third chapter satisfies the criteria described in Chapter Two. In the fourth chapter, prepared as a manuscript for Geomorphology, MapWeF is applied to a site management case study, focusing on a region---southeastern Colorado---with notoriously weak and endangered sandstone rock art panels. The final conclusions chapter describes contributions of the work to GIScience and rock weathering, and discusses how MapWeF, as a diagnostic tool, fits into a larger national vision by linking existing rock art stability characterizations to cultural resource management-related conservation action.

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Compostella, Gabriele

This thesis is focused on an inclusive search of the tmore » $$\\bar{t}$$ → E T + jets decay channel by means of neural network tools in proton antiproton collisions at √s = 1.96 TeV recorded by the Collider Detector at Fermilab (CDF). At the Tevatron p$$\\bar{p}$$ collider top quarks are mainly produced in pairs through quark-antiquark annihilation and gluon-gluon fusion processes; in the Standard Model description, the top quark then decays to a W boson and a b quark almost 100% of the times, so that its decay signatures are classified according to the W decay modes. When only one W decays leptonically, the t$$\\bar{t}$$ event typically contains a charged lepton, missing transverse energy due to the presence of a neutrino escaping from the detector, and four high transverse momentum jets, two of which originate from b quarks. In this thesis we describe a t$$\\bar{t}$$ production cross section measurement which uses data collected by a 'multijet' trigger, and selects this kind of top decays by requiring a high-P T neutrino signature and by using an optimized neural network to discriminate top quark pair production from backgrounds. In Chapter 1, a brief review of the Standard Model of particle physics will be discussed, focusing on top quark properties and experimental signatures. In Chapter 2 will be presented an overview of the Tevatron accelerator chain that provides p$$\\bar{p}$$ collisions at the center-of-mass energy of √s = 1.96 TeV, and proton and antiproton beams production procedure will be discussed. The CDF detector and its components and subsystems used for the study of p{bar p} collisions provided by the Tevatron will be described in Chapter 3. Chapter 4 will detail the reconstruction procedures used in CDF to detect physical objects exploiting the features of the different detector subsystems. Chapter 5 will provide an overview of the main concepts regarding Artificial Neural Networks, one of the most important tools we will use in the analysis. Chapter 6 will be devoted to the description of the main characteristics of the t$$\\bar{t}$$ → E T + jets decay channel used to train our neural network to discriminate the top pair production from background processes. We will discuss the event selection method and the technique used for background prediction, that will rely on b-jets identification rate parameterization. Finally, Chapter 7 will provide a description of the final data sample and a detailed discussion of the systematic uncertainties before determining the cross section measurement by means of a likelihood maximization.« less

Study of t$$\\bar{t}$$ production in tau jets channel at CDFII using neural networks

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Amerio, Silvia

CDF (Collider Detector at Fermilab) is a particle detector located at Fermi National Laboratories, near Chicago. it allows to study decay products of pmore » $$\\bar{p}$$ collisions at center-of-mass energy of 1.96 TeV. During its first period of data taking (RunI), CDF observed for the first time the top quark (1995). The current period of data taking (RunII) is devoted to precise measurements of top properties and to search for new physics. This thesis work is about the top decay channel named τ + jets. A t$$\\bar{t}$$ pair decays in two W bosons and two b quarks. In a τ + jets event, one out of the two W decays into two jets of hadrons, while the other produces a τ lepton and a neutrino; the τ decays semileptonically in one or more charged and neutral pions while b quarks hadronize producing two jets of particles. Thus the final state of a τ + jets event has this specific signature: five jets, one τ-like, i.e. narrow and with low track multiplicity, two from b quarks, two from a W boson and a large amount of missing energy from two τ neutrinos. They search for this signal in 311 pb -1 of data collected with TOP{_}MULTIJET trigger. They use neural networks to separate signal from background and on the selected sample they perform a t$$\\bar{t}$$ production cross section measurement. The thesis is structured as follows: in Chapter 1 they outline the physics of top and τ, concentrating on their discovery, production mechanisms and current physics results involving them. Chapter 2 is devoted to the description of the experimental setup: the accelerator complex first and CDF detector then. The trigger system is described in Chapter 3, while Chapter 4 shows how particles are reconstructed exploiting information from different CDF subdetectors. With Chapter 5 they begin to present their analysis: we use a feed forward neural network based on a minimization algorithm developed in Trento University, called Reactive Taboo Search (RTS), especially designed to rapidly escape from local minima. Using this neural network, they explore two techniques to select t$$\\bar{t}$$ → τ + jets events, the first based on a single net, the second on two neural networks in cascade; both techniques are described in Chapter 6, together with the variables used as inputs for the nets. Finally, in Chapter 7 they present a method to measure cross section on the sample of events selected by neural networks.« less

CATH-Gene3D: Generation of the Resource and Its Use in Obtaining Structural and Functional Annotations for Protein Sequences.

PubMed

Dawson, Natalie L; Sillitoe, Ian; Lees, Jonathan G; Lam, Su Datt; Orengo, Christine A

2017-01-01

This chapter describes the generation of the data in the CATH-Gene3D online resource and how it can be used to study protein domains and their evolutionary relationships. Methods will be presented for: comparing protein structures, recognizing homologs, predicting domain structures within protein sequences, and subclassifying superfamilies into functionally pure families, together with a guide on using the webpages.

Methods of Single Station and Limited Data Analysis and Forecasting

DTIC Science & Technology

1985-08-15

example using real data. Discusses modifications of SSA technique in certain climatological regimes and describes some statistical tech- niques for SSA of... caster has access to radar or satellite observations, or any computer products during the period of his isolation. Where calculations are involved, it is...chapters of the text will deal with special topics such as modifications of the SSA technique that must be considered for certain clima- tological regimes

Simulated breeding with QU-GENE graphical user interface.

PubMed

Hathorn, Adrian; Chapman, Scott; Dieters, Mark

2014-01-01

Comparing the efficiencies of breeding methods with field experiments is a costly, long-term process. QU-GENE is a highly flexible genetic and breeding simulation platform capable of simulating the performance of a range of different breeding strategies and for a continuum of genetic models ranging from simple to complex. In this chapter we describe some of the basic mechanics behind the QU-GENE user interface and give a simplified example of how it works.